- List of non-ASCII punctuation and description of usage and frequency. +
- Use and positioning of punctuation marks in the sentence. +
- Use of paired punctuation marks.
Text segmentation
script languages.
- Should all ligatures be selectable as a single unit, or as individual parts
- corresponding to the underlying characters?
+
+ Should all ligatures be selectable as a single unit, or as individual parts corresponding
+ to the underlying characters?
+
+
- Expand on the exceptions.
+
+ Expand on the exceptions.
+
@@ -1362,8 +1369,10 @@ Positioning diacritics relative to base charactersSome applications allow adjustment of the distance between the diacritics and the
base character. Is this a requirement for most text systems?
+
What about adjustment to the horizontal position of the diacritic?
+
Should it be possible to influence whether a font places the kasra below the base
character or immediately below the shadda, when combined with the latter?
@@ -1400,6 +1409,7 @@ Letter-spacing
- Is this really letter-spacing, or is it seen as something different?
+
- Can we codify any rules for how the elongation happens? Are they the same rules as
for justification? (Probably not, in the case of mimicking voice.)
@@ -1515,11 +1525,18 @@ Styling individual letters
Handling oblique and italicised text in Arabic
+
Describe the problem here.
- Which way should oblique/italic text slant in Arabic?
- Misuse of generic font styles.
+
+ Which way should oblique/italic text slant in Arabic?
+
+
+
+
+ Misuse of generic font styles.
+
@@ -1534,7 +1551,7 @@ Considerations for mixed-script text
- What are the font-size aspects that must be considered in mixed text scenarios?
+ What are the font-size aspects that must be considered in mixed text scenarios?
@@ -1543,227 +1560,439 @@ Considerations for mixed-script text
Numbers
+
- Preferred Terminology
- Before entering this section in we need to introduce few preferred terminological
- conventions for disambiguation and simplicity.
-
-
- - European Numerals are
- 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9. They are also referred to as Western
- Arabic Numerals or simply as Arabic Numerals. Although
- these are terminologically correct terms, to avoid confusions we will refrain from using
- these phrases to refer to these numerals. European Numerals or
- ASCII Digits are used instead;
-
- - Arabic-Indic Numerals are ٠, ١, ٢,
- ٣, ٤, ٥, ٦, ٧, ٨,
- ٩;
- - Eastern Arabic-Indic Numerals are ۰, ۱, ۲, ۳, ۴, ۵, ۶, ۷, ۸, ۹;
- - Extended Arabic-Indic Numerals same as Eastern Arabic-Indic Numerals.
- - Western Arabic Numerals same as European Numerals;
- - Eastern Arabic Numerals is used to refer to both Arabic-Indic and
- Eastern Arabic-Indic Numerals. Should be avoided due to ambiguity;
- - Indic Numerals should be avoided to refer to either of Arabic-Indic
- or Eastern Arabic-Indic numerals.
+ Preferred Terminology
+
+
+
+ Before entering this section in we need to introduce few preferred terminological
+ conventions for disambiguation and simplicity.
+
+
+
+ - European Numerals are 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
+ 6, 7, 8, 9. They are also referred to as Western Arabic
+ Numerals or simply as Arabic Numerals. Although these
+ are terminologically correct terms, to avoid confusions we will refrain from using these
+ phrases to refer to these numerals. European Numerals or
+ ASCII Digits are used instead;
+
+
+ -
+ Arabic-Indic Numerals are
+
+
+ ٠
+
+ ,
+
+
+ ١
+
+ ,
+
+
+ ٢
+
+ ,
+
+
+ ٣
+
+ ,
+
+
+ ٤
+
+ ,
+
+
+ ٥
+
+ ,
+
+
+ ٦
+
+ ,
+
+
+ ٧
+
+ ,
+
+
+ ٨
+
+ ,
+
+
+ ٩
+
+ ;
+
+
+
+ - Eastern Arabic-Indic Numerals are ۰, ۱,
+ ۲, ۳, ۴, ۵, ۶, ۷, ۸, ۹;
+
+
+ - Extended Arabic-Indic Numerals same as Eastern Arabic-Indic
+ Numerals.
+
+
+ - Western Arabic Numerals same as European Numerals;
+
+
+ - Eastern Arabic Numerals is used to refer to both Arabic-Indic and
+ Eastern Arabic-Indic Numerals. Should be avoided due to ambiguity;
+
+
+ - Indic Numerals should be avoided to refer to either of Arabic-Indic
+ or Eastern Arabic-Indic numerals.
+
+
- Digit, Numeral digit, and Numeral
- are used as synonyms.
-
+ are used as synonyms.
+
-
- Families of Numerals
- There are three families of numerals used with languages using the Arabic Script.
- The first is known as European Numerals; the second family is Arabic-Indic Numerals.
- The third is Eastern Arabic-Indic Numerals. The following table, based on a similar table in
- [[W3-ARAB-MATH]] exhibits these three families:
-
-
-
-
- Family
- Unicode Range
- Numeral Digits
- Regions in Use
-
-
-
-
- European
- U+0030..U+0039
- 0
- 1
- 2
- 3
- 4
- 5
- 6
- 7
- 8
- 9
- Western Arabic-speaking countries; e.g. Algeria or Morocco.
-
-
-
- Arabic-Indic
- U+0660..U+0669
- ٠
- ١
- ٢
- ٣
- ٤
- ٥
- ٦
- ٧
- ٨
- ٩
- Arabic-speaking countries of the Middle-East, eastern Arabic-speaking countries; e.g. Egypt.
-
-
-
- Eastern Arabic-Indic
- U+06F0..U+06F9
- ۰
- ۱
- ۲
- ۳
- ۴
- ۵
- ۶
- ۷
- ۸
- ۹
- Iran and Afghanistan.
-
-
-
-
- In this table, those three numerals which have different shapes
- between Arabic-Indic and Eastern Arabic-Indic are highlighted.
-
- Arabic numbers are written with the lowest significant digits to
- the right and the highest digits to the left. That arrangement is
- identical to the Western one, even though Arabic script is written
- from right to left. Numbers with many digits use
- decimal thousands separators.
- European digits are used with , [U+002C COMMA] and . [U+002E FULL STOP]
- as decimal and thousands separator, respectively, or vice versa.
-
- - 1.234,5 in Western (francophone) regions.
- - 1,234.5 in Middle-East (anglophone) regions.
- - Thin space (U+2009) or narrow no-break space (U+202F) may also
- be used as thousands separator.
-
- Arabic-Indic numerals use two specific separators:
-
- - ٫ [U+066B ARABIC DECIMAL SEPARATOR]
- - ٬ [U+066C ARABIC THOUSANDS SEPARATOR]
- - Example : ١٬٢٣٤٫٥ .
-
- An important fact to note here is the bidirectional category of
- these numbers.
-
- - European Digits (U+0030 - U+0039) are of category "EN - European
- number".
- - Arabic-Indic Digits (U+0660 - U+0669) are "AN - Arabic number".
- - Eastern Arabic-Indic Digits (U+06F0 - U+06F9) are classified "EN
- - European number", differently from their counterpart just above.
-
- The difference in Bidi category between Arabic-Indic digits and
- Eastern Arabic-Indic digits is due to the difference in Bidi
- behavior desired in Arabic vs. Persian.
- What is the origin of this decision. More important, what is the observed effect of these differences in normal Arabic script text?
- As a consequence, a sentence like « Five is written ۵ in Iran and ٥
- in Egypt », say, will give (in RTL context)
- « Five is written ۵ in Iran and ٥ in Egypt »
- requiring the use of markup to correct it. Which is not the case
- with the sentence « Five is written ۵ in Iran and 5 in Morocco ».
-
-
- Arabic number in other
- uses
- Numbers do not always appear alone, and may appear alongside other
- characters like financial symbols, fraction signs, decimal and/or
- thousands signs (excluding math expressions here). Also there are Arabic-specific signs such as ؉ [U+0609 ARABIC-INDIC PER MILLE SIGN] and ٪ [U+066A ARABIC PERCENT SIGN], as well as the Arabic decimal " ٫ " (U+66B)
- and thousands " ٬ " (U+066C) separators, mentioned earlier. These are
- mostly used with Arabic-Indic digits.
- Numerals can also come separated by or mixed with space or other
- signs. Example are phone numbers
- +12 34 56 78 89, cars licence plate like
- 123 د 4, quantities 37.5°, ٥٠ كلم (50km)
- etc.
- Particular attention is needed here. Firstly, numbers have a weak
- directionality with regards to the Bidi algorithm. For example,
- alongside a number, certain otherwise neutral characters, such as
- negative/positive sign, currency or degree symbols, are likely to be
- treated as part of the number rather than a neutral.
- Secondly, the placement of the accompanying signs and symbols may
- depend on the region: generally Middle East (or anglophone) vs.
- Western (or francophone) regions. This is not to mention punctuation
- signs.
-
- - The percent sign is placed on the left after the number
- (ie. ٪١٢ not *١٢٪), and without a space (*٪ ١٢). With European numbers,
- % [U+0025 PERCENT SIGN] is sometimes used, and can be placed either on
- the right or the left of the digits (eg. 12% or %12).
- - Arabic decimal and thousand separators obey the same rule as for
- European numbers (١٬٢٣٤٫٥٦). European signs are used with
- European numbers (1.234,56 or 1,234.56).
- - Money or currency signs when they come alongside a number, are
- placed at the left and treated as part of the number
- rather than a neutral (€12.3 or €١٢٫٣).
- - On the other hand, degree signs are placed at the right of the
- number (37.5° C, ٩٩٫٥° F) or (37.5° م,
- ۹۹٫۵° ف).
- - When indicating quantity, there should a
- separating space (12 كغ, ٤٥ مم).
-
- - The same rule applies when using range of values. (12-15 كغ,
- but 12٪-15٪ كغ).
- - / [U+002F SOLIDUS] is used for fractions or ratio
- notation. Fractions are noted for one-half, say, 2/1 or ٢/١, mostly
- in RTL mode. There is no standard approach, however, and some
- region/author may write 1/2 for European digits.
- May be use image for examples.
- - Notation with Solidus sign " / " are used in:
-
- - Notation such as speed "50 km/h"
- كم/س 50
- - Notation such as "Page / Volume", for example a reference to
- a page in a volume
- ١٢٣/١ for volume ١, page ١٢٣
- - or reference to Quran "Verse / Surah",
- ١٣/٩٠ for Surah 90, Verse 13
- - Mark or rank in a classification
- 20/15 for rank 15 over 20
- - Dates (2017/06/24, ٢٠١٧/٠٦/٢٤)
- Look for evidence for some examples
-
-
-
- Other issues
- How to know that a sign (space, comma ...) is a separator or a
- sign within a number? +12 34 56 78 90
- is a phone number or a sequence of digits? Which may be inverted
- in RTL. A tip is to use a syntax like 12.34.56.78.90
- or 12-34-56-78-90 for phones.
- Maybe mention the Decimal Separator Key Symbol " ⎖ " (U+2396),
- used with keyboards (resembles an apostrophe)
-
-
-
Old text bellow
+
+
+ Families of Numerals
+
+
+
+ There are three families of numerals used with languages using the Arabic Script. The
+ first is known as European Numerals; the second family is Arabic-Indic Numerals. The third
+ is Eastern Arabic-Indic Numerals. The following table, based on a similar table in
+ [[W3-ARAB-MATH]] exhibits these three families:
+
+
+
+
+
+ Family
+
+ Unicode Range
+
+ Numeral Digits
+
+ Regions in Use
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ European
+
+ U+0030..U+0039
+
+ 0
+
+ 1
+
+ 2
+
+ 3
+
+ 4
+
+ 5
+
+ 6
+
+ 7
+
+ 8
+
+ 9
+
+ Western Arabic-speaking countries; e.g. Algeria or Morocco.
+
+
+
+
+ Arabic-Indic
+
+ U+0660..U+0669
+
+ ٠
+
+ ١
+
+ ٢
+
+ ٣
+
+ ٤
+
+ ٥
+
+ ٦
+
+ ٧
+
+ ٨
+
+ ٩
+
+ Arabic-speaking countries of the Middle-East, eastern Arabic-speaking countries;
+ e.g. Egypt.
+
+
+
+
+ Eastern Arabic-Indic
+
+ U+06F0..U+06F9
+
+ ۰
+
+ ۱
+
+ ۲
+
+ ۳
+
+ ۴
+
+ ۵
+
+ ۶
+
+ ۷
+
+ ۸
+
+ ۹
+
+ Iran and Afghanistan.
+
+
+
+
+
+ In this table, those three numerals which have different shapes between Arabic-Indic and
+ Eastern Arabic-Indic are highlighted.
+
+
+ Arabic numbers are written with the lowest significant digits to the right and the
+ highest digits to the left. That arrangement is identical to the Western one, even though
+ Arabic script is written from right to left. Numbers with many digits use decimal thousands
+ separators.
+
+
+ European digits are used with , [U+002C COMMA] and . [U+002E FULL STOP]
+ as decimal and thousands separator, respectively, or vice versa.
+
+
+
+ - 1.234,5 in Western (francophone) regions.
+
+
+ - 1,234.5 in Middle-East (anglophone) regions.
+
+
+ - Thin space (U+2009) or narrow no-break space (U+202F) may also be used as thousands
+ separator.
+
+
+
+ Arabic-Indic numerals use two specific separators:
+
+
+
+ - ٫ [U+066B ARABIC DECIMAL SEPARATOR]
+
+
+
+ - ٬ [U+066C ARABIC THOUSANDS SEPARATOR]
+
+
+
+ - Example : ١٬٢٣٤٫٥ .
+
+
+
+ An important fact to note here is the bidirectional category of these numbers.
+
+
+
+ - European Digits (U+0030 - U+0039) are of category "EN - European number".
+
+
+ - Arabic-Indic Digits (U+0660 - U+0669) are "AN - Arabic number".
+
+
+ - Eastern Arabic-Indic Digits (U+06F0 - U+06F9) are classified "EN - European number",
+ differently from their counterpart just above.
+
+
+
+ The difference in Bidi category between Arabic-Indic digits and Eastern Arabic-Indic
+ digits is due to the difference in Bidi behavior desired in Arabic vs. Persian.
+
+
+ What is the origin of this decision. More important, what is the observed
+ effect of these differences in normal Arabic script text?
+
+
+ As a consequence, a sentence like « Five is written ۵ in Iran and ٥ in Egypt », say,
+ will give (in RTL context)
+
+
+ « Five is written ۵ in Iran and ٥ in Egypt »
+
+
+ requiring the use of markup to correct it. Which is not the case with the sentence «
+ Five is written ۵ in Iran and 5 in Morocco ».
+
+
+
+
+ Arabic number in other uses
+
+
+
+ Numbers do not always appear alone, and may appear alongside other characters like
+ financial symbols, fraction signs, decimal and/or thousands signs (excluding math
+ expressions here). Also there are Arabic-specific signs such as ؉ [U+0609 ARABIC-INDIC PER
+ MILLE SIGN] and ٪
+ [U+066A ARABIC PERCENT SIGN], as well as the Arabic
+ decimal " ٫ " (U+66B) and thousands " ٬ " (U+066C) separators, mentioned earlier.
+ These are mostly used with Arabic-Indic digits.
+
+
+ Numerals can also come separated by or mixed with space or other signs. Example are
+ phone numbers +12 34 56 78 89, cars licence plate like
+ 123 د 4, quantities 37.5°, ٥٠ كلم (50km) etc.
+
+
+ Particular attention is needed here. Firstly, numbers have a weak directionality with
+ regards to the Bidi algorithm. For example, alongside a number, certain otherwise neutral
+ characters, such as negative/positive sign, currency or degree symbols, are likely to be
+ treated as part of the number rather than a neutral.
+
+
+ Secondly, the placement of the accompanying signs and symbols may depend on the region:
+ generally Middle East (or anglophone) vs. Western (or francophone) regions. This is not to
+ mention punctuation signs.
+
+
+
+ - The percent sign is placed on the left after the number (ie. ٪١٢ not *١٢٪), and
+ without a space (*٪ ١٢). With European numbers, % [U+0025 PERCENT
+ SIGN] is sometimes used, and can be placed either on the right or the left
+ of the digits (eg. 12% or %12).
+
+
+ - Arabic decimal and thousand separators obey the same rule as for European numbers
+ (١٬٢٣٤٫٥٦). European signs are used with European numbers (1.234,56 or 1,234.56).
+
+
+ - Money or currency signs when they come alongside a number, are placed at the left and
+ treated as part of the number rather than a neutral (€12.3 or €١٢٫٣).
+
+
+ - On the other hand, degree signs are placed at the right of the number (37.5° C,
+ ٩٩٫٥° F) or (37.5° م, ۹۹٫۵° ف).
+
+
+ - When indicating quantity, there should a separating space (12 كغ, ٤٥ مم).
+
+
+ - The same rule applies when using range of values. (12-15 كغ, but 12٪-15٪ كغ).
+
+
+ - / [U+002F
+ SOLIDUS] is used for fractions or ratio notation. Fractions are noted for
+ one-half, say, 2/1 or ٢/١, mostly in RTL mode. There is no standard approach, however,
+ and some region/author may write 1/2 for European digits.
+
+
+ May be use image for examples.
+
+
+ - Notation with Solidus sign " / " are used in:
+
+
+
+
+ - Notation such as speed "50 km/h"
+
+ كم/س 50
+
+
+ - Notation such as "Page / Volume", for example a reference to a page in a volume
+
+ ١٢٣/١ for volume ١, page ١٢٣
+
+
+ - or reference to Quran "Verse / Surah",
+
+ ١٣/٩٠ for Surah 90, Verse 13
+
+
+ - Mark or rank in a classification
+
+ 20/15 for rank 15 over 20
+
+
+ - Dates (2017/06/24, ٢٠١٧/٠٦/٢٤)
+
+
+ Look for evidence for some examples
+
+
+
+
+
+ Other issues
+
+
+ How to know that a sign (space, comma ...) is a separator or a sign within
+ a number? +12 34 56 78 90 is a phone number or a sequence
+ of digits? Which may be inverted in RTL. A tip is to use a syntax like
+ 12.34.56.78.90 or 12-34-56-78-90 for phones.
+
+
+ Maybe mention the Decimal Separator Key Symbol " ⎖ " (U+2396), used with
+ keyboards (resembles an apostrophe)
+
+
+
+ Old text bellow
+
+
+
Arabic script uses non-European digits for numbers in certain locales and situations.
Arabic digits are also used for counters (see ).
- Describe the arabic-indic digits, and when they are used, including the distinction
- between arabic-indic and eastern-arabic-indic digits.
+
+ Describe the arabic-indic digits, and when they are used, including the distinction between
+ arabic-indic and eastern-arabic-indic digits.
+
- Provide resources and guidelines on how to choose the right set of numerals based on
- the language.
+
+ Provide resources and guidelines on how to choose the right set of numerals based on the
+ language.
+
@@ -1791,11 +2020,11 @@ Line breaking
-
- In Urdu words are not necessarily bounded by spaces. What method is used for
determining appropriate break points in this case?
+
- What other characters besides SPACE constitute break points for automatic line
wrapping?
@@ -1840,10 +2069,13 @@ Characters that cannot end or start a line
- What are they?
+
- Are the rules language specific?
+
- What's the usual course of action to avoid incorrect placement?
+
- Are the rules applied consistently everywhere?
@@ -1856,11 +2088,11 @@ Hyphenation
-
- Does Arabic script text use hyphenation? If so, is the use of hyphenation
language-specific?
+
- What are the rules? Are there any general rules that transcend all languages?
@@ -1874,24 +2106,22 @@ Justification
-
-
- - Drop “elongation” from title of this section. It’s one of the mechanisms used for
+
+ - Drop “elongation” from title of this section. It’s one of the mechanisms used for
justification.
- - Make sure “elongation,” “kashida,” and “tatweel,” have correct definitions in our
- glossary.
+ - Make sure “elongation,” “kashida,” and “tatweel,” have correct definitions in our
+ glossary.
- - Improve the images.
-
-
+ - Improve the images.
+
-
+
+
-
-
-
- - What are the rules for elongation of inter-character baselines, and how do they
- differ from one font style to another?
+
+
+ - What are the rules for elongation of inter-character baselines, and how do they
+ differ from one font style to another?
- - When is it appropriate to use which method?
+ - When is it appropriate to use which method?
- - Is the tatweel character useful?
+ - Is the tatweel character useful?
- - What should happen if an application uses a Ruqʻah font as a fallback, which cannot
- allow for word elongation? Does the application need to automatically know that it
- should not stretch words when using this font style?
+ - What should happen if an application uses a Ruqʻah font as a fallback, which cannot
+ allow for word elongation? Does the application need to automatically know that it should
+ not stretch words when using this font style?
- - How does an application or person decide which methods to use, and where, to
- justify text?
+ - How does an application or person decide which methods to use, and where, to justify
+ text?
- - The CSS Text spec says: that, apart from elongation, applications "must assume that
- no justification opportunity exists between any pair of typographic letter units in
- cursive script (regardless of whether they join). " Is this correct? InDesign, for
- example, allows alterations of gaps in the middle of a word where one character doesn't
- join with the following character.
+ - The CSS Text spec says: that, apart from elongation, applications "must assume that
+ no justification opportunity exists between any pair of typographic letter units in
+ cursive script (regardless of whether they join). " Is this correct? InDesign, for
+ example, allows alterations of gaps in the middle of a word where one character doesn't
+ join with the following character.
- - Should the CSS letter-spacing property
- have any effect on Arabic script text?
-
-
-
+ - Should the CSS letter-spacing property have
+ any effect on Arabic script text?
+
+
-
There are a number of different ways to produce justified text in Arabic. In some cases
- several of these methods may be combined. In other cases, certain methods are
- disallowed.
+ There are a number of different ways to produce justified text in Arabic. In some cases
+ several of these methods may be combined. In other cases, certain methods are disallowed.
- Typical methods include:
+ Typical methods include:
-
- - Expansion or contraction of inter-word spaces.
+
+ - Expansion or contraction of inter-word spaces.
- - Expansion or contraction of intra-word spaces, ie. the space following a character in
- the middle of a word that doesn't join with the character that follows it.
+ - Expansion or contraction of intra-word spaces, ie. the space following a character in
+ the middle of a word that doesn't join with the character that follows it.
- - Use of wider glyph forms for certain characters.
+ - Use of wider glyph forms for certain characters.
- - Stretching of the joins between characters, known as 'kashida'.
+ - Stretching of the joins between characters, known as 'kashida'.
- - Use of ligated forms, to reduce space taken by characters on a line.
-
+ - Use of ligated forms, to reduce space taken by characters on a line.
+
Of the four basic justification methods (flush left, flush right, justified, and
@@ -2300,7 +2525,6 @@
Paragraph and line alignment
-
- When a list on an Arabic page contains an item that is completely composed of LTR
text, should the list item be right- or left-aligned on the page?
@@ -2322,7 +2546,6 @@ Tab settings
-
- What is there to say?
@@ -2336,7 +2559,6 @@ Styling the initial text in a paragraph
-
- Does this apply? If so, is there an equivalent to first-letter styling or is it
word-based?
@@ -2358,7 +2580,6 @@ Counters, lists, etc
-
- List the main counter sequences, and how they work. Cf. the ready-made
@@ -2378,48 +2599,112 @@
Special cases
-
- poetry, math, vertical text, etc?
-
- Vertical text
- In situations where short runs of text run vertically, for example on book spines or in table headers, Arabic text is rotated to run along the line. It may be rotated so that the tops of the letters face to the left (read the text from top to bottom) or to the right (read the text from bottom to top).
- 
- Vertical Arabic, top-down and bottom-up flow
-
- The flow of text, top-down vs. bottom-up, may depend on regions or authors. The left case in is a typically francophone style for book spines, whereas the right case is an anglophone style.
-
- Arabic embedded in vertically orientated text
- When Arabic is embedded in body text that is set vertically, such as CJK or Mongolian text, it is also normally rotated so as to run along the line. Typically, the Arabic text will be read from bottom to top of the line.
- When the Arabic text spans more than one line, the text is wrapped in the same way as it would be in horizontal text, ie. the first part of the Arabic text is kept on the first line, and subsequent parts of the Arabic text appear on subsequent lines. Therefore, in the case of Mongolian, where lines are read left-to-right, the Arabic text lines are also read left-to-right, whereas in Chinese or Japanese, where vertical lines are normally read right-to-left, the Arabic text lines are also read right-to-left.
- 
- Arabic text embedded in vertical Chinese.
-
-
-
- Upright vertical Arabic text
- There are attested cases of Arabic text arranged vertically with the letters upright, for example in signboards for cinemas or theatres. It is not clear, at this point whether this a standard approach for Arabic text, or just an unusual layout that mimics Western typographic approaches.
- 
- Arabic upright on a front movie (see arrow).
-
- The following should be noted in .
-
- - Letters flow from top to bottom (as with Latin script).
- - Isolated form of letters seems more appropriate here than the joined
- form.
- - Diacritic marks, if any, must be applied to letters and not appear on separate lines.
-
- We need to establish whether this is a standard approach or just an oddity. The items in the list above are important to note, however, we need to check whether isolated forms are always used, and the direction is always top to bottom when upright letters are used.
-
-
+
+ Vertical text
+
-
-
+
+
In situations where short runs of text run vertically, for example on book spines or in
+ table headers, Arabic text is rotated to run along the line. It may be rotated so that the
+ tops of the letters face to the left (read the text from top to bottom) or to the right
+ (read the text from bottom to top).
+
+
+
+ 
+
+
+ Vertical Arabic, top-down and bottom-up flow
+
+
+
+
+ The flow of text, top-down vs. bottom-up, may depend on regions or authors. The left
+ case in is a typically francophone style for book spines,
+ whereas the right case is an anglophone style.
+
+
+
+ Arabic embedded in vertically orientated text
+
+
+
+ When Arabic is embedded in body text that is set vertically, such as CJK or Mongolian
+ text, it is also normally rotated so as to run along the line. Typically, the Arabic text
+ will be read from bottom to top of the line.
+
+
+ When the Arabic text spans more than one line, the text is wrapped in the same way as
+ it would be in horizontal text, ie. the first part of the Arabic text is kept on the
+ first line, and subsequent parts of the Arabic text appear on subsequent lines.
+ Therefore, in the case of Mongolian, where lines are read left-to-right, the Arabic text
+ lines are also read left-to-right, whereas in Chinese or Japanese, where vertical lines
+ are normally read right-to-left, the Arabic text lines are also read right-to-left.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Arabic text embedded in vertical Chinese.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Upright vertical Arabic text
+
+
+
+ There are attested cases of Arabic text arranged vertically with the letters upright,
+ for example in signboards for cinemas or theatres. It is not clear, at this point whether
+ this a standard approach for Arabic text, or just an unusual layout that mimics Western
+ typographic approaches.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Arabic upright on a front movie (see arrow).
+
+
+
+
+ The following should be noted in .
+
+
+
+ - Letters flow from top to bottom (as with Latin script).
+
+
+ - Isolated form of letters seems more appropriate here than the joined form.
+
+
+ - Diacritic marks, if any, must be applied to letters and not appear on separate
+ lines.
+
+
+
+ We need to establish whether this is a standard approach or just an
+ oddity. The items in the list above are important to note, however, we need to check
+ whether isolated forms are always used, and the direction is always top to bottom when
+ upright letters are used.
+
+
+
+
@@ -4331,5017 +4616,5219 @@ Glossary
-
-
-
-
- abbreviation
-
- اِخْتِزَالْ
-
- ikhtizāl
-
-
-
-
-
- alignment
-
- مُحَاذَاةْ، تَرصِيف
-
- muḥādhāt, tarṣīf
-
- همترازی
-
- hmtrāzi
-
-
-
-
-
- alphanumeric
-
- أَبجَدِي عَدَدِي
-
- abjadī ʻadadī
-
- الفبایی عددی
-
- ālfbāiy addi
-
-
-
-
-
- appendix
-
- مُلحَق
-
- mulḥaq
-
- ضمیمه
-
- zmimh
-
-
-
-
-
- arabic numerals
-
- أَرْقَامْ عَرَبِيَّة، أَرْقَامْ أُورُوبِيَّة
-
- arqām ʻarabīyah, arqām ūrūbīyah
-
- ارقام عربی
-
- ārqām arbi
-
- Refer to "European numerals". Use "European numerals" or "ASCII numerals" to avoid confusion.
-
-
-
-
-
- ascender
-
- جُزْءُ الحَرْفِ العُلْوِي، الصَّاعِدْ
-
- juz’u al-ḥarfi al-ʻulwī, al-ṣṣāʻid
-
- خط صعود، کرسی بالا
-
- xt s’ud, krsi bālā
-
-
-
-
-
- asterisk
-
- نَجْمَة
-
- najmah
-
- ستاره
-
- stārh
-
-
-
-
-
- auto spacing
-
- تَبَاعُدْ ذَاتِي، فَرَاغْ آلِي
-
- tabāʻud dhātī, farāgh ālī
-
- فاصلهگذاری خودکار
-
- fāslhɡzāri xudkār
-
-
-
-
-
- back margin
-
- الهَامِشْ الخَلْفِي
-
- al-hāmish al-khalfī
-
- حاشیهٔ داخلی
-
- hāšihٔ dāxli
-
-
-
-
-
- back matter
-
- بَيَانَاتْ نِهَايَةْ الكِتَابْ
-
- bayānāt nihāyat al-kitāb
-
- واحدهای پس از متن
-
- uāhdhāy ps aoez mtn
-
- Appendices, supplements, glossary of terms, index and/or bibliography, and so on, appended at the end of a book.
-
-
-
-
-
- bad break
-
- قَطْعْ سَيِّئْ
-
- qaṭʻ sayyi’
-
- شکستن بد، سطرشکنی بد
-
- škstn bd, strškni bd
-
-
-
-
-
- baseline
-
- خَطْ قَاعِدِي، خَطْ الاِرْتِكَازْ، سَطْرُ الأَسَاسْ
-
- khaṭ qāʻidī, khaṭ al-irtikāz, satru al-’asās
-
- خط کرسی
-
- xt krsi
-
- A virtual line on which almost all glyphs in Western fonts are designed to be aligned.
-
-
-
-
-
- bibliography
-
- المَرَاجِعْ
-
- al-marājiʻ
-
- کتابنامه
-
- ktābnāmh
-
- A list of works and papers related to the subjects in the text.
-
-
-
-
-
- blank page
-
- صَفْحَة فَارِغَة
-
- ṣafḥah fārighah
-
- صفحهٔ خالی
-
- sfhhٔ xāli
-
- An empty page.
-
-
-
-
-
- bleed
-
- خَارِجْ إِطَارْ الصَّفْحَة
-
- khārij iṭār al-ṣafḥah
-
- تصویرْ تا بُرِش
-
- tsuyrْ tā boreš
-
- To print a picture or a tint to run off the edge of a trimmed page.
-
-
-
-
-
- block direction
-
- اِتِّجَاهْ المَقْطَعْ، اِتِّجَاهْ الكُتْلَة
-
- ittijāh al-maqṭaʻ, ittijāh al-kutlah
-
- جهت نوشتار
-
- jht nuštār
-
- The progression direction of lines, one after the other.
-
-
-
-
-
- block quotation
-
- كُتْلَة اِقْتِبَاسْ، مُرَبَّعْ اِقْتِبَاسْ
-
- kutlat iqtibās, murabbaʻ iqtibās
-
- نقلقول پاراگرافی
-
- nqlqul pārāɡrāfi
-
-
-
-
-
- body type
-
- الخَطْ الرَّئِيسِي
-
- al-khaṭ al-rra’īsī
-
- حروف بدنه
-
- hruf bdnh
-
-
-
-
-
- bold
-
- غَلِيظْ
-
- ghalīẓ
-
- حرف سیاه
-
- hrf siāh
-
- A kind of font style. Similar to bold in Western typograpy.
-
-
-
-
-
- boldface
-
- خَطْ غَلِيظْ
-
- khaṭ ghalīẓ
-
- حرف سیاه
-
- hrf siāh
-
-
-
-
-
- bound on the left-hand side
-
- مُلْزِمَة عَلَى الجَانِبْ الأَيْسَرْ
-
- mulzimah ʻalá al-jānib al-’aysar
-
- صحافی چپبهراست
-
- shāfi čpbhrāst
-
- Binding of a book to be opened from the left.
-
-
-
-
-
- bound on the right-hand side
-
- مُلْزِمَة عَلَى الجَانِبْ الأَيْمَنْ
-
- mulzimah ʻalá al-jānib al-’ayman
-
- صحافی راستبهچپ
-
- shāfi rāstbhčp
-
- Binding of a book to be opened from the right.
-
-
-
-
- bounding box
+
+
+ abbreviation
- المُرَبَّعْ المُحِيطْ
+ اِخْتِزَالْ
- al-murabbaʻ al-muḥīṭ
+ ikhtizāl
- کادر محیطی
+
+
- kādr mhiti
+
+
-
-
-
-
- box
-
- مُرَبَّعْ
-
- murabbaʻ
-
- کادر، جعبه
-
- kādr, j’bh
-
-
-
-
-
- braces
-
- قَوْسَيْنْ
-
- qawsayn
-
- آکولاد
-
- ākulād
-
- { and }
-
-
-
-
-
- brackets
-
- قوسين قَوْسَيْنْ مُرَبَّعَيْنْ
-
- qawsayn murabbaʻayn
-
- کروشه
-
- krušh
-
- [ and ]
-
-
-
-
-
- break (a line)
-
- فَصْلْ السَّطْرْ، قَطْعْ (سَطْرْ)
-
- faṣl al-saṭr, qaṭʻ (saṭr)
-
- شکستن (خط)، سطرشکنی
-
- škstn (xt), strškni
-
- To place the first of two adjacent characters at the end of a line and the second at the head of a new line.
-
-
-
-
-
- broadside
-
- وَرَقَة عَلَى صَفْحَة عَرِيضَة
-
- waraqah ʻalá ṣafḥah ʻarīḍah
-
- یکرو
-
- ikru
-
- In book typography, a sheet of paper printed as one page.
-
-
-
-
-
- bullet
-
- رَمْزْ نَقْطِي
-
- ramz naqṭī
-
- centered dot
-
-
-
-
-
- calligraphy
-
- فَنُّ الخَطِّ، الخَطُّ (فَنْ الخَطْ، الخَطْ)
-
- fannu al-khaṭṭi, al-khaṭṭu (fan al-khaṭ, al-khaṭ)
-
- خوشنویسی
-
- xušnuysi
-
-
-
-
-
- caption
-
- تَسْمِيَة، عُنْوَانْ
-
- tasmīah, ʻunwān
-
- عنوان، شرح
-
- ’nuān, šrh
-
- A title or a short description accompanying a picture, an illustration, or a table.
-
-
-
-
-
- cell
-
- خَلِيَة
-
- khalīah
-
- سلول
-
- slul
-
- Each element area of tables, cell.
-
-
-
-
-
- cell contents
-
- مُحْتَوَى الخَلِيَة
-
- muḥtawá al-khalīah
-
- محتوای سلول
-
- mhtuāy slul
-
- The content of each cell in tables.
-
-
-
-
-
- cell padding
-
- حَشْوْ الخَلِيَة
-
- ḥashw al-khalīah
-
- Spaces between line and cell in tables.
-
-
-
-
-
- centered alignment
-
- تَوْسِيطْ
-
- tawsīṭ
-
- ترازبندی وسطچین
-
- trāzbndi vstčin
-
-
-
-
-
- centered dot
-
- نُقْطَة مُوَسَّطَة
-
- nuqṭah mūassaṭah
-
-
-
-
-
- centering
-
- تَوْسِيطْ
-
- tawsīṭ
-
- وسطچین کردن
-
- ustčin krdn
-
- To align the center of a run of text that is shorter than a given line length to the center of a line.
-
-
-
-
-
- chapter
-
- فَصْلْ، بَابْ
-
- faṣl, bāb
-
- فصل
-
- fsl
-
-
-
-
-
- character
-
- حَرْفْ
-
- ḥarf
-
- حرف
-
- hrf
-
-
-
-
-
- character count
-
- عَدَدْ الحُرُوفْ
-
- ʻadad al-ḥurūf
-
- تعداد حروف
-
- t’dād hruf
-
-
-
-
-
- character frame
-
- إِطَارْ الحَرْفْ
-
- iṭār al-ḥarf
-
- Rectangular area occupied by a character when it is set solid.
-
-
-
-
-
- character set
-
- مَجْمُوعَةْ حُرُوفْ
-
- majmūʻat ḥurūf
-
- مجموعهٔ حروف
-
- mjmu’hٔ hruf
-
-
-
-
-
- character shape
-
- شَكْلُ الحَرْفْ
-
- shaklu al-ḥarf
-
- شکل حرف
+
+
+
- škl hrf
- Incarnation of a character by handwriting, printing or rendering to a computer screen.
+
+ alignment
-
+ مُحَاذَاةْ، تَرصِيف
-
+ muḥādhāt, tarṣīf
- character size
+ همترازی
- حَجْمُ الحَرْفْ
+ hmtrāzi
- ḥajmu al-ḥarf
+
+
+
- اندازهٔ حرف
- āndāzhٔ hrf
+
+ alphanumeric
- Dimensions of a character. Unless otherwise noted, it refers to the size of a character frame in the block direction.
+ أَبجَدِي عَدَدِي
-
+ abjadī ʻadadī
-
+ الفبایی عددی
- closing bracket
+ ālfbāiy addi
- قَوْسْ إِغْلَاقْ
+
+
+
- qaws ighlāq
- کروشه بسته
+
+ appendix
- kruše bsth
+ مُلحَق
- mulḥaq
-
+ ضمیمه
-
+ zmimh
- code point
+
+
+
- نُقْطة تَرْمِيزْ
- nuqṭat tarmīz
+
+ arabic numerals
- أَرْقَامْ عَرَبِيَّة، أَرْقَامْ أُورُوبِيَّة
- arqām ʻarabīyah, arqām ūrūbīyah
- ارقام عربی
-
+ ārqām arbi
-
+ Refer to "European numerals". Use "European numerals" or "ASCII numerals" to avoid
+ confusion.
+
- color
- لَوْنْ
+
+ ascender
- lawn
+ جُزْءُ الحَرْفِ العُلْوِي، الصَّاعِدْ
- juz’u al-ḥarfi al-ʻulwī, al-ṣṣāʻid
- خط صعود، کرسی بالا
- Characteristics like darkness, contrast, texture that give the an overall impression of how dense or heavy the text appears on the page.
+ xt s’ud, krsi bālā
-
+
+
+
-
- colon
+
+ asterisk
- نُقْطَتَيْنْ
+ نَجْمَة
- nuqṭatayn
+ najmah
- دونقطه
+ ستاره
- dunqth
+ stārh
-
+
+
-
-
+
+ auto spacing
- column
+ تَبَاعُدْ ذَاتِي، فَرَاغْ آلِي
- عَمُودْ
+ tabāʻud dhātī, farāgh ālī
- ʻamūd
+ فاصلهگذاری خودکار
- ستون
+ fāslhɡzāri xudkār
- stun
+
+
+
- A partition on a page in multi-column format.
-
+
+ back margin
-
+ الهَامِشْ الخَلْفِي
- column gap
+ al-hāmish al-khalfī
- تَبَاعُدْ الأَعْمِدَة
+ حاشیهٔ داخلی
- tabāʻud al-’aʻmidah
+ hāšihٔ dāxli
- فاصلهٔ ستون
+
+
+
- fāslhٔ stun
- Amount of space between columns on a page.
+
+ back matter
-
+ بَيَانَاتْ نِهَايَةْ الكِتَابْ
-
+ bayānāt nihāyat al-kitāb
- column spanning
+ واحدهای پس از متن
- عَبْرُ الأَعْمدَة
+ uāhdhāy ps aoez mtn
- ʻabr al-’aʻmidah
+ Appendices, supplements, glossary of terms, index and/or bibliography, and so on,
+ appended at the end of a book.
+
-
+ bad break
- A setting style of illustrations, tables, etc., over hanging to multiple columns.
+ قَطْعْ سَيِّئْ
-
+ qaṭʻ sayyi’
-
+ شکستن بد، سطرشکنی بد
- column spanning heading
+ škstn bd, strškni bd
- رَأْسْ عَبْرْ الأَعْمدَة
+
+
+
- ra’s ʻabr al-’aʻmidah
-
+ baseline
- خَطْ قَاعِدِي، خَطْ الاِرْتِكَازْ، سَطْرُ الأَسَاسْ
- Headings using multiple columns.
+ khaṭ qāʻidī, khaṭ al-irtikāz, satru al-’asās
-
+ خط کرسی
-
+ xt krsi
- comma
+ A virtual line on which almost all glyphs in Western fonts are designed to be
+ aligned.
+
- فَاصِلَة
- fāṣilah
+
+ bibliography
- ویرگول
+ المَرَاجِعْ
- uyrɡul
+ al-marājiʻ
- کتابنامه
-
+ ktābnāmh
-
+ A list of works and papers related to the subjects in the text.
+
- composition
- تَرْكِيبْ
+
+ blank page
- tarkīb
+ صَفْحَة فَارِغَة
- حروفچینی و صفحهبندی
+ ṣafḥah fārighah
- hrufčini v sfhhbndi
+ صفحهٔ خالی
- Process of arrangement of text, figures and/or pictures, etc on a page in a desired layout (design) in preparation for printing.
+ sfhhٔ xāli
-
+ An empty page.
+
-
- compound word
+
+ bleed
- كَلِمَة مُرَكَّبَة
+ خَارِجْ إِطَارْ الصَّفْحَة
- kalimah murakkabah
+ khārij iṭār al-ṣafḥah
- کلمهٔ مرکب
+ تصویرْ تا بُرِش
- klmhٔ mrkb
+ tsuyrْ tā boreš
- To print a picture or a tint to run off the edge of a trimmed page.
+
-
-
+
+ block direction
- connection
+ اِتِّجَاهْ المَقْطَعْ، اِتِّجَاهْ الكُتْلَة
- وَصْلْ
+ ittijāh al-maqṭaʻ, ittijāh al-kutlah
- waṣl
+ جهت نوشتار
- jht nuštār
- The progression direction of lines, one after the other.
+
-
+ block quotation
-
+ كُتْلَة اِقْتِبَاسْ، مُرَبَّعْ اِقْتِبَاسْ
- continuous pagination
+ kutlat iqtibās, murabbaʻ iqtibās
- تَرْقِيمْ الصَّفَحَاتْ المُسْتَمِرْ
+ نقلقول پاراگرافی
- tarqīm al-ṣṣafaḥāt al-mustamir
+ nqlqul pārāɡrāfi
- صفحهشماری پیوسته
+
+
+
- sfhhšmāri pivsth
- a) To number the pages of a book continuously across all those in the front matter, the text and the back matter. b) To number the pages continuously across those of all books, such as a series published in separate volumes. Also to number the pages continuously across those of all issues of a periodical published in a year, aside from pagination per issue.
+
+ body type
-
+ الخَطْ الرَّئِيسِي
-
+ al-khaṭ al-rra’īsī
- control characters
+ حروف بدنه
- حُرُوفْ تَحَكُّمْ
+ hruf bdnh
- ḥurūf taḥakkum
+
+
+
- حروف کنترلی
- hruf kntrli
+
+ bold
- غَلِيظْ
-
+ ghalīẓ
-
+ حرف سیاه
- copy
+ hrf siāh
- نُسْخَة
+ A kind of font style. Similar to bold in Western typograpy.
+
- nuskhah
- نسخه
+
+ boldface
- nsxh
+ خَطْ غَلِيظْ
- khaṭ ghalīẓ
-
+ حرف سیاه
-
+ hrf siāh
- cover
+
+
+
- غِلَافْ
- ghilāf
+
+ bound on the left-hand side
- جلد
+ مُلْزِمَة عَلَى الجَانِبْ الأَيْسَرْ
- jld
+ mulzimah ʻalá al-jānib al-’aysar
- صحافی چپبهراست
-
+ shāfi čpbhrāst
-
+ Binding of a book to be opened from the left.
+
- cut-in heading
-
+ bound on the right-hand side
- مُلْزِمَة عَلَى الجَانِبْ الأَيْمَنْ
- mulzimah ʻalá al-jānib al-’ayman
- صحافی راستبهچپ
- A style of headings. Headings do not occupy the full lines, but share lines area with following main text lines.
+ shāfi rāstbhčp
-
+ Binding of a book to be opened from the right.
+
-
- dash
+
+ bounding box
- وَاصِلَة
+ المُرَبَّعْ المُحِيطْ
- wāṣilah
+ al-murabbaʻ al-muḥīṭ
- کادر محیطی
- kādr mhiti
-
+
+
-
-
+
+ box
- dedication
+ مُرَبَّعْ
- إِهْدَاءْ
+ murabbaʻ
- ihdā’
+ کادر، جعبه
- اهدائیه
+ kādr, j’bh
- āhdā’ih
+
+
+
-
+ braces
-
+ قَوْسَيْنْ
- descender line
+ qawsayn
- مَا تَحْتَ السَّطْرْ
+ آکولاد
- mā taḥta al-ssaṭr
+ ākulād
- { and }
+
- A descender is the part of a letter extending below the base line, as in 'g', 'j', 'p', 'q', or 'y'. A descender line is a virtual line drawn at the bottom of descender parallel to base line.
+
+ brackets
-
+ قوسين قَوْسَيْنْ مُرَبَّعَيْنْ
-
+ qawsayn murabbaʻayn
- diacritical marks
+ کروشه
- علامات التشكيل
+ krušh
- ʻalāmāt al-ttashkīl
+ [ and ]
+
- اِعراب، نشانههای حروف
- āe’rāb, nšānhhāy hruf
+
+ break (a line)
- فَصْلْ السَّطْرْ، قَطْعْ (سَطْرْ)
-
+ faṣl al-saṭr, qaṭʻ (saṭr)
-
+ شکستن (خط)، سطرشکنی
- diagonal fraction
+ škstn (xt), strškni
- جُزْءْ قُطْرِي
+ To place the first of two adjacent characters at the end of a line and the second at
+ the head of a new line.
+
- juz’ quṭrī
-
+ broadside
- وَرَقَة عَلَى صَفْحَة عَرِيضَة
- waraqah ʻalá ṣafḥah ʻarīḍah
-
+ یکرو
-
+ ikru
- diagram
+ In book typography, a sheet of paper printed as one page.
+
- رَسْمْ بَيَانِي، رَسْمْ تَخْطِيطِي
- rasm bayānī, rasm takhṭīṭī
+
+ bullet
- نمودار
+ رَمْزْ نَقْطِي
- nmudār
+ ramz naqṭī
-
+
-
+
+
-
+ centered dot
+
- disconnection
- فَصْلْ
+
+ calligraphy
- faṣl
+ فَنُّ الخَطِّ، الخَطُّ (فَنْ الخَطْ، الخَطْ)
- fannu al-khaṭṭi, al-khaṭṭu (fan al-khaṭ,
+ al-khaṭ)
- خوشنویسی
- xušnuysi
-
+
+
+
-
- discretionary hyphen
+
+ caption
- وَاصِلَة لَيِّنَة
+ تَسْمِيَة، عُنْوَانْ
- wāṣilah layyinah
+ tasmīah, ʻunwān
- عنوان، شرح
- ’nuān, šrh
- See soft hyphen.
+ A title or a short description accompanying a picture, an illustration, or a
+ table.
+
-
-
+
+ cell
- display
+ خَلِيَة
- عَرْضْ
+ khalīah
- ʻarḍ
+ سلول
- نمایش
+ slul
- nmāyš
+ Each element area of tables, cell.
+
-
+ cell contents
-
+ مُحْتَوَى الخَلِيَة
- display type
+ muḥtawá al-khalīah
- نَوْعْ العَرْضْ
+ محتوای سلول
- nawʻ al-ʻarḍ
+ mhtuāy slul
- The content of each cell in tables.
+
-
+ cell padding
-
+ حَشْوْ الخَلِيَة
-
+ ḥashw al-khalīah
- document
+
+
- وَثِيقَة، مُسْتَنَدْ
+
+
- wathīqah, mustanad
+ Spaces between line and cell in tables.
+
- سند
- snd
+
+ centered alignment
- تَوْسِيطْ
-
+ tawsīṭ
-
+ ترازبندی وسطچین
- dpi
+ trāzbndi vstčin
- نُقْطَة فِي البُوصَة
+
+
+
- nuqṭah fī al-būṣah
- نقطه در اینچ
+
+ centered dot
- nqte dr ieynč
+ نُقْطَة مُوَسَّطَة
- Dots per inch (DPI, or dpi) is a measure of spatial printing.
+ nuqṭah mūassaṭah
-
+
+
-
+
+
- eastern arabic numerals
+
+
+
- الأَرقَامْ العَرَبِيَّة المَشْرِقِيَّة
- al-’arqām al-ʻarabīyah al-mashriqīyah
+
+ centering
- تَوْسِيطْ
- tawsīṭ
- ٠ ١ ٢ ٣ ٤ ٥ ٦ ٧ ٨ ٩
+ وسطچین کردن
-
+ ustčin krdn
-
+ To align the center of a run of text that is shorter than a given line length to the
+ center of a line.
+
- ellipsis
- عَلَامَة القَطْع، القَطْعْ
+
+ chapter
- ʻalāmat al-qaṭʻ, al-qaṭʻ
+ فَصْلْ، بَابْ
- سهنقطه
+ faṣl, bāb
- shnqth
+ فصل
- fsl
-
+
+
+
-
- Elongation
+
+ character
- التَّطْوِيلْ
+ حَرْفْ
- al-ttaṭwīl
+ ḥarf
- حرف
- hrf
-
+
+
-
-
+
+ character count
- EM
+ عَدَدْ الحُرُوفْ
- (وَحَدَةْ قِيَاسْ) إِمْ، وَحَدَةْ قِيَاسْ النُقْطَة
+ ʻadad al-ḥurūf
- (waḥadah qīās) im, waḥadat qīās al-nuqṭah
+ تعداد حروف
- اِم، ضربه
+ t’dād hruf
- āem, zrbh
+
+
+
- Unit in the field of typography, equal to the currently specified point size. A reference to the width of the capital "M"
-
+
+ character frame
-
+ إِطَارْ الحَرْفْ
- em dash
+ iṭār al-ḥarf
- خَطْ فاصِلْ مِنْ حَجْمْ اِمْ، وَصْلَة طَوِيلَة
+
+
- khaṭ fṣil min ḥajm im, waṣlah ṭawīlah
+
+
- خط
+ Rectangular area occupied by a character when it is set solid.
+
- xt
- A wide dash, usually of size EM
+
+ character set
-
+ مَجْمُوعَةْ حُرُوفْ
-
+ majmūʻat ḥurūf
- em space
+ مجموعهٔ حروف
- فَرَاغْ مِنْ حَجْمْ اِمْ، فَرَاغْ طَوِيلْ
+ mjmu’hٔ hruf
- farāgh min ḥajm im, farāgh ṭawīl
+
+
+
- فاصلهٔ اِم
- fāslhٔ em
+
+ character shape
- A wide space, usually of size EM
+ شَكْلُ الحَرْفْ
-
+ shaklu al-ḥarf
-
+ شکل حرف
- EN
+ škl hrf
- نصف وحدة قياس النقطة
+ Incarnation of a character by handwriting, printing or rendering to a computer
+ screen.
+
- niṣf waḥadat qīās al-nuqṭah
- اِن
+
+ character size
- āen
+ حَجْمُ الحَرْفْ
- ???
+ ḥajmu al-ḥarf
-
+ اندازهٔ حرف
-
+ āndāzhٔ hrf
- en dash
+ Dimensions of a character. Unless otherwise noted, it refers to the size of a
+ character frame in the block direction.
+
- وَصْلَة مُتَوَسِّطَة
- waṣlah mutawassiṭah
+
+ closing bracket
- خط اِن
+ قَوْسْ إِغْلَاقْ
- xt en
+ qaws ighlāq
- A not-so-wide dash, usually of size EN
+ کروشه بسته
-
+ kruše bsth
-
+
+
+
- en space
- مَسَافَة مُتَوَسِّطَة
+
+ code point
- masāfah mutawassiṭah
+ نُقْطة تَرْمِيزْ
- فاصلهٔ اِن
+ nuqṭat tarmīz
- fāslhٔ en
+
+
- A not-so-wide space, usually of size EN
+
+
-
+
+
+
-
- encoding
+
+ color
- تَرْمِيزْ
+ لَوْنْ
- tarmīz
+ lawn
- کدنگاری
+
+
- kdnɡāri
+
+
- Characteristics like darkness, contrast, texture that give the an overall
+ impression of how dense or heavy the text appears on the page.
+
-
-
+
+ colon
- endnote
+ نُقْطَتَيْنْ
- التَّعْلِيقْ الخِتَامِي، حَاشِيَة
+ nuqṭatayn
- al-ttaʻlīq al-khitāmī, ḥāshīah
+ دونقطه
- dunqth
-
+
+
- A set of notes placed at the end of a part, chapter, section, paragraph and so on, or at the end of a book.
-
+
+ column
-
+ عَمُودْ
- epigraph
+ ʻamūd
- اِقْتِبَاسْ، مَقُولَة قَصِيرَة
+ ستون
- iqtibās, maqūlah qaṣīrah
+ stun
- سرلوحه
+ A partition on a page in multi-column format.
+
- srluhh
-
+ column gap
-
+ تَبَاعُدْ الأَعْمِدَة
-
+ tabāʻud al-’aʻmidah
- European numerals
+ فاصلهٔ ستون
- أَرْقَامْ أُورُوبِيَّة
+ fāslhٔ stun
- arqām ūrūbīyah
+ Amount of space between columns on a page.
+
- ارقام اروپایی
- ārqām aoerupāiy
+
+ column spanning
- Any of the symbols in [0-9] used to represent numbers. Sometimes called Arabic numerals or ASCII numerals.
+ عَبْرُ الأَعْمدَة
-
+ ʻabr al-’aʻmidah
-
+
+
- exception dictionary
+
+
- قَامُوسْ الإِسْتِثْنَاءَاتْ
+ A setting style of illustrations, tables, etc., over hanging to multiple
+ columns.
+
- qāmūs al-’istithnā’āt
-
+ column spanning heading
- رَأْسْ عَبْرْ الأَعْمدَة
- ra’s ʻabr al-’aʻmidah
-
+
+
-
+
+
- exclamation marks
+ Headings using multiple columns.
+
- عَلَامَاتْ التَّعَجُّبْ
- ʻalāmāt al-ttaʻajjub
+
+ comma
- علامت تعجب
+ فَاصِلَة
- ’lāmt t’jb
+ fāṣilah
- ویرگول
-
+ uyrɡul
-
+
+
+
- figure
- شَكْلْ
+
+ composition
- shakl
+ تَرْكِيبْ
- تصویر
+ tarkīb
- tsuyr
+ حروفچینی و صفحهبندی
- hrufčini v sfhhbndi
-
+ Process of arrangement of text, figures and/or pictures, etc on a page in a desired
+ layout (design) in preparation for printing.
+
-
- first-line indent
+
+ compound word
- مَسَافَة السَّطْرْ الأَوَّلْ
+ كَلِمَة مُرَكَّبَة
- masāfat al-ssaṭr al-’awwal
+ kalimah murakkabah
- تورفتگی خط اول
+ کلمهٔ مرکب
- turftɡi xt uowl
+ klmhٔ mrkb
-
+
+
-
-
+
+ connection
- fixed-width
+ وَصْلْ
- ثَابِتْ العَرْضْ
+ waṣl
- thābit al-ʻarḍ
+
+
-
+
-
+
+
- A characteristic of a font where the same character advance is assigned for all glyphs.
-
+
+ continuous pagination
-
+ تَرْقِيمْ الصَّفَحَاتْ المُسْتَمِرْ
- flush left alignment
+ tarqīm al-ṣṣafaḥāt al-mustamir
- مُحَاذَاة إِلَى اليَمِينْ
+ صفحهشماری پیوسته
- muḥādhāt ilá al-yamīn
+ sfhhšmāri pivsth
- a) To number the pages of a book continuously across all those in the front matter,
+ the text and the back matter. b) To number the pages continuously across those of all
+ books, such as a series published in separate volumes. Also to number the pages
+ continuously across those of all issues of a periodical published in a year, aside from
+ pagination per issue.
+
-
+ control characters
-
+ حُرُوفْ تَحَكُّمْ
-
+ ḥurūf taḥakkum
- flush right alignment
+ حروف کنترلی
- مُحَاذَاة إِلَى اليَسَارْ
+ hruf kntrli
- muḥādhāt ilá al-yasār
+
+
+
-
+ copy
- نُسْخَة
-
+ nuskhah
-
+ نسخه
- folio
+ nsxh
- وَرَقَة، صَفْحَة
+
+
+
- waraqah, ṣafḥah
- شمارهٔ صفحه
+
+ cover
- šmārhٔ sfhh
+ غِلَافْ
- ghilāf
-
+ جلد
-
+ jld
- font
+
+
+
- الخَطْ
- al-khaṭ
+
+ cut-in heading
+ فونت، قلم
+
+
- funt, qlm
+
+
- A set of character glyphs of a given typeface.
+ A style of headings. Headings do not occupy the full lines, but share lines area with
+ following main text lines.
+
-
-
+
+ dash
- font family/typeface family
+ وَاصِلَة
- أُسْرَة مِحْرَفْ، أُسْرَة خُطُوطْ
+ wāṣilah
- usrat miḥraf, usrat khuṭūṭ
+
+
- خانوادهٔ فونت
+
+
- xānuādhٔ funt
+
+
+
-
+ dedication
-
+ إِهْدَاءْ
- font metrics
+ ihdā’
- مَقَايِيسْ الخَطْ
+ اهدائیه
- maqāyīs al-khaṭ
+ āhdā’ih
-
+
+
-
+ descender line
-
+ مَا تَحْتَ السَّطْرْ
-
+ mā taḥta al-ssaṭr
- foot
+
+
- تَذْيِيلْ
+
+
- tadhyīl
+ A descender is the part of a letter extending below the base line, as in 'g', 'j',
+ 'p', 'q', or 'y'. A descender line is a virtual line drawn at the bottom of descender
+ parallel to base line.
+
- پایه
- pāyh
+
+ diacritical marks
- a) The bottom part of a book or a page. b) The bottom margin between the edge of a trimmed page and the hanmen (text area)
+ علامات التشكيل
-
+ ʻalāmāt al-ttashkīl
-
+ اِعراب، نشانههای حروف
- foot/bottom margin
+ āe’rāb, nšānhhāy hruf
- الهاَمِشْ الأَسْفَلْ
+
+
+
- al-hamish al-’asfal
- حاشیهٔ پایینی
+
+ diagonal fraction
- hāšihٔ pāiyni
+ جُزْءْ قُطْرِي
- juz’ quṭrī
-
+
+
-
+
+
- footer
+
+
+
- تَذْيِيلْ الصَّفْحَة
- tadhyīl al-ṣṣafḥah
+
+ diagram
- پاصفحه
+ رَسْمْ بَيَانِي، رَسْمْ تَخْطِيطِي
- pāsfhh
+ rasm bayānī, rasm takhṭīṭī
- نمودار
-
+ nmudār
-
+
+
+
- footnote
- حَاشِيَة سَفْلِيَة
+
+ disconnection
- ḥāshīah saflīyah
+ فَصْلْ
- پانویس
+ faṣl
- pānuys
+
+
- A note in a smaller face than that of main text, placed at the bottom of a page.
+
+
-
+
+
+
-
- fore-edge
+
+ discretionary hyphen
- الحَافة العَمودِيَّة الخَارِجِيَّة
+ وَاصِلَة لَيِّنَة
- al-ḥāfh al-ʻamwdīyah al-khārijīyah
+ wāṣilah layyinah
- حاشیهٔ بیرونی
+
+
- hāšihٔ biruni
+
+
- a) The three front trimmed edges of pages in a book. b) The opposite sides of the gutter in a book.
+ See soft hyphen.
+
-
-
+
+ display
- format
+ عَرْضْ
- تنْسِيقْ، هَيْئَة
+ ʻarḍ
- tansīq, hay’ah
+ نمایش
- شکلبندی، شکل
+ nmāyš
- šklbndi, škl
+
+
+
-
+ display type
-
+ نَوْعْ العَرْضْ
- fraction
+ nawʻ al-ʻarḍ
- كَسْرْ
+
+
- Kasr
+
+
-
+
+
-
+ document
-
+ وَثِيقَة، مُسْتَنَدْ
-
+ wathīqah, mustanad
- front matter
+ سند
- المَادَّة الأَمَامِيَّة
+ snd
- al-māddah al-’amāmīyah
+
+
+
- واحدهای پیش از متن
- uāhdhāy piš aoez mtn
+
+ dpi
- The first part of a book followed by the text, usually consisting of a forward, preface, table of contents, list of illustrations, acknowledgement and so on.
+ نُقْطَة فِي البُوصَة
-
+ nuqṭah fī al-būṣah
-
+ نقطه در اینچ
- full-width
+ nqte dr ieynč
- تَامْ العَرْضْ
+ Dots per inch (DPI, or dpi) is a measure of spatial printing.
+
- tām al-ʻarḍ
-
+ eastern arabic numerals
- الأَرقَامْ العَرَبِيَّة المَشْرِقِيَّة
- a) Relative index for the length which is equal to a given character size. b) Character frame which character advance is equal to the amount referred to as a). A full-width character frame is square in shape by definition.
+ al-’arqām al-ʻarabīyah al-mashriqīyah
-
+
+
-
+
+
- glyph
+ ٠ ١ ٢ ٣ ٤ ٥ ٦ ٧ ٨ ٩
+
- صُورَةْ الرَّمْزْ
- ṣūrah al-rramz
+
+ ellipsis
- عَلَامَة القَطْع، القَطْعْ
- ʻalāmat al-qaṭʻ, al-qaṭʻ
- سهنقطه
-
+ shnqth
-
+
+
+
- golden rectangle
-
+ Elongation
- التَّطْوِيلْ
- مستطیل طلایی
+ al-ttaṭwīl
- msttil tlāiy
+
+
-
+
-
+
+
+
-
- golden section
+
+ EM
- (وَحَدَةْ قِيَاسْ) إِمْ، وَحَدَةْ قِيَاسْ النُقْطَة
- (waḥadah qīās) im, waḥadat qīās al-nuqṭah
- بخش طلایی
+ اِم، ضربه
- bxš tlāiy
+ āem, zrbh
- Unit in the field of typography, equal to the currently specified point size. A
+ reference to the width of the capital "M"
+
-
-
+
+ em dash
- Greek letters
+ خَطْ فاصِلْ مِنْ حَجْمْ اِمْ، وَصْلَة طَوِيلَة
- حُرُوفْ يُونَانِيَّة
+ khaṭ fṣil min ḥajm im, waṣlah ṭawīlah
- ḥurūf yūnānīyah
+ خط
- حروف یونانی
+ xt
- hruf yvnāni
+ A wide dash, usually of size EM
+
-
+ em space
-
+ فَرَاغْ مِنْ حَجْمْ اِمْ، فَرَاغْ طَوِيلْ
- grid alignment
+ farāgh min ḥajm im, farāgh ṭawīl
- فاصلهٔ اِم
- fāslhٔ em
- همترازی شطرنجی
+ A wide space, usually of size EM
+
- hmtrāzi štrnji
-
+ EN
-
+ نصف وحدة قياس النقطة
-
+ niṣf waḥadat qīās al-nuqṭah
- gutter
+ اِن
- حَاشِیَة
+ āen
- ḥāshīah
+ ???
+
- حاشیه
- hāših
+
+ en dash
- a) The binding side of a spread of a book. b) the margin between the binding edge of a book and the hanmen (text area). c) The part of a book where all pages are bound together to the book spine.
+ وَصْلَة مُتَوَسِّطَة
-
+ waṣlah mutawassiṭah
-
+ خط اِن
- half em
+ xt en
- نِصْفْ اِمْ
+ A not-so-wide dash, usually of size EN
+
- niṣf im
- نیم اِم
+
+ en space
- nim em
+ مَسَافَة مُتَوَسِّطَة
- Half of the full-width size.
+ masāfah mutawassiṭah
-
+ فاصلهٔ اِن
-
+ fāslhٔ en
- half em space
+ A not-so-wide space, usually of size EN
+
- فَرَاغْ نِصْفْ اِمْ
- farāgh niṣf im
+
+ encoding
- فاصلهٔ نیم اِم
+ تَرْمِيزْ
- fāslhٔ nim em
+ tarmīz
- Amount of space that is half size of em space.
+ کدنگاری
-
+ kdnɡāri
-
+
+
+
- hang line
- سَطْرْ مُعَلَّقْ
+
+ endnote
- saṭr muʻallaq
+ التَّعْلِيقْ الخِتَامِي، حَاشِيَة
- al-ttaʻlīq al-khitāmī, ḥāshīah
-
+
-
+
-
+ A set of notes placed at the end of a part, chapter, section, paragraph and so on, or
+ at the end of a book.
+
-
- hanging indentation
+
+ epigraph
- تعليق المسافة البادئة
+ اِقْتِبَاسْ، مَقُولَة قَصِيرَة
- iqtibās, maqūlah qaṣīrah
- سرلوحه
- srluhh
-
+
+
-
-
+
+ European numerals
- hanging punctuation
+ أَرْقَامْ أُورُوبِيَّة
- تعليق علامات الترقيم
+ arqām ūrūbīyah
- ارقام اروپایی
- ārqām aoerupāiy
- Any of the symbols in [0-9] used to represent numbers. Sometimes called Arabic
+ numerals or ASCII numerals.
+
-
+ exception dictionary
-
+ قَامُوسْ الإِسْتِثْنَاءَاتْ
- harakat
+ qāmūs al-’istithnā’āt
- حَرَكَاتْ
+
+
- ḥarakāt
+
+
-
+
+
- Tashkil marks representing short vowel sounds.
+
+ exclamation marks
-
+ عَلَامَاتْ التَّعَجُّبْ
-
+ ʻalāmāt al-ttaʻajjub
- head
+ علامت تعجب
- رَأْسْ
+ ’lāmt t’jb
- ra’s
+
+
+
- سَر
- sar
+
+ figure
- a) The top part of a book or a page. b) The top margin between the top edge of a trimmed page and the hanmen (text area)
+ شَكْلْ
-
+ shakl
-
+ تصویر
- head/top margin
+ tsuyr
- هَامِشْ عُلْوِي
+
+
+
- hāmish ʻulwī
- حاشیهٔ بالا
+
+ first-line indent
- hāšihٔ bālā
+ مَسَافَة السَّطْرْ الأَوَّلْ
- masāfat al-ssaṭr al-’awwal
-
+ تورفتگی خط اول
-
+ turftɡi xt uowl
- header
+
+
+
- رَأْسْ
- ra’s
+
+ fixed-width
- سرصفحه
+ ثَابِتْ العَرْضْ
- srsfhh
+ thābit al-ʻarḍ
-
+
-
+
+
-
+ A characteristic of a font where the same character advance is assigned for all
+ glyphs.
+
- heading
- عُنْوَانْ
+
+ flush left alignment
- ʻunwān
+ مُحَاذَاة إِلَى اليَمِينْ
- عنوان
+ muḥādhāt ilá al-yamīn
- ’nuān
+
+
- a) A title of a paper or an article. b) A title for each section of a book, paper or article.
+
+
-
+
+
+
-
- headline
+
+ flush right alignment
- عُنْوَانْ رَئِيسِي
+ مُحَاذَاة إِلَى اليَسَارْ
- ʻunwān ra’īsī
+ muḥādhāt ilá al-yasār
-
+
-
+
-
+
+
-
-
+
+ folio
- headnote
+ وَرَقَة، صَفْحَة
- تَقْدِمَة
+ waraqah, ṣafḥah
- taqdimah
+ شمارهٔ صفحه
- šmārhٔ sfhh
-
+
+
- A kind of notes in vertical writing style, head area in kihon-hanmen is kept beforehand, and notes are set with smaller size font than main text.
-
+
+ font
-
+ الخَطْ
- hierarchy
+ al-khaṭ
- تسلسل هرمي، ترتيب هرمي
+ فونت، قلم
- funt, qlm
- سلسلهمراتب
+ A set of character glyphs of a given typeface.
+
- slslhmrātb
-
+ font family/typeface family
-
+ أُسْرَة مِحْرَفْ، أُسْرَة خُطُوطْ
-
+ usrat miḥraf, usrat khuṭūṭ
- horizontal writing mode
+ خانوادهٔ فونت
- صِيغَة الكِتَابَة الأُفُقِيَّة
+ xānuādhٔ funt
- ṣīghat al-kitābah al-’ufuqīyah
+
+
+
- حالت نوشتار افقی
- hālt nuštār aoefqi
+
+ font metrics
- The process or the result of arranging characters on a line from left to right, of lines on a page from top to bottom, and/or of columns on a page from left to right.
+ مَقَايِيسْ الخَطْ
-
+ maqāyīs al-khaṭ
-
+
+
- hyphen
+
+
- وَاصِلَة
+
+
+
- wāṣilah
- نیمخط
+
+ foot
- nimxt
+ تَذْيِيلْ
- tadhyīl
-
+ پایه
-
+ pāyh
- hyphenation
+ a) The bottom part of a book or a page. b) The bottom margin between the edge of a
+ trimmed page and the hanmen (text area)
+
- اِسْتِخْدَامْ الوَاصِلَة
- istikhdām al-wāṣilah
+
+ foot/bottom margin
- الهاَمِشْ الأَسْفَلْ
- al-hamish al-’asfal
- A method of breaking a line by dividing a Western word at the end of a line and adding a hyphen at the end of the first half of the syllable.
+ حاشیهٔ پایینی
-
+ hāšihٔ pāiyni
-
+
+
+
- hyphenation and justification
- الوَاصِلَة وَالمُحَاذَاةْ
+
+ footer
- al-wāṣilah wālmuḥādhāt
+ تَذْيِيلْ الصَّفْحَة
- tadhyīl al-ṣṣafḥah
- پاصفحه
- Also abbreviated as H&J
+ pāsfhh
-
+
+
+
-
- hyphenation routine
+
+ footnote
- إِجْرَاءْ الوَاصِلَة
+ حَاشِيَة سَفْلِيَة
- ijrā’ al-wāṣilah
+ ḥāshīah saflīyah
- پانویس
- pānuys
- A note in a smaller face than that of main text, placed at the bottom of a page.
+
-
-
+
+ fore-edge
- ihmal
+ الحَافة العَمودِيَّة الخَارِجِيَّة
- إِهْمَالْ
+ al-ḥāfh al-ʻamwdīyah al-khārijīyah
- ihmāl
+ حاشیهٔ بیرونی
- hāšihٔ biruni
- a) The three front trimmed edges of pages in a book. b) The opposite sides of the
+ gutter in a book.
+
- See tashkil
-
+
+ format
-
+ تنْسِيقْ، هَيْئَة
- ijam
+ tansīq, hay’ah
- إِعْجَامْ
+ شکلبندی، شکل
- iʻjām
+ šklbndi, škl
-
+
+
- Diacritical marks applied to a basic letter shape (or skeleton) to derive a new letter. For example a dot under a "curve" to get the letter Beh. In Unicode each letter plus ijam combination is encoded as a separate, atomic character.
+
+ fraction
-
+ كَسْرْ
-
+ Kasr
- illustrations
+
+
- رَسْمْ تَوْضِيحِي، صُورَة إِيضَاحِيَّة
+
+
- rasm tawḍīḥī, ṣūrahīḍāḥīyah
+
+
+
- تصویر
- tsuyr
+
+ front matter
- A general term referring to a diagram, chart, cut, figure, picture and the like, to be used for printed materials.
+ المَادَّة الأَمَامِيَّة
-
+ al-māddah al-’amāmīyah
-
+ واحدهای پیش از متن
- indentation
+ uāhdhāy piš aoez mtn
- إِزَاحَة، مَسَافَة بَادِئَة
+ The first part of a book followed by the text, usually consisting of a forward,
+ preface, table of contents, list of illustrations, acknowledgement and so on.
+
- izāḥah, masāfah bādi’ah
- فاصلهٔ سرِ سطر، تورفتگی سرِ سطر
+
+ full-width
- fāslhٔ sre str, turftɡi sre str
+ تَامْ العَرْضْ
- tām al-ʻarḍ
-
+
+
-
+
+
- independent pagination
+ a) Relative index for the length which is equal to a given character size. b)
+ Character frame which character advance is equal to the amount referred to as a). A
+ full-width character frame is square in shape by definition.
+
- تَرْقِيمْ الصَّفَحَاتْ مُسْتَقِلْ
- tarqīm al-ṣṣafaḥāt mustaqil
+
+ glyph
- صفحهبندی مستقل
+ صُورَةْ الرَّمْزْ
- sfhhbndi mstql
+ ṣūrah al-rramz
- To number the pages of the front matter, the text and the back matter independently.
+
+
-
+
+
-
+
+
+
- index
- فِهْرِسْ
+
+ golden rectangle
+ fihris
+ مستطیل طلایی
- فهرست راهنما
+ msttil tlāiy
- fhrst rāhnmā
+
+
+
- A list of terms or subjects with page numbers for where they are referred to in a single or multiple volumes of a book.
-
+
+ golden section
+
+ بخش طلایی
- initial
+ bxš tlāiy
- أَوَّلِي
+
+
+
- awwalī
- آغازین
+
+ Greek letters
- āqāzin
+ حُرُوفْ يُونَانِيَّة
- ḥurūf yūnānīyah
-
+ حروف یونانی
-
+ hruf yvnāni
- inline direction
+
+
+
- الاِتِّجَاهْ السَّطْرِي
- al-ittijāh al-ssaṭrī
+
+ grid alignment
+ همترازی شطرنجی
- hmtrāzi štrnji
- Text direction in a line.
+
+
+
-
-
+
+ gutter
- input
+ حَاشِیَة
- إِدْخَالْ
+ ḥāshīah
- idkhāl
+ حاشیه
- ورودی
+ hāših
- urudi
+ a) The binding side of a spread of a book. b) the margin between the binding edge of
+ a book and the hanmen (text area). c) The part of a book where all pages are bound
+ together to the book spine.
+
-
+ half em
-
+ نِصْفْ اِمْ
- inseparable characters rule
+ niṣf im
- قَاعِدَة مَحَارِفْ لَا تَنْفَصِلْ
+ نیم اِم
- qāʻidat maḥārif lā tanfaṣil
+ nim em
- Half of the full-width size.
+
- A line adjustment rule that prohibits inserting any space between specific combinations of characters.
+
+ half em space
-
+ فَرَاغْ نِصْفْ اِمْ
-
+ farāgh niṣf im
- interpunct
+ فاصلهٔ نیم اِم
- fāslhٔ nim em
- Amount of space that is half size of em space.
+
-
+ hang line
- سَطْرْ مُعَلَّقْ
-
+ saṭr muʻallaq
-
+
+
- italics
+
+
- مَائِلْ
+
+
+
- mā’il
- ایتالیک
+
+ hanging indentation
- āytālik
+ تعليق المسافة البادئة
+
+
-
+
+
-
+
+
+
- itemization
- وَضْعْ بُنُودْ، تَبْوِيبْ، عَنَاصِرْ
+
+ hanging punctuation
- waḍʻ bunūd, tabwīb, ʻanāṣir
+ تعليق علامات الترقيم
+
+
-
+
- To list ordered or unordered items one under the other.
+
+
+
-
-
+
+ harakat
- justified alignment
+ حَرَكَاتْ
- مُحَاذَاةْ مَضْبُوطَة
+ ḥarakāt
- muḥādhāt maḍbūṭah
+
+
- همترازی میزان
+
+
- hmtrāzi mizān
+ Tashkil marks representing short vowel sounds.
+
-
+ head
-
+ رَأْسْ
- kashida
+ ra’s
- الْكَشِيدَة، التَّطْوِيلْ
+ سَر
- al-kashīdah, al-ttaṭwīl
+ sar
- کشیده
+ a) The top part of a book or a page. b) The top margin between the top edge of a
+ trimmed page and the hanmen (text area)
+
- kšidh
-
+ head/top margin
-
+ هَامِشْ عُلْوِي
-
+ hāmish ʻulwī
- label name
+ حاشیهٔ بالا
- اِسْمْ بِطَاقَةْ العَنْوَنَة
+ hāšihٔ bālā
- ism biṭāqat al-ʻanwanah
+
+
+
-
+ header
- Text following or followed by numbers for illustrations, tables, headings and running headings.
+ رَأْسْ
-
+ ra’s
-
+ سرصفحه
- Latin letters
+ srsfhh
- حُرُوف لَاتِينِيَّة
+
+
+
- ḥurūf lātīnīyah
- حروف لاتین
+
+ heading
- hruf lātin
+ عُنْوَانْ
- ʻunwān
-
+ عنوان
-
+ ’nuān
- layout
+ a) A title of a paper or an article. b) A title for each section of a book, paper or
+ article.
+
- نَسْقْ، تَصْمِيمْ
- nasq, taṣmīm
+
+ headline
- قالببندی
+ عُنْوَانْ رَئِيسِي
- qālbbndi
+ ʻunwān ra’īsī
-
+
-
+
+
-
+
+
+
- leading
- قِيَادِي
+
+ headnote
- qīādī
+ تَقْدِمَة
- taqdimah
-
+
-
+
-
+ A kind of notes in vertical writing style, head area in kihon-hanmen is kept
+ beforehand, and notes are set with smaller size font than main text.
+
-
- letter face
+
+ hierarchy
- صُورَةْ الحَرْفْ
+ تسلسل هرمي، ترتيب هرمي
+ ṣūrat al-ḥarf
+ سلسلهمراتب
- slslhmrātb
-
+
+
- Area in which glyph is drawn.
-
+
+ horizontal writing mode
-
+ صِيغَة الكِتَابَة الأُفُقِيَّة
- lettering
+ ṣīghat al-kitābah al-’ufuqīyah
- تَرْقِينْ، كِتَابَة
+ حالت نوشتار افقی
- tarqīn, kitābah
+ hālt nuštār aoefqi
- طراحی حروف
+ The process or the result of arranging characters on a line from left to right, of
+ lines on a page from top to bottom, and/or of columns on a page from left to right.
+
- trāhi hruf
-
+ hyphen
-
+ وَاصِلَة
-
+ wāṣilah
- letterpress printing
+ نیمخط
- طِبَاعَةْ الحُرُوفْ
+ nimxt
- ṭibāʻat al-ḥurūf
+
+
+
- چاپ برجسته
- čāp brjsth
+
+ hyphenation
- The traditional printing method using movable type.
+ اِسْتِخْدَامْ الوَاصِلَة
-
+ istikhdām al-wāṣilah
-
+
+
- letterspacing
+
+
- تَبَاعُدْ الحُرُوفْ
+ A method of breaking a line by dividing a Western word at the end of a line and
+ adding a hyphen at the end of the first half of the syllable.
+
- tabāʻud al-ḥurūf
- فاصلهٔ حروف
+
+ hyphenation and justification
- fāslhٔ hruf
+ الوَاصِلَة وَالمُحَاذَاةْ
- al-wāṣilah wālmuḥādhāt
-
+
+
-
+
+
- ligature
+ Also abbreviated as H&J
+
- رَبْطْ بَيْنَ الحُرُوفْ، تَرْكِيبْ، حَرْفْ مُرَكَّبْ
- rabṭ bayna al-ḥurūf, tarkīb, ḥarf murakkab
+
+ hyphenation routine
- إِجْرَاءْ الوَاصِلَة
- ijrā’ al-wāṣilah
-
+
-
+
+
-
+
+
+
- line
- سَطْرْ
+
+ ihmal
- saṭr
+ إِهْمَالْ
- خط
+ ihmāl
- xt
+
+
-
+
-
+ See tashkil
+
-
- line adjustment
+
+ ijam
- مُحَاذَاةْ السَّطْرْ
+ إِعْجَامْ
- muḥādhāt al-ssaṭr
+ iʻjām
- تنظیم خط
+
+
- tnzim xt
+
+
- A method of aligning both edges of all lines to be the same given length by removing or adding adjustable spaces.
+ Diacritical marks applied to a basic letter shape (or skeleton) to derive a new
+ letter. For example a dot under a "curve" to get the letter Beh. In Unicode each letter
+ plus ijam combination is encoded as a separate, atomic character.
+
-
-
+
+ illustrations
- line adjustment by hanging punctuation
+ رَسْمْ تَوْضِيحِي، صُورَة إِيضَاحِيَّة
- مُحَاذَاة السَّطْرْ بِتَعْلِيقْ عَلَامَاتْ التَّرْقِيمْ
+ rasm tawḍīḥī, ṣūrahīḍāḥīyah
- muḥādhāt al-ssaṭr bitaʻlīq ʻalāmāt al-ttarqīm
+ تصویر
- tsuyr
- A general term referring to a diagram, chart, cut, figure, picture and the like, to
+ be used for printed materials.
+
- A line breaking rule to avoid commas or full stops at a line head (which is prohibited in Japanese typography) by taking them back to the end of the previous line beyond the specified line length.
-
+
+ indentation
-
+ إِزَاحَة، مَسَافَة بَادِئَة
- line adjustment by inter-character space expansion
+ izāḥah, masāfah bādi’ah
- مُحَاذَاة السَّطْرْ بِتَوسِيع الفَرَاغْ بَيْنَ المَحَارِفْ
+ فاصلهٔ سرِ سطر، تورفتگی سرِ سطر
- muḥādhāt al-ssaṭr bitawsīʻ al-farāgh bayna al-maḥārif
+ fāslhٔ sre str, turftɡi sre str
-
+
+
- A line breaking rule that aligns both edges of a line by expanding inter-character spaces. .
+
+ independent pagination
-
+ تَرْقِيمْ الصَّفَحَاتْ مُسْتَقِلْ
-
+ tarqīm al-ṣṣafaḥāt mustaqil
- line breaking rules
+ صفحهبندی مستقل
- قَوَاعِد كَسْرْ السَّطْرْ
+ sfhhbndi mstql
- qawāʻid kasr al-ssaṭr
+ To number the pages of the front matter, the text and the back matter
+ independently.
+
-
+ index
- A set of rules to avoid prohibited layout in Japanese typography, such as "line-start prohibition rule", "line-end prohibition rule", inseparable or unbreakable character sequences and so on.
+ فِهْرِسْ
-
+ fihris
-
+ فهرست راهنما
- line end
+ fhrst rāhnmā
- نِهَايَة السَّطْرْ
+ A list of terms or subjects with page numbers for where they are referred to in a
+ single or multiple volumes of a book.
+
- nihāyat al-ssaṭr
- انتهای خط
+
+ initial
- ānthāy xt
+ أَوَّلِي
- The position at which a line ends.
+ awwalī
-
+ آغازین
-
+ āqāzin
- line end alignment
+
+
+
- مُحَاذَاة نِهَايَة السَّطْرْ
- muḥādhāt nihāyat al-ssaṭr
+
+ inline direction
- همترازی انتهای خط
+ الاِتِّجَاهْ السَّطْرِي
- hmtrāzi aoenthāy xt
+ al-ittijāh al-ssaṭrī
- To align a run of text to the line end.
+
+
-
+
+
-
+ Text direction in a line.
+
- line end indent
- مَسَافَة بَدْئْ نِهَايَة السَّطْرْ
+
+ input
- masāfat bad’ nihāyat al-ssaṭr
+ إِدْخَالْ
- تورفتگی انتهای خط
+ idkhāl
- turftɡi aoenthāy xt
+ ورودی
- To reserve a certain amount of space before the default position of a line end.
+ urudi
-
+
+
+
-
- line feed
+
+ inseparable characters rule
- تَغْذِيَة السَّطْرْ
+ قَاعِدَة مَحَارِفْ لَا تَنْفَصِلْ
- taghdhīat al-ssaṭr
+ qāʻidat maḥārif lā tanfaṣil
-
+
-
+
- The distance between two adjacent lines measured by their reference points.
+ A line adjustment rule that prohibits inserting any space between specific
+ combinations of characters.
+
-
-
+
+ interpunct
+ line gap
+
+
- فَجْوَة السَّطْرْ
+
+
- fajwat al-ssaṭr
+
+
+
- فاصلهٔ بین خطوط
- fāslhٔ bin xtut
+
+ italics
- The smallest amount of space between adjacent lines.
+ مَائِلْ
-
+ mā’il
-
+ ایتالیک
- line head
+ āytālik
- رَأْسْ السَّطْرْ
+
+
+
- ra’s al-ssaṭr
- سرِ سطر
+
+ itemization
- sre str
+ وَضْعْ بُنُودْ، تَبْوِيبْ، عَنَاصِرْ
- The position at which a line starts.
+ waḍʻ bunūd, tabwīb, ʻanāṣir
-
+
+
-
+
+
- line head alignment
+ To list ordered or unordered items one under the other.
+
- مُحَاذَاة رَأْسْ السَّطْرْ
- muḥādhāt ra’s al-ssaṭr
+
+ justified alignment
- همترازیِ سر سطر
+ مُحَاذَاةْ مَضْبُوطَة
- hmtrāzie sr str
+ muḥādhāt maḍbūṭah
- To align a run of text to the line head.
+ همترازی میزان
-
+ hmtrāzi mizān
-
+
+
+
- line head indent
- مَسَافَة بَدْئْ رَأْسْ السَّطْرْ
+
+ kashida
- masāfat bad’ ra’s al-ssaṭr
+ الْكَشِيدَة، التَّطْوِيلْ
- فاصلهٔ سر سطر، تو رفتگی سر سطر
+ al-kashīdah, al-ttaṭwīl
- fāslhٔ sr str, tu rftɡi sr str
+ کشیده
- To reserve a certain amount of space after the default position of a line head.
+ kšidh
-
+
+
+
-
- line height
+
+ label name
- اِرْتِفَاعْ الخَطْ
+ اِسْمْ بِطَاقَةْ العَنْوَنَة
- irtifāʻ al-khaṭ
+ ism biṭāqat al-ʻanwanah
- ارتفاع خط
+
+
- ārtfā’ xt
+
+
- Text following or followed by numbers for illustrations, tables, headings and running
+ headings.
+
-
-
+
+ Latin letters
- line length
+ حُرُوف لَاتِينِيَّة
- طُولُ السَطْرْ
+ ḥurūf lātīnīyah
- ṭūlu al-saṭr
+ حروف لاتین
- طول خط
+ hruf lātin
- tul xt
+
+
+
- Length of a line with a pre-defined number of characters. When the line is indented at the line head or the line end, it is length of the line from the specified amount of line head indent to the specified amount of line end indent.
-
+
+ layout
-
+ نَسْقْ، تَصْمِيمْ
- line spacing
+ nasq, taṣmīm
- تَبَاعُدْ الأَسْطُرْ
+ قالببندی
- tabāʻud al-’asṭur
+ qālbbndi
-
+
+
-
+ leading
-
+ قِيَادِي
-
+ qīādī
- line-end prohibition rule
+
+
- قَاعِدَة حَظْرْ نِهَايَة السَّطْرْ
+
+
- qāʻidat ḥaẓr nihāyat al-ssaṭr
+
+
+
-
+ letter face
- A line breaking rule that prohibits specific characters at a line end.
+ صُورَةْ الحَرْفْ
-
+ ṣūrat al-ḥarf
-
+
+
- line-start prohibition rule
+
+
- قَاعِدَة حَظْرْ بِدَايَة السَّطْرْ
+ Area in which glyph is drawn.
+
- qāʻidat ḥaẓr bidāyat al-ssaṭr
-
+ lettering
- تَرْقِينْ، كِتَابَة
- A line breaking rule that prohibits specific characters at a line head.
+ tarqīn, kitābah
-
+ طراحی حروف
-
+ trāhi hruf
- list
+
+
+
- قَائِمَة، لَائِحَة
- qā’imah, lā’iḥah
+
+ letterpress printing
- فهرست
+ طِبَاعَةْ الحُرُوفْ
- fhrst
+ ṭibāʻat al-ḥurūf
- چاپ برجسته
-
+ čāp brjsth
-
+ The traditional printing method using movable type.
+
- long dash
- شَرْطَة طَوِيلَة
+
+ letterspacing
- sharṭah ṭawīlah
+ تَبَاعُدْ الحُرُوفْ
- tabāʻud al-ḥurūf
- فاصلهٔ حروف
- fāslhٔ hruf
-
+
+
+
-
- mabsut
+
+ ligature
- مَبْسُوطْ
+ رَبْطْ بَيْنَ الحُرُوفْ، تَرْكِيبْ، حَرْفْ مُرَكَّبْ
- mabsūṭ
+ rabṭ bayna al-ḥurūf, tarkīb, ḥarf murakkab
-
+
-
+
- Kind of writing style that tends to rigidity and firmness with pronounced angularity.
+
+
+
-
-
+
+ line
- main text
+ سَطْرْ
- نَصْ رَئِيسِي
+ saṭr
- naṣ ra’īsī
+ خط
- متن اصلی
+ xt
- mtn aoesli
+
+
+
- a) The principal part of a book, usually preceded by the front matter, followed by the back matter. b) The principal part of an article excluding figures, tables, heading, notes, leads and so on. c) The content of a page excluding running heads and page numbers. d) The net contents of a book excluding covers, end papers, insets and so on.
-
+
+ line adjustment
-
+ مُحَاذَاةْ السَّطْرْ
- margin
+ muḥādhāt al-ssaṭr
- هَامِشْ
+ تنظیم خط
- hāmish
+ tnzim xt
- حاشیه
+ A method of aligning both edges of all lines to be the same given length by removing
+ or adding adjustable spaces.
+
- hāših
-
+ line adjustment by hanging punctuation
-
+ مُحَاذَاة السَّطْرْ بِتَعْلِيقْ عَلَامَاتْ التَّرْقِيمْ
-
+ muḥādhāt al-ssaṭr bitaʻlīq ʻalāmāt al-ttarqīm
- measure
+
+
- قِيَاسْ
+
+
- qīās
+ A line breaking rule to avoid commas or full stops at a line head (which is
+ prohibited in Japanese typography) by taking them back to the end of the previous line
+ beyond the specified line length.
+
- مقیاس، اندازه
- mqiās, aoendāzh
+
+ line adjustment by inter-character space expansion
- مُحَاذَاة السَّطْرْ بِتَوسِيع الفَرَاغْ بَيْنَ المَحَارِفْ
-
+ muḥādhāt al-ssaṭr bitawsīʻ al-farāgh bayna
+ al-maḥārif
-
+
+
- measurement
+
+
- قِيَاسْ
+ A line breaking rule that aligns both edges of a line by expanding inter-character
+ spaces. .
+
- qīās
- اندازهگیری
+
+ line breaking rules
- āndāzhɡiri
+ قَوَاعِد كَسْرْ السَّطْرْ
- qawāʻid kasr al-ssaṭr
-
+
+
-
+
+
- mixed text composition
+ A set of rules to avoid prohibited layout in Japanese typography, such as "line-start
+ prohibition rule", "line-end prohibition rule", inseparable or unbreakable character
+ sequences and so on.
+
- تَرْكِيبَة النَّصْ المُخْتَلِطْ
- tarkībah al-nnaṣ al-mukhtaliṭ
+
+ line end
- نِهَايَة السَّطْرْ
- nihāyat al-ssaṭr
- a) To interleave Japanese text with Western text in a line (Japanese and Western mixed text composition). b) To compose text with different sizes of characters (mixed size composition). c) To compose text with different typefaces (mixed typeface composition).
+ انتهای خط
-
+ ānthāy xt
-
+ The position at which a line ends.
+
- mixing typefaces
- خَلْطْ أنْمَاطْ الخُطُوطْ
+
+ line end alignment
- khalṭ anmāṭ al-khuṭūṭ
+ مُحَاذَاة نِهَايَة السَّطْرْ
- ترکیب قلمها
+ muḥādhāt nihāyat al-ssaṭr
- trkib qlmhā
+ همترازی انتهای خط
- hmtrāzi aoenthāy xt
-
+ To align a run of text to the line end.
+
-
- modular grid
+
+ line end indent
- شَبَكَة وَحَدَاتْ، شَبَكَة مُرَكَّبَة مِنْ وَحَدَاتْ
+ مَسَافَة بَدْئْ نِهَايَة السَّطْرْ
- shabakah waḥadāt, shabakah murakkabat min waḥadāt
+ masāfat bad’ nihāyat al-ssaṭr
- شطرنجی مُدولی
+ تورفتگی انتهای خط
- štrnji moduli
+ turftɡi aoenthāy xt
- To reserve a certain amount of space before the default position of a line end.
+
-
-
+
+ line feed
- multi-column format
+ تَغْذِيَة السَّطْرْ
- تَنْسِيقْ مُتَعَدِّدْ الأَعْمِدَة
+ taghdhīat al-ssaṭr
- tansīq mutaʻaddid al-’aʻmidah
+
+
- شکلبندی چندستونی
+
+
- šklbndi čndstuni
+ The distance between two adjacent lines measured by their reference points.
+
- A format of text on a page where text is divided into two or more sections (columns) in the inline direction and each column is separated by a certain amount of space (column space).
-
+
+ line gap
-
+ فَجْوَة السَّطْرْ
- multi-column grid
+ fajwat al-ssaṭr
- شَبَكَة مُتَعَدِّدَة الأَعْمِدَة
+ فاصلهٔ بین خطوط
- shabakah mutaʻaddidat al-’aʻmidah
+ fāslhٔ bin xtut
- شطرنجی چندستونی
+ The smallest amount of space between adjacent lines.
+
- štrnji čndstuni
-
+ line head
-
+ رَأْسْ السَّطْرْ
-
+ ra’s al-ssaṭr
- multivolume work
+ سرِ سطر
- عَمَلْ مُتَعَدِّدْ الأَجْزاءْ
+ sre str
- ʻamal mutaʻaddid al-’ajz’
+ The position at which a line starts.
+
- اثر چند جلدی
- āsr čnd jldi
+
+ line head alignment
- A set of work published in two or more volumes, as in the complete work or the first/last half volumes.
+ مُحَاذَاة رَأْسْ السَّطْرْ
-
+ muḥādhāt ra’s al-ssaṭr
-
+ همترازیِ سر سطر
- mukawwar
+ hmtrāzie sr str
- مُكَوَّرْ
+ To align a run of text to the line head.
+
- mukawwar
-
+ line head indent
- مَسَافَة بَدْئْ رَأْسْ السَّطْرْ
- Kind of writing style, generally opposed to mabsut, that is more flexible and rounded.
+ masāfat bad’ ra’s al-ssaṭr
-
+ فاصلهٔ سر سطر، تو رفتگی سر سطر
-
+ fāslhٔ sr str, tu rftɡi sr str
- new column
+ To reserve a certain amount of space after the default position of a line head.
+
- عَمُودْ جَدِيدْ
- ʻamūd jadīd
+
+ line height
- ستون جدید
+ اِرْتِفَاعْ الخَطْ
- stun jdid
+ irtifāʻ al-khaṭ
- In multi-column setting, to change to new column before the end of current column.
+ ارتفاع خط
-
+ ārtfā’ xt
-
+
+
+
- new recto
- صَفْحَة يُمْنَى جَدِيدَة
+
+ line length
- ṣafḥah yumná jadīdah
+ طُولُ السَطْرْ
- آغاز در صفحهٔ فرد
+ ṭūlu al-saṭr
- āqāz dr sfhhٔ frd
+ طول خط
- To start a new heading or something on a odd page.
+ tul xt
-
+ Length of a line with a pre-defined number of characters. When the line is indented
+ at the line head or the line end, it is length of the line from the specified amount of
+ line head indent to the specified amount of line end indent.
+
-
- no-break text
+
+ line spacing
- عَدَمْ تَفَكُّكْ النَّصْ، نَصْ دُونَ اِنْفِكَاكْ
+ تَبَاعُدْ الأَسْطُرْ
- ʻadam tafakkuk al-nnaṣ, naṣ dūna infikāk
+ tabāʻud al-’asṭur
-
+
-
+
-
+
+
-
-
+
+ line-end prohibition rule
- nonbreaking hyphen
+ قَاعِدَة حَظْرْ نِهَايَة السَّطْرْ
- وَاصِلَة غَيْرْ قَاسِمَة
+ qāʻidat ḥaẓr nihāyat al-ssaṭr
- wāṣilah ghayr qāsimah
+
+
-
+
- A line breaking rule that prohibits specific characters at a line end.
+
-
+ line-start prohibition rule
-
+ قَاعِدَة حَظْرْ بِدَايَة السَّطْرْ
- nonbreaking word space
+ qāʻidat ḥaẓr bidāyat al-ssaṭr
- فَضَاءْ كَلِمَة غَيْرْ قَاسِمْ
+
+
- faḍā’ kalimah ghayr qāsim
+
+
- A line breaking rule that prohibits specific characters at a line head.
+
-
+ list
-
+ قَائِمَة، لَائِحَة
-
+ qā’imah, lā’iḥah
- note
+ فهرست
- مُلَاحَظَة
+ fhrst
- mulāḥaẓah
+
+
+
- یادداشت
- iāddāšt
+
+ long dash
- Explanatory information added to terms, figures or tables.
+ شَرْطَة طَوِيلَة
-
+ sharṭah ṭawīlah
-
+
+
- number of characters per line
+
+
- عَدَدْ الأَحْرُف فِي كُلِّ سَطْرْ
+
+
+
- ʻadad al-’aḥruf fī kulli saṭr
- تعداد حروف در خط
+
+ mabsut
- t’dād hruf dr xt
+ مَبْسُوطْ
- Number of characters in a line to specify the length of lines.
+ mabsūṭ
-
+
+
-
+
+
- number of columns
+ Kind of writing style that tends to rigidity and firmness with pronounced
+ angularity.
+
- عَدَدْ الأَعْمِدَة
- ʻadad al-’aʻmidah
+
+ main text
- تعداد ستونها
+ نَصْ رَئِيسِي
- t’dād stunhā
+ naṣ ra’īsī
- Number of columns on a page.
+ متن اصلی
-
+ mtn aoesli
-
+ a) The principal part of a book, usually preceded by the front matter, followed by
+ the back matter. b) The principal part of an article excluding figures, tables, heading,
+ notes, leads and so on. c) The content of a page excluding running heads and page
+ numbers. d) The net contents of a book excluding covers, end papers, insets and so
+ on.
+
- numerals
- الأَعْدَادْ، الأَرْقَامْ
+
+ margin
- al-’aʻdād, al-’arqām
+ هَامِشْ
- اعداد
+ hāmish
- ā’dād
+ حاشیه
- hāših
-
+
+
+
-
- one em space
+
+ measure
- مَسَافَة اِمْ وَاحِدَة
+ قِيَاسْ
- masāfat im wāḥidah
+ qīās
- فاصلهٔ اِم
+ مقیاس، اندازه
- fāslhٔ em
+ mqiās, aoendāzh
- Amount of space that is full-width size.
+
+
+
-
-
+
+ measurement
- one third em
+ قِيَاسْ
- ثُلُثْ اِمْ
+ qīās
- thuluth im
+ اندازهگیری
- یکسوم اِم
+ āndāzhɡiri
- iksum em
+
+
+
- One third of the full-width size.
-
+
+ mixed text composition
-
+ تَرْكِيبَة النَّصْ المُخْتَلِطْ
- one third em space
+ tarkībah al-nnaṣ al-mukhtaliṭ
- مَسَافَة ثُلُثْ اِمْ
+
+
- masāfat thuluth im
+
+
- فاصلهٔ یکسوم اِم
+ a) To interleave Japanese text with Western text in a line (Japanese and Western
+ mixed text composition). b) To compose text with different sizes of characters (mixed
+ size composition). c) To compose text with different typefaces (mixed typeface
+ composition).
+
- fāslhٔ yksum em
- Amount of space that is one third size of em space.
+
+ mixing typefaces
-
+ خَلْطْ أنْمَاطْ الخُطُوطْ
-
+ khalṭ anmāṭ al-khuṭūṭ
- opening brackets
+ ترکیب قلمها
- فَتْحْ قَوْسَيْنْ
+ trkib qlmhā
- fatḥ qawsayn
+
+
+
- کروشه باز
- kruše bāz
+
+ modular grid
- شَبَكَة وَحَدَاتْ، شَبَكَة مُرَكَّبَة مِنْ وَحَدَاتْ
-
+ shabakah waḥadāt, shabakah murakkabat min
+ waḥadāt
-
+ شطرنجی مُدولی
- optical size
+ štrnji moduli
- حَجْمْ بَصَرِي
+
+
+
- ḥajm baṣarī
-
+ multi-column format
- تَنْسِيقْ مُتَعَدِّدْ الأَعْمِدَة
- tansīq mutaʻaddid al-’aʻmidah
-
+ شکلبندی چندستونی
-
+ šklbndi čndstuni
- optical spacing
+ A format of text on a page where text is divided into two or more sections (columns)
+ in the inline direction and each column is separated by a certain amount of space (column
+ space).
+
- تَبَاعُدْ بَصَرِي
- tabāʻud baṣarī
+
+ multi-column grid
- شَبَكَة مُتَعَدِّدَة الأَعْمِدَة
- shabakah mutaʻaddidat al-’aʻmidah
- شطرنجی چندستونی
-
+ štrnji čndstuni
-
+
+
+
- orientation
- تَوَجُّهْ
+
+ multivolume work
- tawajjuh
+ عَمَلْ مُتَعَدِّدْ الأَجْزاءْ
- جهت
+ ʻamal mutaʻaddid al-’ajz’
- jht
+ اثر چند جلدی
- āsr čnd jldi
-
+ A set of work published in two or more volumes, as in the complete work or the
+ first/last half volumes.
+
-
- ornament
+
+ mukawwar
- زَخْرَفَة
+ مُكَوَّرْ
- zakhrafah
+ mukawwar
- تزئینی
+
+
- tz’ini
+
+
- Kind of writing style, generally opposed to mabsut, that is more flexible and
+ rounded.
+
-
-
+
+ new column
- outdent
+ عَمُودْ جَدِيدْ
- إِلْغَاءْ التَّأخِيرْ، إِلْغَاءْ الإِزَاحَة
+ ʻamūd jadīd
- ilghā’ al-tta’khīr, ilghā’ al-’izāḥah
+ ستون جدید
- stun jdid
- In multi-column setting, to change to new column before the end of current
+ column.
+
-
+ new recto
-
+ صَفْحَة يُمْنَى جَدِيدَة
- overhang
+ ṣafḥah yumná jadīdah
- عبء
+ آغاز در صفحهٔ فرد
- ʻib’
+ āqāz dr sfhhٔ frd
- To start a new heading or something on a odd page.
+
-
+ no-break text
-
+ عَدَمْ تَفَكُّكْ النَّصْ، نَصْ دُونَ اِنْفِكَاكْ
-
+ ʻadam tafakkuk al-nnaṣ, naṣ dūna infikāk
- overrun
+
+
- تَجَاوُزْ، اِجْتِيَاحْ
+
+
- tajāwuz, ijtīāḥ
+
+
+
-
+ nonbreaking hyphen
- وَاصِلَة غَيْرْ قَاسِمَة
-
+ wāṣilah ghayr qāsimah
-
+
+
- page
+
+
- صَفْحَة
+
+
+
- ṣafḥah
- صفحه
+
+ nonbreaking word space
- sfhh
+ فَضَاءْ كَلِمَة غَيْرْ قَاسِمْ
- A side of a sheet of paper in a written work such as a book.
+ faḍā’ kalimah ghayr qāsim
-
+
+
-
+
+
- page break
+
+
+
- فَاصِلْ صَفْحَة
- fāṣil ṣafḥah
+
+ note
- مُلَاحَظَة
- mulāḥaẓah
- To end a page even if it is not full and to start a new page with the next paragraph, a new heading and so on.
+ یادداشت
-
+ iāddāšt
-
+ Explanatory information added to terms, figures or tables.
+
- page format
- شَكْلْ الصَّفْحَة
+
+ number of characters per line
- shakl al-ṣṣafḥah
+ عَدَدْ الأَحْرُف فِي كُلِّ سَطْرْ
- شکلبندی صفحه
+ ʻadad al-’aḥruf fī kulli saṭr
- šklbndi sfhh
+ تعداد حروف در خط
- The layout and presentation of a page with text, graphics and other elements for a publication such as a book.
+ t’dād hruf dr xt
-
+ Number of characters in a line to specify the length of lines.
+
-
- page number
+
+ number of columns
- رَقْمْ الصَّفْحَة
+ عَدَدْ الأَعْمِدَة
- raqm al-ṣṣafḥah
+ ʻadad al-’aʻmidah
- شمارهٔ صفحه
+ تعداد ستونها
- šmārhٔ sfhh
+ t’dād stunhā
- A sequential number to indicate the order of pages in a publication.
+ Number of columns on a page.
+
-
-
+
+ numerals
- pagination
+ الأَعْدَادْ، الأَرْقَامْ
- تَرْقِيمْ الصَّفَحَاتْ
+ al-’aʻdād, al-’arqām
- tarqīm al-ṣṣafaḥāt
+ اعداد
- صفحهشماری
+ ā’dād
- sfhhšmāri
+
+
+
-
+ one em space
-
+ مَسَافَة اِمْ وَاحِدَة
- paragraph
+ masāfat im wāḥidah
- فَقْرَة
+ فاصلهٔ اِم
- faqrah
+ fāslhٔ em
- پاراگراف
+ Amount of space that is full-width size.
+
- pārāɡrāf
- A group of sentences to be processed for line composition. A paragraph consists of one or more lines.
+
+ one third em
-
+ ثُلُثْ اِمْ
-
+ thuluth im
- paragraph break
+ یکسوم اِم
- اِنْقِطَاعْ الفَقْرَة، كَسْرْ الفَقْرَة
+ iksum em
- inqiṭāʻ al-faqrah, kasr al-faqrah
+ One third of the full-width size.
+
- شکستن پاراگراف
- škstn pārāɡrāf
+
+ one third em space
- To start a new line to indicate a new paragraph.
+ مَسَافَة ثُلُثْ اِمْ
-
+ masāfat thuluth im
-
+ فاصلهٔ یکسوم اِم
- paragraph format
+ fāslhٔ yksum em
- تَنْسِيقْ الفَقْرَة
+ Amount of space that is one third size of em space.
+
- tansīq al-faqrah
- شکلبندی پاراگراف
+
+ opening brackets
- šklbndi pārāɡrāf
+ فَتْحْ قَوْسَيْنْ
- A format of a paragraph, as in line head indent or line end indent.
+ fatḥ qawsayn
-
+ کروشه باز
-
+ kruše bāz
- paragraph indent
+
+
+
- هَامِشْ الفَقْرَة، المَسَافَة البَادِئَة لِلْفَقْرَة
- hāmish al-faqrah, al-masāfah al-bādi’ah lilfaqrah
+
+ optical size
- تورفتگی پاراگراف
+ حَجْمْ بَصَرِي
- turftɡi pārāɡrāf
+ ḥajm baṣarī
-
+
-
+
+
-
+
+
+
- parenthesis
- أَقْوَاسْ
+
+ optical spacing
- aqwās
+ تَبَاعُدْ بَصَرِي
- پرانتز
+ tabāʻud baṣarī
- prāntz
+
+
-
+
-
+
+
+
-
- period
+
+ orientation
- نُقْطَة
+ تَوَجُّهْ
- nuqṭah
+ tawajjuh
- نقطه
+ جهت
- nqth
+ jht
-
+
+
-
-
+
+ ornament
- pixel
+ زَخْرَفَة
- بكسل، بيكسل
+ zakhrafah
- biksl, bīksil
+ تزئینی
- پیکسل
+ tz’ini
- piksl
+
+
+
-
+ outdent
-
+ إِلْغَاءْ التَّأخِيرْ، إِلْغَاءْ الإِزَاحَة
- point
+ ilghā’ al-tta’khīr, ilghā’ al-’izāḥah
- نُقْطَة
+
+
- nuqṭah
+
+
- نقطه
+
+
+
- nqth
- A measurement unit of character size. 1 point is equal to 0.3514mm (see JIS Z 8305). There is another unit to measure character sizes called Q, where 1Q is equivalent to 0.25mm.
+
+ overhang
-
+ عبء
-
+ ʻib’
- polyglot
+
+
- مُتَعَدِّدْ اللُغَاتْ
+
+
- mutaʻaddid al-lughāt
+
+
+
-
+ overrun
- تَجَاوُزْ، اِجْتِيَاحْ
-
+ tajāwuz, ijtīāḥ
-
+
+
- printing types
+
+
- أَنْوَاعْ الطِّبَاعَة
+
+
+
- anwāʻ al-ṭṭibāʻah
-
+ page
- صَفْحَة
- Movable type used for letterpress printing.
+ ṣafḥah
-
+ صفحه
-
+ sfhh
- proportional
+ A side of a sheet of paper in a written work such as a book.
+
- مُتَنَاسِبٌ
- mutanāsibun
+
+ page break
- فَاصِلْ صَفْحَة
- fāṣil ṣafḥah
- A characteristic of a font where character advance is different per glyph.
+
+
-
+
+
-
+ To end a page even if it is not full and to start a new page with the next paragraph,
+ a new heading and so on.
+
- proportional fonts
- الخُطُوطْ المُتَنَاسِبَة
+
+ page format
- al-khuṭūṭ al-mutanāsibah
+ شَكْلْ الصَّفْحَة
- shakl al-ṣṣafḥah
- شکلبندی صفحه
- šklbndi sfhh
-
+ The layout and presentation of a page with text, graphics and other elements for a
+ publication such as a book.
+
-
- punctuation marks
+
+ page number
- عَلَامَاتْ التَّرْقِيمْ
+ رَقْمْ الصَّفْحَة
- ʻalāmāt al-ttarqīm
+ raqm al-ṣṣafḥah
- شمارهٔ صفحه
- šmārhٔ sfhh
- A general term referring to the symbols used in text composition to help make the meaning of text clearer, as in commas, full stops, question marks, brackets, diereses and so on.
+ A sequential number to indicate the order of pages in a publication.
+
-
-
+
+ pagination
- quad
+ تَرْقِيمْ الصَّفَحَاتْ
- رُبَاعِيَّة
+ tarqīm al-ṣṣafaḥāt
- rubāʻīyah
+ صفحهشماری
- sfhhšmāri
-
+
+
-
+ paragraph
-
+ فَقْرَة
- quarter em
+ faqrah
- رُبْعْ اِمْ
+ پاراگراف
- rubʻ im
+ pārāɡrāf
- رُبع اِم
+ A group of sentences to be processed for line composition. A paragraph consists of
+ one or more lines.
+
- rob’ em
- Quarter size of full-width.
+
+ paragraph break
-
+ اِنْقِطَاعْ الفَقْرَة، كَسْرْ الفَقْرَة
-
+ inqiṭāʻ al-faqrah, kasr al-faqrah
- quarter em space
+ شکستن پاراگراف
- مَسَافَة رُبْعْ اِمْ
+ škstn pārāɡrāf
- masāfat rubʻ im
+ To start a new line to indicate a new paragraph.
+
- فاصلهٔ رُبع اِم
- fāslhٔ rob’ em
+
+ paragraph format
- Amount of space that is a quarter of an em space in size.
+ تَنْسِيقْ الفَقْرَة
-
+ tansīq al-faqrah
-
+ شکلبندی پاراگراف
- quarter em width
+ šklbndi pārāɡrāf
- عُرْضْ رُبْعْ اِمْ
+ A format of a paragraph, as in line head indent or line end indent.
+
- ʻurḍ rubʻ im
- پهنای رُبع اِم
+
+ paragraph indent
- phnāy rob’ em
+ هَامِشْ الفَقْرَة، المَسَافَة البَادِئَة لِلْفَقْرَة
- Character frame which has a character advance of a quarter em.
+ hāmish al-faqrah, al-masāfah al-bādi’ah
+ lilfaqrah
-
+ تورفتگی پاراگراف
-
+ turftɡi pārāɡrāf
- question mark
+
+
+
- عَلَامَة اِسْتِفْهَامْ
- ʻalāmat istifhām
+
+ parenthesis
- علامت سوال
+ أَقْوَاسْ
- ’lāmt suāl
+ aqwās
- پرانتز
-
+ prāntz
-
+
+
+
- quotation
- اِقْتِبَاسْ
+
+ period
- iqtibās
+ نُقْطَة
- nuqṭah
- نقطه
- Excerps from other published works.
+ nqth
-
+
+
+
-
- rag
+
+ pixel
- خَرَقَة؟
+ بكسل، بيكسل
- kharaqah
+ biksl, bīksil
- پیکسل
- piksl
-
+
+
-
-
+
+ point
- reference marks
+ نُقْطَة
- العَلَامَاتْ المَرْجِعِيَّة
+ nuqṭah
- al-ʻalāmāt al-marjiʻīyah
+ نقطه
- nqth
- A measurement unit of character size. 1 point is equal to 0.3514mm (see JIS Z 8305).
+ There is another unit to measure character sizes called Q, where 1Q is equivalent to
+ 0.25mm.
+
- A symbol or short run of text attached to a specific part of text, to which notes are provided followed by the corresponding marks.
-
+
+ polyglot
-
+ مُتَعَدِّدْ اللُغَاتْ
- reference number
+ mutaʻaddid al-lughāt
- الرَّقْمْ المَرْجِعِي
+
+
- al-rraqm al-marjiʻī
+
+
-
+
+
-
+ printing types
-
+ أَنْوَاعْ الطِّبَاعَة
-
+ anwāʻ al-ṭṭibāʻah
- reverse pagination
+
+
- تَرْقِيمْ الصَّفَحَاتْ عَكْسِي
+
+
- tarqīm al-ṣṣafaḥāt ʻaksī
+ Movable type used for letterpress printing.
+
-
+ proportional
- Numbering pages of a book backwards.
+ مُتَنَاسِبٌ
-
+ mutanāsibun
-
+
+
- reversed type
+
+
- نَوْعٌ عَكْسْ
+ A characteristic of a font where character advance is different per glyph.
+
- nawʻun ʻaks
-
+ proportional fonts
- الخُطُوطْ المُتَنَاسِبَة
- al-khuṭūṭ al-mutanāsibah
-
+
+
-
+
+
- river
+
+
+
- نَهْرْ
- nahr
+
+ punctuation marks
- عَلَامَاتْ التَّرْقِيمْ
- ʻalāmāt al-ttarqīm
- Optical path of white space that sometimes occurs when word spaces in successive lines of type occur immediately below each other and continue for several lines.
+
+
-
+
+
-
+ A general term referring to the symbols used in text composition to help make the
+ meaning of text clearer, as in commas, full stops, question marks, brackets, diereses and
+ so on.
+
- river of white
-
+ quad
- رُبَاعِيَّة
- rubāʻīyah
-
+
-
+
-
+
+
+
-
- Roman numerals
+
+ quarter em
- الأَرْقَامْ الرُّومَانِيَّة
+ رُبْعْ اِمْ
- al-’arqām al-rrūmānīyah
+ rubʻ im
- اعداد رومی
+ رُبع اِم
- ā’dād rumi
+ rob’ em
- Numerals represented by upper case or lower case of Latin letters.
+ Quarter size of full-width.
+
-
-
+
+ quarter em space
- romanization
+ مَسَافَة رُبْعْ اِمْ
- الكِتَابَة بِالحُرُوفِ اللَاتِينِيَّة
+ masāfat rubʻ im
- al-kitābah bilḥurūfi al-lātīnīyah
+ فاصلهٔ رُبع اِم
- لاتیننویسی
+ fāslhٔ rob’ em
- lātinnuysi
+ Amount of space that is a quarter of an em space in size.
+
-
+ quarter em width
-
+ عُرْضْ رُبْعْ اِمْ
- rule
+ ʻurḍ rubʻ im
- قَاعِدَة
+ پهنای رُبع اِم
- qāʻidah
+ phnāy rob’ em
- Character frame which has a character advance of a quarter em.
+
-
+ question mark
-
+ عَلَامَة اِسْتِفْهَامْ
-
+ ʻalāmat istifhām
- run back
+ علامت سوال
- تشغيل مرة أخرى
+ ’lāmt suāl
-
+
+
-
+ quotation
- اِقْتِبَاسْ
-
+ iqtibās
-
+
+
- title mark
+
+
- عَلَامَةْ عُنْوَانْ
+ Excerps from other published works.
+
- ʻalāmat ʻunwān
-
+ rag
- خَرَقَة؟
- kharaqah
-
+
+
-
+
+
- run down
+
+
+
- الخُطوُطْ العَرِيضَة لِلْمُحْتَوَيَاتْ
- al-khuṭwuṭ al-ʻarīḍah lilmuḥtawayāt
+
+ reference marks
- العَلَامَاتْ المَرْجِعِيَّة
- al-ʻalāmāt al-marjiʻīyah
- In video production, an outline of the contents of a program,
+
+
-
+
+
-
+ A symbol or short run of text attached to a specific part of text, to which notes are
+ provided followed by the corresponding marks.
+
- run in
- فِي نَفْسِ الخَطْ
+
+ reference number
- fī nafsi al-khaṭ
+ الرَّقْمْ المَرْجِعِي
- al-rraqm al-marjiʻī
-
+
- In typography, any copy—specifically a head—designed to be set in the same line as the text.
+
+
-
+
+
+
-
- run-in heading
+
+ reverse pagination
- عُنْوَانْ بِدُونِ اِنْقِطَاعْ
+ تَرْقِيمْ الصَّفَحَاتْ عَكْسِي
- ʻunwān bidūni inqiṭāʻ
+ tarqīm al-ṣṣafaḥāt ʻaksī
-
+
-
+
- A kind of heading style to continue main text just after the heading without line break.
+ Numbering pages of a book backwards.
+
-
-
+
+ reversed type
- runaround
+ نَوْعٌ عَكْسْ
- فَرَاغْ نَائِبْ عَنْ صُورَة إِيضَاحِيَّة
+ nawʻun ʻaks
- farāgh nā’ib ʻan ṣūrah īḍāḥīyah
+
+
-
+
-
+
+
- In typography, copy typeset so that it will create a "hole" on the page to fit an illustration
-
+
+ river
-
+ نَهْرْ
- running feet
+ nahr
- عُنْوَانْ فِي الجُزْءِ السَّفْلِي مِنْ صَفَحَاتْ مُتَتَالِيَّة
+
+
- ʻunwān fī al-juz’i al-ssaflī min ṣafaḥāt mutatālīyah
+
+
- Optical path of white space that sometimes occurs when word spaces in successive
+ lines of type occur immediately below each other and continue for several lines.
+
- A "heading"—such as a book title, chapter title, or author—that is located at the bottom of consecutive page
+
+ river of white
+
+
+
-
+
+
- running heads
+
+
+
- عُنْوَانْ فِي الجُزْءِ العُلْوِي مِنْ صَفَحَاتْ مُتَتَالِيَّة
- ʻunwān fī al-juz’i al-ʻulwī min ṣafaḥāt mutatālīyah
+
+ Roman numerals
- الأَرْقَامْ الرُّومَانِيَّة
- al-’arqām al-rrūmānīyah
- A heading—such as a book title, chapter title, or author—that is located at the top of consecutive pages,
+ اعداد رومی
-
+ ā’dād rumi
-
+ Numerals represented by upper case or lower case of Latin letters.
+
- runover
- تَشْغِيلْ أَكْثَرْ
+
+ romanization
- tashghīlakthar
+ الكِتَابَة بِالحُرُوفِ اللَاتِينِيَّة
- al-kitābah bilḥurūfi al-lātīnīyah
- لاتیننویسی
- lātinnuysi
-
+
+
+
-
- scale
+
+ rule
- مِقْيَاسْ، نِطَاقْ
+ قَاعِدَة
- miqyās, niṭāq
+ qāʻidah
-
+
-
+
-
+
+
-
-
+
+ run back
- script
+ تشغيل مرة أخرى
+ النَّصْ، الكِتَابَة
+
+
- al-nnaṣ, al-kitābah
+
+
-
+
+
-
+ title mark
-
+ عَلَامَةْ عُنْوَانْ
-
+ ʻalāmat ʻunwān
- second indenetation
+
+
- المَسَافَة البَادِئَة الثَّانِيَّة
+
+
- al-masāfah al-bādi’ah al-ththānīyah
+
+
+
-
+ run down
- الخُطوُطْ العَرِيضَة لِلْمُحْتَوَيَاتْ
-
+ al-khuṭwuṭ al-ʻarīḍah lilmuḥtawayāt
-
+
+
- second level heading
+
+
- عُنْوَانْ المُسْتَوَى الثَّانِي
+ In video production, an outline of the contents of a program,
+
- ʻunwān al-mustawá al-ththānī
-
+ run in
- فِي نَفْسِ الخَطْ
- Second level and middle size heading between first level heading and third level heading.
+ fī nafsi al-khaṭ
-
+
+
-
+
+
- semicolon
+ In typography, any copy—specifically a head—designed to be set in the same line as
+ the text.
+
- فَاصِلَة مَنْقُوطَة
- fāṣilah manqūṭah
+
+ run-in heading
- نقطهویرگول
+ عُنْوَانْ بِدُونِ اِنْقِطَاعْ
- nqthuyrɡul
+ ʻunwān bidūni inqiṭāʻ
-
+
-
+
+
-
+ A kind of heading style to continue main text just after the heading without line
+ break.
+
- sentence
- جُمْلَة
+
+ runaround
- jumlah
+ فَرَاغْ نَائِبْ عَنْ صُورَة إِيضَاحِيَّة
- جمله
+ farāgh nā’ib ʻan ṣūrah īḍāḥīyah
- jmlh
+
+
-
+
-
+ In typography, copy typeset so that it will create a "hole" on the page to fit an
+ illustration
+
-
- shadda
+
+ running feet
- شَدَّة
+ عُنْوَانْ فِي الجُزْءِ السَّفْلِي مِنْ صَفَحَاتْ
+ مُتَتَالِيَّة
- shaddah
+ ʻunwān fī al-juz’i al-ssaflī min ṣafaḥāt
+ mutatālīyah
-
+
-
+
- A tashkil mark indicating gemination of the base consonant.
+ A "heading"—such as a book title, chapter title, or author—that is located at the
+ bottom of consecutive page
+
-
-
+
+ running heads
- sideheads
+ عُنْوَانْ فِي الجُزْءِ العُلْوِي مِنْ صَفَحَاتْ
+ مُتَتَالِيَّة
- رُؤُوسْ الجَانِبْ
+ ʻunwān fī al-juz’i al-ʻulwī min ṣafaḥāt
+ mutatālīyah
- ru’ūs al-jānib
+
+
-
+
- A heading—such as a book title, chapter title, or author—that is located at the top
+ of consecutive pages,
+
-
+ runover
-
+ تَشْغِيلْ أَكْثَرْ
- single line alignment method
+ tashghīlakthar
- طَرِيقَة المُحَاذَاة لِسَطْرٍ وَاحِدْ
+
+
- ṭarīqat al-muḥādhāt lisaṭrin wāḥid
+
+
-
+
+
- To align a run of text that is shorter than a given line length to designated positions.
+
+ scale
-
+ مِقْيَاسْ، نِطَاقْ
-
+ miqyās, niṭāq
- single running head method
+
+
- طَرِيقَة الرَأْسْ بِتَشْغِيلْ وَاحِدْ
+
+
- ṭarīqat al-ra’s bitashghīl wāḥid
+
+
+
-
+ script
- A method that puts running heads only on odd pages.
+ النَّصْ، الكِتَابَة
-
+ al-nnaṣ, al-kitābah
-
+
+
- sinkage
+
+
- فَرَاغْ عَمُودِي إضَافِي
+
+
+
- farāgh ʻamūdī iḍāfī
-
+ second indenetation
- المَسَافَة البَادِئَة الثَّانِيَّة
- al-masāfah al-bādi’ah al-ththānīyah
-
+
+
-
+
+
- soft hyphen
+
+
+
- وَاصِلَة لَيِّنَة
- wāṣilah layyinah
+
+ second level heading
- عُنْوَانْ المُسْتَوَى الثَّانِي
- ʻunwān al-mustawá al-ththānī
-
+
-
+
+
-
+ Second level and middle size heading between first level heading and third level
+ heading.
+
- solidus
- العَلَامَة المَائِلَة
+
+ semicolon
- al-ʻalāmah al-mā’ilah
+ فَاصِلَة مَنْقُوطَة
- fāṣilah manqūṭah
- نقطهویرگول
- nqthuyrɡul
-
+
+
+
-
- sorting
+
+ sentence
- التَّرْتِيبْ
+ جُمْلَة
- al-ttartīb
+ jumlah
- ترتیب
+ جمله
- trtib
+ jmlh
-
+
+
-
-
+
+ shadda
- space
+ شَدَّة
- فَرَاغْ
+ shaddah
- farāgh
+
+
- فاصله
+
+
- fāslh
+ A tashkil mark indicating gemination of the base consonant.
+
- Amount of space between adjacent characters or lines. It also refers to the blank area between the edges of a hanmen or an illustration and text or other hanmen elements.
-
+
+ sideheads
-
+ رُؤُوسْ الجَانِبْ
- spacing
+ ru’ūs al-jānib
- التَّبَاعُدْ
+
+
- al-ttabāʻud
+
+
- فاصلهگذاری
+
+
+
- fāslhɡzāri
-
+ single line alignment method
-
+ طَرِيقَة المُحَاذَاة لِسَطْرٍ وَاحِدْ
-
+ ṭarīqat al-muḥādhāt lisaṭrin wāḥid
- spine
+
+
- العَمُودْ
+
+
- al-ʻamūd
+ To align a run of text that is shorter than a given line length to designated
+ positions.
+
-
+ single running head method
- طَرِيقَة الرَأْسْ بِتَشْغِيلْ وَاحِدْ
-
+ ṭarīqat al-ra’s bitashghīl wāḥid
-
+
+
- spread
+
+
- اِنْتِشَارْ
+ A method that puts running heads only on odd pages.
+
-
+ sinkage
- فَرَاغْ عَمُودِي إضَافِي
- Any two facing pages when opening a book and the like.
+ farāgh ʻamūdī iḍāfī
-
+
+
-
+
+
- stem
+
+
+
- جذع
-
+ soft hyphen
- وَاصِلَة لَيِّنَة
- wāṣilah layyinah
-
+
-
+
+
-
+
+
+
- style
- أسلوب، النمط
+
+ solidus
- intishār
+ العَلَامَة المَائِلَة
- شیوه
+ al-ʻalāmah al-mā’ilah
- šivh
+
+
-
+
-
+
+
+
-
- style guide
+
+ sorting
- دَلِيلْ النَّمَطْ
+ التَّرْتِيبْ
- dalīl al-nnamaṭ
+ al-ttartīb
- شیوهنامه
+ ترتیب
- šivhnāmh
+ trtib
-
+
+
-
-
+
+ space
- subheads
+ فَرَاغْ
- العَنَاوِينْ الفَرْعِيَّة
+ farāgh
- al-ʻanāwīn al-farʻīyah
+ فاصله
- fāslh
- Amount of space between adjacent characters or lines. It also refers to the blank
+ area between the edges of a hanmen or an illustration and text or other hanmen
+ elements.
+
-
+ spacing
-
+ التَّبَاعُدْ
- subscript (inferior)
+ al-ttabāʻud
- نَصْ مُنْخَفِضْ (أَسْفَلْ)
+ فاصلهگذاری
- naṣṣ munkhafiḍ (’asfal)
+ fāslhɡzāri
-
+
+
- Smaller face of characters, attached to the lower right or the lower left of a normal size character.
+
+ spine
-
+ العَمُودْ
-
+ al-ʻamūd
- subtitle
+
+
- عُنْوَانْ فَرْعِي
+
+
- ʻunwān farʻī
+
+
+
- زیرنویس
- zirnuys
+
+ spread
- Secondary title for headings, subtile.
+ اِنْتِشَارْ
+
+
+
-
+
+
- sukun
+ Any two facing pages when opening a book and the like.
+
- سُكُونْ
- sukūn
+
+ stem
- جذع
+
+
- A tashkil mark indicating the lack of a vowel after the consonant to which it is attached.
+
+
-
+
+
+
-
- superior numeral
+
+ style
- الرَّقْمْ العُلْوِي
+ أسلوب، النمط
- al-rraqm al-ʻulwī
+ intishār
- شیوه
- šivh
-
+
+
-
-
+
+ style guide
- superscript (superior)
+ دَلِيلْ النَّمَطْ
- نَصْ مُرْتَفِعْ (أَعْلَى)
+ dalīl al-nnamaṭ
- naṣṣ murtafiʻ (’aʻlá)
+ شیوهنامه
- šivhnāmh
-
+
+
- Smaller face of characters, attached to the upper right or the upper left of a normal size character.
-
+
+ subheads
-
+ العَنَاوِينْ الفَرْعِيَّة
- symbol
+ al-ʻanāwīn al-farʻīyah
- رَمْزْ
+
+
- ramz
+
+
-
+
+
-
+ subscript (inferior)
-
+ نَصْ مُنْخَفِضْ (أَسْفَلْ)
-
+ naṣṣ munkhafiḍ (’asfal)
- tab
+
+
- عَلَامَة التَّبْوِيبْ
+
+
- ʻalāmat al-ttabwīb
+ Smaller face of characters, attached to the lower right or the lower left of a normal
+ size character.
+
-
+ subtitle
- عُنْوَانْ فَرْعِي
-
+ ʻunwān farʻī
-
+ زیرنویس
- tab setting
+ zirnuys
- وَضْعْ عَلَامَة التَّبْوِيبْ
+ Secondary title for headings, subtile.
+
- waḍʻ ʻalāmat al-ttabwīb
-
+ sukun
- سُكُونْ
- A method of line composition to align one or more runs of text to designated positions on a line.
+ sukūn
-
+
+
-
+
+
- table
+ A tashkil mark indicating the lack of a vowel after the consonant to which it is
+ attached.
+
- جَدْوَلْ
- jadwal
+
+ superior numeral
- جدول
+ الرَّقْمْ العُلْوِي
- jdul
+ al-rraqm al-ʻulwī
- Formatted data consisting of characters or numbers, arranged in cells and sometimes divided by lines, in order to present the data in a way that is easier to understand.
+
+
-
+
+
-
+
+
+
- table of contents
- جَدْوَلْ المُحْتَوَيَاتْ، الفِهْرِسْ
+
+ superscript (superior)
- jadwal al-muḥtawayāt, al-fihris
+ نَصْ مُرْتَفِعْ (أَعْلَى)
- فهرست مطالب
+ naṣṣ murtafiʻ (’aʻlá)
- fhrst mtālb
+
+
- A list of headings of contents of a book in page order or arranged by subjects, with page numbers on which each section begins.
+
+
-
+ Smaller face of characters, attached to the upper right or the upper left of a normal
+ size character.
+
-
- tail margin
+
+ symbol
- الهاَمِشْ الأَسْفَلْ
+ رَمْزْ
- al-hamish al-’asfal
+ ramz
-
+
-
+
-
+
+
-
-
+
+ tab
- tanwin
+ عَلَامَة التَّبْوِيبْ
- تَنْوِينْ
+ ʻalāmat al-ttabwīb
- tanwīn
+
+
-
+
-
+
+
- (Derived from Noon). Tashkil marks indicating postnasalized or long vowels at the end of a word, and indicated by doubling the sign of one of the harakat diacritics.
-
+
+ tab setting
-
+ وَضْعْ عَلَامَة التَّبْوِيبْ
- tashkil
+ waḍʻ ʻalāmat al-ttabwīb
- تَشْكِيلْ
+
+
- tashkīl
+
+
- A method of line composition to align one or more runs of text to designated
+ positions on a line.
+
- Marks that are added to letters to indicate vocalisation of text or to correct pronunciation. In Unicode these are all combining characters applied to a base character.
+
+ table
-
+ جَدْوَلْ
-
+ jadwal
- text
+ جدول
- نَصْ
+ jdul
- naṣṣ
+ Formatted data consisting of characters or numbers, arranged in cells and sometimes
+ divided by lines, in order to present the data in a way that is easier to
+ understand.
+
- متن
-
+ table of contents
- جَدْوَلْ المُحْتَوَيَاتْ، الفِهْرِسْ
-
+ jadwal al-muḥtawayāt, al-fihris
-
+ فهرست مطالب
- text direction
+ fhrst mtālb
- اِتِّجَاهْ النَّصْ
+ A list of headings of contents of a book in page order or arranged by subjects, with
+ page numbers on which each section begins.
+
- ittijāh al-nnaṣ
- جهت متن
+
+ tail margin
- jht mtn
+ الهاَمِشْ الأَسْفَلْ
- Horizontal setting or vertical setting.
+ al-hamish al-’asfal
-
+
+
-
+
+
- thin space
+
+
+
- فَرَاغْ رَقِيقْ
- farāgh raqīq
+
+ tanwin
- تَنْوِينْ
- tanwīn
-
+
-
+
+
-
+ (Derived from Noon). Tashkil marks indicating postnasalized or long vowels at the end
+ of a word, and indicated by doubling the sign of one of the harakat diacritics.
+
- third level heading
- عُنْوَانْ المُسْتَوَى الثَّالِثْ
+
+ tashkil
- ʻunwān al-mustawá al-ththālith
+ تَشْكِيلْ
- tashkīl
-
+
- Headings for smallest or minimum unit of main text in books.
+
+
-
+ Marks that are added to letters to indicate vocalisation of text or to correct
+ pronunciation. In Unicode these are all combining characters applied to a base
+ character.
+
-
- top level heading
+
+ text
- عُنْوَانْ المُسْتَوَى الأَعْلَى
+ نَصْ
- ʻunwān al-mustawá al-’aʻlá
+ naṣṣ
- متن
-
+
- Headings for largest or muximum unit of main text in books.
+
+
+
-
-
+
+ text direction
- tracking
+ اِتِّجَاهْ النَّصْ
- ضَبْطْ تَبَاعُدْ الحُرُوفْ
+ ittijāh al-nnaṣ
- ḍabṭ tabāʻud al-ḥurūf
+ جهت متن
- jht mtn
- Horizontal setting or vertical setting.
+
-
+ thin space
-
+ فَرَاغْ رَقِيقْ
- transliteration
+ farāgh raqīq
- التَّرْجَمَة الصَّوْتِيَّة
+
+
- al-ttarjamah al-ṣṣawtīyah
+
+
- حرفنویسی
+
+
+
- hrfnuysi
-
+ third level heading
-
+ عُنْوَانْ المُسْتَوَى الثَّالِثْ
-
+ ʻunwān al-mustawá al-ththālith
- trim size
+
+
- حَجْمْ التَّقْلِيمْ، حَجْمْ القَصْ
+
+
- ḥajm al-ttaqlīm, ḥajm al-qaṣṣi
+ Headings for smallest or minimum unit of main text in books.
+
-
+ top level heading
- Dimensions of a full page in a publication, including margins.
+ عُنْوَانْ المُسْتَوَى الأَعْلَى
-
+ ʻunwān al-mustawá al-’aʻlá
-
+
+
- type page
+
+
- جُزْءُ الصَّفْحَة الخَاصْ بِالكِتَابَة
+ Headings for largest or muximum unit of main text in books.
+
- juz’u al-ṣṣafḥah al-khāṣ bilkitābah
-
+ tracking
- ضَبْطْ تَبَاعُدْ الحُرُوفْ
- The portion of a page within the prescribed margins where type, graphics, and other page elements can be added
+ ḍabṭ tabāʻud al-ḥurūf
-
+
+
-
+
+
- type size
+
+
+
- حَجْمْ الحَرْفْ بِالنُّقْطَة
- ḥajm al-ḥarf bilnnuqṭahu
+
+ transliteration
- التَّرْجَمَة الصَّوْتِيَّة
- al-ttarjamah al-ṣṣawtīyah
- حرفنویسی
-
+ hrfnuysi
-
+
+
+
- type styles
- أنماط الكتابة
+
+ trim size
- حَجْمْ التَّقْلِيمْ، حَجْمْ القَصْ
- ḥajm al-ttaqlīm, ḥajm al-qaṣṣi
-
+
- The measure of the height of the characters of a font, measured in points.
+
+
-
+ Dimensions of a full page in a publication, including margins.
+
-
- type-picking
+
+ type page
- نوع قطف
+ جُزْءُ الصَّفْحَة الخَاصْ بِالكِتَابَة
- juz’u al-ṣṣafḥah al-khāṣ bilkitābah
- انتخاب فونت
+
+
- āntxāb funt
+
+
- To select metal type for characters needed to print a manuscript. (Metal type is stored in a type case, but because the number of Japanese characters is very large, an extra operation was invented that involves collecting type in a so-called 'bunsen box' before typesetting a manuscript using a composing stick.)
+ The portion of a page within the prescribed margins where type, graphics, and other
+ page elements can be added
+
-
-
+
+ type size
- typeface
+ حَجْمْ الحَرْفْ بِالنُّقْطَة
- مِحْرَفْ
+ ḥajm al-ḥarf bilnnuqṭahu
- miḥraf
+
+
- فونت، قلم
+
+
- funt, qlm
+
+
+
- A set of letters or symbols, which are designed to have coherent patterns to be used for printing or rendering to a computer screen.
-
+
+ type styles
-
+ أنماط الكتابة
+ typesetting
+
+
- تَنْضِيدْ، تَنْضِيدْ الحُرُوفْ الْمَطْبَعِيَّة
+
+
- tanḍīd, tanḍīd al-ḥurūf al-maṭbaʻīyah
+ The measure of the height of the characters of a font, measured in points.
+
- حروفچینی
- hrufčini
+
+ type-picking
- نوع قطف
+
+ انتخاب فونت
-
+ āntxāb funt
- typography
+ To select metal type for characters needed to print a manuscript. (Metal type is
+ stored in a type case, but because the number of Japanese characters is very large, an
+ extra operation was invented that involves collecting type in a so-called 'bunsen box'
+ before typesetting a manuscript using a composing stick.)
+
- طِبَاعَة الحُرُوفْ، أُسْلُوبْ الطِّبَاعَة
- ṭibāʻat al-ḥurūf,uslūb al-ṭṭibāʻah
+
+ typeface
- تایپوگرافی
+ مِحْرَفْ
- tāypuɡrāfi
+ miḥraf
- فونت، قلم
-
+ funt, qlm
-
+ A set of letters or symbols, which are designed to have coherent patterns to be used
+ for printing or rendering to a computer screen.
+
- unbreakable characters rule
- قَاعِدَة أَحْرُفْ غَيْرْ قَابِلَة لِلْكسْرْ
+
+ typesetting
- qāʻidat aḥruf ghayr qābilah lilksr
+ تَنْضِيدْ، تَنْضِيدْ الحُرُوفْ الْمَطْبَعِيَّة
- tanḍīd, tanḍīd al-ḥurūf al-maṭbaʻīyah
- حروفچینی
- A line breaking rule that prohibits breaking a line between consecutive dashes or leaders, or between other specific combinations of characters.
+ hrufčini
-
+
+
+
-
- underline
+
+ typography
- تَسْطِيرْ مِنْ تَحْتْ
+ طِبَاعَة الحُرُوفْ، أُسْلُوبْ الطِّبَاعَة
- tasṭīr min taḥt
+ ṭibāʻat al-ḥurūf,uslūb al-ṭṭibāʻah
- تایپوگرافی
- tāypuɡrāfi
- A line drawn under a character or a run of text in horizontal writing mode.
+
+
+
-
-
+
+ unbreakable characters rule
- unicameral
+ قَاعِدَة أَحْرُفْ غَيْرْ قَابِلَة لِلْكسْرْ
- أُحَادِى المَجْلِسْ
+ qāʻidat aḥruf ghayr qābilah lilksr
- uḥādī al-majlis
+
+
-
+
- A line breaking rule that prohibits breaking a line between consecutive dashes or
+ leaders, or between other specific combinations of characters.
+
-
+ underline
-
+ تَسْطِيرْ مِنْ تَحْتْ
- Unicode
+ tasṭīr min taḥt
- يُونِيكُودْ
+
+
- yūnīkūd
+
+
- یونیکُد
+ A line drawn under a character or a run of text in horizontal writing mode.
+
- ivnikod
-
+ unicameral
-
+ أُحَادِى المَجْلِسْ
-
+ uḥādī al-majlis
- vertical writing mode
+
+
- وَضْعْ الكِتَابَة العَمُودِي
+
+
- waḍʻ al-kitābah al-ʻamūdī
+
+
+
- حالت نوشتار عمودی
- hālt nuštār amudi
+
+ Unicode
- The process or the result of arranging characters on a line from top to bottom, of lines on a page from right to left, and/or of columns on a page from top to bottom.
+ يُونِيكُودْ
-
+ yūnīkūd
-
+ یونیکُد
- volume
+ ivnikod
- حَجْمْ
+
+
+
- ḥajm
- جلد
+
+ vertical writing mode
- jld
+ وَضْعْ الكِتَابَة العَمُودِي
- waḍʻ al-kitābah al-ʻamūdī
-
+ حالت نوشتار عمودی
-
+ hālt nuštār amudi
- weight
+ The process or the result of arranging characters on a line from top to bottom, of
+ lines on a page from right to left, and/or of columns on a page from top to bottom.
+
- ثِقَلْ
- thiqal
+
+ volume
- حَجْمْ
- ḥajm
- A measurement of the thickness of fonts.
+ جلد
-
+ jld
-
+
+
+
- Western alphabet
- الأَبَجَدِيَّة الغَرْبِيَّة
+
+ weight
- al-’abajadīyah al-gharbīyah
+ ثِقَلْ
- thiqal
-
+
-
+
-
+ A measurement of the thickness of fonts.
+
-
- Western languages
+
+ Western alphabet
- اللُغَاتْ الغَرْبِيَّة
+ الأَبَجَدِيَّة الغَرْبِيَّة
- al-lughāt al-gharbīyah
+ al-’abajadīyah al-gharbīyah
-
+
-
+
-
+
+
-
-
+
+ Western languages
- widow
+ اللُغَاتْ الغَرْبِيَّة
- أَرْمَلَة
+ al-lughāt al-gharbīyah
- armalah
+
+
-
+
-
+
+
- The term in Western text layout to describe that the last line of a paragraph with only a few words appears at the top of a new page or a column.
-
+
+ widow
-
+ أَرْمَلَة
- widow adjustment
+ armalah
- تَعْدِيلْ أَرْمَلَة
+
+
- taʻdīl armalah
+
+
- The term in Western text layout to describe that the last line of a paragraph with
+ only a few words appears at the top of a new page or a column.
+
- A method of line composition to adjust lines in a paragraph so that the last line consists of more than a given number of characters.
+
+ widow adjustment
-
+ تَعْدِيلْ أَرْمَلَة
-
+ taʻdīl armalah
- word division
+
+
- قِسْمْ كَلِمَة
+
+
- qism kalimah
+ A method of line composition to adjust lines in a paragraph so that the last line
+ consists of more than a given number of characters.
+
-
+ word division
- قِسْمْ كَلِمَة
-
+ qism kalimah
-
+
+
- word space
+
+
- فَرَاغْ بَيْنَ الكَلِمَاتْ
+
+
+
- farāgh bayna al-kalimāt
-
+ word space
- فَرَاغْ بَيْنَ الكَلِمَاتْ
- farāgh bayna al-kalimāt
-
+
+
-
+
+
- x-height
+
+
+
- اِرْتِفَاعْ الحَرْفْ إِكْسْ
- irtifāʻ al-ḥarf iks
+
+ x-height
- اِرْتِفَاعْ الحَرْفْ إِكْسْ
- irtifāʻ al-ḥarf iks
-
+
-
+
+
-
+
+
+
+
Letter-spacing
- Is this really letter-spacing, or is it seen as something different?
+
- Can we codify any rules for how the elongation happens? Are they the same rules as
for justification? (Probably not, in the case of mimicking voice.)
@@ -1515,11 +1525,18 @@ Styling individual letters
Handling oblique and italicised text in Arabic
+
Handling oblique and italicised text in Arabic
+Describe the problem here.
-Which way should oblique/italic text slant in Arabic?
- Misuse of generic font styles.
+
+ Which way should oblique/italic text slant in Arabic?
+
+
+
+
+ Misuse of generic font styles.
+
@@ -1534,7 +1551,7 @@ Considerations for mixed-script text
- What are the font-size aspects that must be considered in mixed text scenarios?
+ What are the font-size aspects that must be considered in mixed text scenarios?
@@ -1543,227 +1560,439 @@ Considerations for mixed-script text
Numbers
+
- Preferred Terminology
- Before entering this section in we need to introduce few preferred terminological
- conventions for disambiguation and simplicity.
-
-
- - European Numerals are
- 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9. They are also referred to as Western
- Arabic Numerals or simply as Arabic Numerals. Although
- these are terminologically correct terms, to avoid confusions we will refrain from using
- these phrases to refer to these numerals. European Numerals or
- ASCII Digits are used instead;
-
- - Arabic-Indic Numerals are ٠, ١, ٢,
- ٣, ٤, ٥, ٦, ٧, ٨,
- ٩;
- - Eastern Arabic-Indic Numerals are ۰, ۱, ۲, ۳, ۴, ۵, ۶, ۷, ۸, ۹;
- - Extended Arabic-Indic Numerals same as Eastern Arabic-Indic Numerals.
- - Western Arabic Numerals same as European Numerals;
- - Eastern Arabic Numerals is used to refer to both Arabic-Indic and
- Eastern Arabic-Indic Numerals. Should be avoided due to ambiguity;
- - Indic Numerals should be avoided to refer to either of Arabic-Indic
- or Eastern Arabic-Indic numerals.
+ Preferred Terminology
+
+
+
+ Before entering this section in we need to introduce few preferred terminological
+ conventions for disambiguation and simplicity.
+
+
+
+ - European Numerals are 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
+ 6, 7, 8, 9. They are also referred to as Western Arabic
+ Numerals or simply as Arabic Numerals. Although these
+ are terminologically correct terms, to avoid confusions we will refrain from using these
+ phrases to refer to these numerals. European Numerals or
+ ASCII Digits are used instead;
+
+
+ -
+ Arabic-Indic Numerals are
+
+
+ ٠
+
+ ,
+
+
+ ١
+
+ ,
+
+
+ ٢
+
+ ,
+
+
+ ٣
+
+ ,
+
+
+ ٤
+
+ ,
+
+
+ ٥
+
+ ,
+
+
+ ٦
+
+ ,
+
+
+ ٧
+
+ ,
+
+
+ ٨
+
+ ,
+
+
+ ٩
+
+ ;
+
+
+
+ - Eastern Arabic-Indic Numerals are ۰, ۱,
+ ۲, ۳, ۴, ۵, ۶, ۷, ۸, ۹;
+
+
+ - Extended Arabic-Indic Numerals same as Eastern Arabic-Indic
+ Numerals.
+
+
+ - Western Arabic Numerals same as European Numerals;
+
+
+ - Eastern Arabic Numerals is used to refer to both Arabic-Indic and
+ Eastern Arabic-Indic Numerals. Should be avoided due to ambiguity;
+
+
+ - Indic Numerals should be avoided to refer to either of Arabic-Indic
+ or Eastern Arabic-Indic numerals.
+
+
- Digit, Numeral digit, and Numeral
- are used as synonyms.
-
+ are used as synonyms.
+
-
- Families of Numerals
- There are three families of numerals used with languages using the Arabic Script.
- The first is known as European Numerals; the second family is Arabic-Indic Numerals.
- The third is Eastern Arabic-Indic Numerals. The following table, based on a similar table in
- [[W3-ARAB-MATH]] exhibits these three families:
-
-
-
-
- Family
- Unicode Range
- Numeral Digits
- Regions in Use
-
-
-
-
- European
- U+0030..U+0039
- 0
- 1
- 2
- 3
- 4
- 5
- 6
- 7
- 8
- 9
- Western Arabic-speaking countries; e.g. Algeria or Morocco.
-
-
-
- Arabic-Indic
- U+0660..U+0669
- ٠
- ١
- ٢
- ٣
- ٤
- ٥
- ٦
- ٧
- ٨
- ٩
- Arabic-speaking countries of the Middle-East, eastern Arabic-speaking countries; e.g. Egypt.
-
-
-
- Eastern Arabic-Indic
- U+06F0..U+06F9
- ۰
- ۱
- ۲
- ۳
- ۴
- ۵
- ۶
- ۷
- ۸
- ۹
- Iran and Afghanistan.
-
-
-
-
- In this table, those three numerals which have different shapes
- between Arabic-Indic and Eastern Arabic-Indic are highlighted.
-
- Arabic numbers are written with the lowest significant digits to
- the right and the highest digits to the left. That arrangement is
- identical to the Western one, even though Arabic script is written
- from right to left. Numbers with many digits use
- decimal thousands separators.
- European digits are used with , [U+002C COMMA] and . [U+002E FULL STOP]
- as decimal and thousands separator, respectively, or vice versa.
-
- - 1.234,5 in Western (francophone) regions.
- - 1,234.5 in Middle-East (anglophone) regions.
- - Thin space (U+2009) or narrow no-break space (U+202F) may also
- be used as thousands separator.
-
- Arabic-Indic numerals use two specific separators:
-
- - ٫ [U+066B ARABIC DECIMAL SEPARATOR]
- - ٬ [U+066C ARABIC THOUSANDS SEPARATOR]
- - Example : ١٬٢٣٤٫٥ .
-
- An important fact to note here is the bidirectional category of
- these numbers.
-
- - European Digits (U+0030 - U+0039) are of category "EN - European
- number".
- - Arabic-Indic Digits (U+0660 - U+0669) are "AN - Arabic number".
- - Eastern Arabic-Indic Digits (U+06F0 - U+06F9) are classified "EN
- - European number", differently from their counterpart just above.
-
- The difference in Bidi category between Arabic-Indic digits and
- Eastern Arabic-Indic digits is due to the difference in Bidi
- behavior desired in Arabic vs. Persian.
- What is the origin of this decision. More important, what is the observed effect of these differences in normal Arabic script text?
- As a consequence, a sentence like « Five is written ۵ in Iran and ٥
- in Egypt », say, will give (in RTL context)
- « Five is written ۵ in Iran and ٥ in Egypt »
- requiring the use of markup to correct it. Which is not the case
- with the sentence « Five is written ۵ in Iran and 5 in Morocco ».
-
-
- Arabic number in other
- uses
- Numbers do not always appear alone, and may appear alongside other
- characters like financial symbols, fraction signs, decimal and/or
- thousands signs (excluding math expressions here). Also there are Arabic-specific signs such as ؉ [U+0609 ARABIC-INDIC PER MILLE SIGN] and ٪ [U+066A ARABIC PERCENT SIGN], as well as the Arabic decimal " ٫ " (U+66B)
- and thousands " ٬ " (U+066C) separators, mentioned earlier. These are
- mostly used with Arabic-Indic digits.
- Numerals can also come separated by or mixed with space or other
- signs. Example are phone numbers
- +12 34 56 78 89, cars licence plate like
- 123 د 4, quantities 37.5°, ٥٠ كلم (50km)
- etc.
- Particular attention is needed here. Firstly, numbers have a weak
- directionality with regards to the Bidi algorithm. For example,
- alongside a number, certain otherwise neutral characters, such as
- negative/positive sign, currency or degree symbols, are likely to be
- treated as part of the number rather than a neutral.
- Secondly, the placement of the accompanying signs and symbols may
- depend on the region: generally Middle East (or anglophone) vs.
- Western (or francophone) regions. This is not to mention punctuation
- signs.
-
- - The percent sign is placed on the left after the number
- (ie. ٪١٢ not *١٢٪), and without a space (*٪ ١٢). With European numbers,
- % [U+0025 PERCENT SIGN] is sometimes used, and can be placed either on
- the right or the left of the digits (eg. 12% or %12).
- - Arabic decimal and thousand separators obey the same rule as for
- European numbers (١٬٢٣٤٫٥٦). European signs are used with
- European numbers (1.234,56 or 1,234.56).
- - Money or currency signs when they come alongside a number, are
- placed at the left and treated as part of the number
- rather than a neutral (€12.3 or €١٢٫٣).
- - On the other hand, degree signs are placed at the right of the
- number (37.5° C, ٩٩٫٥° F) or (37.5° م,
- ۹۹٫۵° ف).
- - When indicating quantity, there should a
- separating space (12 كغ, ٤٥ مم).
-
- - The same rule applies when using range of values. (12-15 كغ,
- but 12٪-15٪ كغ).
- - / [U+002F SOLIDUS] is used for fractions or ratio
- notation. Fractions are noted for one-half, say, 2/1 or ٢/١, mostly
- in RTL mode. There is no standard approach, however, and some
- region/author may write 1/2 for European digits.
- May be use image for examples.
- - Notation with Solidus sign " / " are used in:
-
- - Notation such as speed "50 km/h"
- كم/س 50
- - Notation such as "Page / Volume", for example a reference to
- a page in a volume
- ١٢٣/١ for volume ١, page ١٢٣
- - or reference to Quran "Verse / Surah",
- ١٣/٩٠ for Surah 90, Verse 13
- - Mark or rank in a classification
- 20/15 for rank 15 over 20
- - Dates (2017/06/24, ٢٠١٧/٠٦/٢٤)
- Look for evidence for some examples
-
-
-
- Other issues
- How to know that a sign (space, comma ...) is a separator or a
- sign within a number? +12 34 56 78 90
- is a phone number or a sequence of digits? Which may be inverted
- in RTL. A tip is to use a syntax like 12.34.56.78.90
- or 12-34-56-78-90 for phones.
- Maybe mention the Decimal Separator Key Symbol " ⎖ " (U+2396),
- used with keyboards (resembles an apostrophe)
-
-
-
Numbers
+Preferred Terminology
-Before entering this section in we need to introduce few preferred terminological - conventions for disambiguation and simplicity.
- --
-
- European Numerals are - 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9. They are also referred to as Western - Arabic Numerals or simply as Arabic Numerals. Although - these are terminologically correct terms, to avoid confusions we will refrain from using - these phrases to refer to these numerals. European Numerals or - ASCII Digits are used instead; - -
- Arabic-Indic Numerals are ٠, ١, ٢, - ٣, ٤, ٥, ٦, ٧, ٨, - ٩; -
- Eastern Arabic-Indic Numerals are ۰, ۱, ۲, ۳, ۴, ۵, ۶, ۷, ۸, ۹; -
- Extended Arabic-Indic Numerals same as Eastern Arabic-Indic Numerals. -
- Western Arabic Numerals same as European Numerals; -
- Eastern Arabic Numerals is used to refer to both Arabic-Indic and - Eastern Arabic-Indic Numerals. Should be avoided due to ambiguity; -
- Indic Numerals should be avoided to refer to either of Arabic-Indic - or Eastern Arabic-Indic numerals. +
- European Numerals are 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, + 6, 7, 8, 9. They are also referred to as Western Arabic + Numerals or simply as Arabic Numerals. Although these + are terminologically correct terms, to avoid confusions we will refrain from using these + phrases to refer to these numerals. European Numerals or + ASCII Digits are used instead; + + +
- + Arabic-Indic Numerals are + + + ٠ + + , + + + ١ + + , + + + ٢ + + , + + + ٣ + + , + + + ٤ + + , + + + ٥ + + , + + + ٦ + + , + + + ٧ + + , + + + ٨ + + , + + + ٩ + + ; + + + +
- Eastern Arabic-Indic Numerals are ۰, ۱, + ۲, ۳, ۴, ۵, ۶, ۷, ۸, ۹; + + +
- Extended Arabic-Indic Numerals same as Eastern Arabic-Indic + Numerals. + + +
- Western Arabic Numerals same as European Numerals; + + +
- Eastern Arabic Numerals is used to refer to both Arabic-Indic and + Eastern Arabic-Indic Numerals. Should be avoided due to ambiguity; + + +
- Indic Numerals should be avoided to refer to either of Arabic-Indic + or Eastern Arabic-Indic numerals. + +
- Digit, Numeral digit, and Numeral - are used as synonyms. -
Preferred Terminology +
+ + +Before entering this section in we need to introduce few preferred terminological + conventions for disambiguation and simplicity.
+ + +-
+
Families of Numerals
-There are three families of numerals used with languages using the Arabic Script. - The first is known as European Numerals; the second family is Arabic-Indic Numerals. - The third is Eastern Arabic-Indic Numerals. The following table, based on a similar table in - [[W3-ARAB-MATH]] exhibits these three families:
- -| Family | -Unicode Range | -Numeral Digits | -Regions in Use | -|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| European | -U+0030..U+0039 | -0 | -1 | -2 | -3 | -4 | -5 | -6 | -7 | -8 | -9 | -Western Arabic-speaking countries; e.g. Algeria or Morocco. | -
| Arabic-Indic | -U+0660..U+0669 | -٠ | -١ | -٢ | -٣ | -٤ | -٥ | -٦ | -٧ | -٨ | -٩ | -Arabic-speaking countries of the Middle-East, eastern Arabic-speaking countries; e.g. Egypt. | -
| Eastern Arabic-Indic | -U+06F0..U+06F9 | -۰ | -۱ | -۲ | -۳ | -۴ | -۵ | -۶ | -۷ | -۸ | -۹ | -Iran and Afghanistan. | -
In this table, those three numerals which have different shapes - between Arabic-Indic and Eastern Arabic-Indic are highlighted.
- -Arabic numbers are written with the lowest significant digits to - the right and the highest digits to the left. That arrangement is - identical to the Western one, even though Arabic script is written - from right to left. Numbers with many digits use - decimal thousands separators.
-European digits are used with , [U+002C COMMA] and . [U+002E FULL STOP] - as decimal and thousands separator, respectively, or vice versa.
--
-
- 1.234,5 in Western (francophone) regions. -
- 1,234.5 in Middle-East (anglophone) regions. -
- Thin space (U+2009) or narrow no-break space (U+202F) may also - be used as thousands separator. -
Arabic-Indic numerals use two specific separators:
--
-
- ٫ [U+066B ARABIC DECIMAL SEPARATOR] -
- ٬ [U+066C ARABIC THOUSANDS SEPARATOR] -
- Example : ١٬٢٣٤٫٥ . -
An important fact to note here is the bidirectional category of - these numbers.
--
-
- European Digits (U+0030 - U+0039) are of category "EN - European - number". -
- Arabic-Indic Digits (U+0660 - U+0669) are "AN - Arabic number". -
- Eastern Arabic-Indic Digits (U+06F0 - U+06F9) are classified "EN - - European number", differently from their counterpart just above. -
The difference in Bidi category between Arabic-Indic digits and - Eastern Arabic-Indic digits is due to the difference in Bidi - behavior desired in Arabic vs. Persian.
-What is the origin of this decision. More important, what is the observed effect of these differences in normal Arabic script text?
-As a consequence, a sentence like « Five is written ۵ in Iran and ٥ - in Egypt », say, will give (in RTL context)
-« Five is written ۵ in Iran and ٥ in Egypt »
-requiring the use of markup to correct it. Which is not the case - with the sentence « Five is written ۵ in Iran and 5 in Morocco ».
-Arabic number in other - uses
-Numbers do not always appear alone, and may appear alongside other - characters like financial symbols, fraction signs, decimal and/or - thousands signs (excluding math expressions here). Also there are Arabic-specific signs such as ؉ [U+0609 ARABIC-INDIC PER MILLE SIGN] and ٪ [U+066A ARABIC PERCENT SIGN], as well as the Arabic decimal " ٫ " (U+66B) - and thousands " ٬ " (U+066C) separators, mentioned earlier. These are - mostly used with Arabic-Indic digits.
-Numerals can also come separated by or mixed with space or other - signs. Example are phone numbers - +12 34 56 78 89, cars licence plate like - 123 د 4, quantities 37.5°, ٥٠ كلم (50km) - etc.
-Particular attention is needed here. Firstly, numbers have a weak - directionality with regards to the Bidi algorithm. For example, - alongside a number, certain otherwise neutral characters, such as - negative/positive sign, currency or degree symbols, are likely to be - treated as part of the number rather than a neutral.
-Secondly, the placement of the accompanying signs and symbols may - depend on the region: generally Middle East (or anglophone) vs. - Western (or francophone) regions. This is not to mention punctuation - signs.
--
-
- The percent sign is placed on the left after the number - (ie. ٪١٢ not *١٢٪), and without a space (*٪ ١٢). With European numbers, - % [U+0025 PERCENT SIGN] is sometimes used, and can be placed either on - the right or the left of the digits (eg. 12% or %12). -
- Arabic decimal and thousand separators obey the same rule as for - European numbers (١٬٢٣٤٫٥٦). European signs are used with - European numbers (1.234,56 or 1,234.56). -
- Money or currency signs when they come alongside a number, are - placed at the left and treated as part of the number - rather than a neutral (€12.3 or €١٢٫٣). -
- On the other hand, degree signs are placed at the right of the - number (37.5° C, ٩٩٫٥° F) or (37.5° م, - ۹۹٫۵° ف). -
- When indicating quantity, there should a - separating space (12 كغ, ٤٥ مم). - -
- The same rule applies when using range of values. (12-15 كغ, - but 12٪-15٪ كغ). -
- / [U+002F SOLIDUS] is used for fractions or ratio - notation. Fractions are noted for one-half, say, 2/1 or ٢/١, mostly - in RTL mode. There is no standard approach, however, and some - region/author may write 1/2 for European digits. -
- Notation with Solidus sign " / " are used in:
--
-
- Notation such as speed "50 km/h"
- كم/س 50
- - Notation such as "Page / Volume", for example a reference to
- a page in a volume
- ١٢٣/١ for volume ١, page ١٢٣
- - or reference to Quran "Verse / Surah",
- ١٣/٩٠ for Surah 90, Verse 13
- - Mark or rank in a classification
- 20/15 for rank 15 over 20
- - Dates (2017/06/24, ٢٠١٧/٠٦/٢٤) -
Look for evidence for some examples
-
- - Notation such as speed "50 km/h"
May be use image for examples.
-Other issues
- How to know that a sign (space, comma ...) is a separator or a
- sign within a number? +12 34 56 78 90
- is a phone number or a sequence of digits? Which may be inverted
- in RTL. A tip is to use a syntax like 12.34.56.78.90
- or 12-34-56-78-90 for phones.
Maybe mention the Decimal Separator Key Symbol " ⎖ " (U+2396), - used with keyboards (resembles an apostrophe)
- -Old text bellow
+ +Families of Numerals +
+ + +There are three families of numerals used with languages using the Arabic Script. The + first is known as European Numerals; the second family is Arabic-Indic Numerals. The third + is Eastern Arabic-Indic Numerals. The following table, based on a similar table in + [[W3-ARAB-MATH]] exhibits these three families:
+ + +| Family | + +Unicode Range | + +Numeral Digits | + +Regions in Use | +|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| European | + +U+0030..U+0039 | + +0 | + +1 | + +2 | + +3 | + +4 | + +5 | + +6 | + +7 | + +8 | + +9 | + +Western Arabic-speaking countries; e.g. Algeria or Morocco. | +
| Arabic-Indic | + +U+0660..U+0669 | + +٠ | + +١ | + +٢ | + +٣ | + +٤ | + +٥ | + +٦ | + +٧ | + +٨ | + +٩ | + +Arabic-speaking countries of the Middle-East, eastern Arabic-speaking countries; + e.g. Egypt. | +
| Eastern Arabic-Indic | + +U+06F0..U+06F9 | + +۰ | + +۱ | + +۲ | + +۳ | + +۴ | + +۵ | + +۶ | + +۷ | + +۸ | + +۹ | + +Iran and Afghanistan. | +
In this table, those three numerals which have different shapes between Arabic-Indic and + Eastern Arabic-Indic are highlighted.
+ + +Arabic numbers are written with the lowest significant digits to the right and the + highest digits to the left. That arrangement is identical to the Western one, even though + Arabic script is written from right to left. Numbers with many digits use decimal thousands + separators.
+ + +European digits are used with , [U+002C COMMA] and . [U+002E FULL STOP] + as decimal and thousands separator, respectively, or vice versa.
+ + +-
+
- 1.234,5 in Western (francophone) regions. + + +
- 1,234.5 in Middle-East (anglophone) regions. + + +
- Thin space (U+2009) or narrow no-break space (U+202F) may also be used as thousands + separator. +
Arabic-Indic numerals use two specific separators:
+ + +-
+
- ٫ [U+066B ARABIC DECIMAL SEPARATOR] + + + +
- ٬ [U+066C ARABIC THOUSANDS SEPARATOR] + + + +
- Example : ١٬٢٣٤٫٥ . +
An important fact to note here is the bidirectional category of these numbers.
+ + +-
+
- European Digits (U+0030 - U+0039) are of category "EN - European number". + + +
- Arabic-Indic Digits (U+0660 - U+0669) are "AN - Arabic number". + + +
- Eastern Arabic-Indic Digits (U+06F0 - U+06F9) are classified "EN - European number", + differently from their counterpart just above. +
The difference in Bidi category between Arabic-Indic digits and Eastern Arabic-Indic + digits is due to the difference in Bidi behavior desired in Arabic vs. Persian.
+ + +What is the origin of this decision. More important, what is the observed + effect of these differences in normal Arabic script text?
+ + +As a consequence, a sentence like « Five is written ۵ in Iran and ٥ in Egypt », say, + will give (in RTL context)
+ + +« Five is written ۵ in Iran and ٥ in Egypt »
+ + +requiring the use of markup to correct it. Which is not the case with the sentence « + Five is written ۵ in Iran and 5 in Morocco ».
+Arabic number in other uses +
+ + +Numbers do not always appear alone, and may appear alongside other characters like + financial symbols, fraction signs, decimal and/or thousands signs (excluding math + expressions here). Also there are Arabic-specific signs such as ؉ [U+0609 ARABIC-INDIC PER + MILLE SIGN] and ٪ + [U+066A ARABIC PERCENT SIGN], as well as the Arabic + decimal " ٫ " (U+66B) and thousands " ٬ " (U+066C) separators, mentioned earlier. + These are mostly used with Arabic-Indic digits.
+ + +Numerals can also come separated by or mixed with space or other signs. Example are + phone numbers +12 34 56 78 89, cars licence plate like + 123 د 4, quantities 37.5°, ٥٠ كلم (50km) etc.
+ + +Particular attention is needed here. Firstly, numbers have a weak directionality with + regards to the Bidi algorithm. For example, alongside a number, certain otherwise neutral + characters, such as negative/positive sign, currency or degree symbols, are likely to be + treated as part of the number rather than a neutral.
+ + +Secondly, the placement of the accompanying signs and symbols may depend on the region: + generally Middle East (or anglophone) vs. Western (or francophone) regions. This is not to + mention punctuation signs.
+ + +-
+
- The percent sign is placed on the left after the number (ie. ٪١٢ not *١٢٪), and + without a space (*٪ ١٢). With European numbers, % [U+0025 PERCENT + SIGN] is sometimes used, and can be placed either on the right or the left + of the digits (eg. 12% or %12). + + +
- Arabic decimal and thousand separators obey the same rule as for European numbers + (١٬٢٣٤٫٥٦). European signs are used with European numbers (1.234,56 or 1,234.56). + + +
- Money or currency signs when they come alongside a number, are placed at the left and + treated as part of the number rather than a neutral (€12.3 or €١٢٫٣). + + +
- On the other hand, degree signs are placed at the right of the number (37.5° C, + ٩٩٫٥° F) or (37.5° م, ۹۹٫۵° ف). + + +
- When indicating quantity, there should a separating space (12 كغ, ٤٥ مم). + + +
- The same rule applies when using range of values. (12-15 كغ, but 12٪-15٪ كغ). + + +
- / [U+002F + SOLIDUS] is used for fractions or ratio notation. Fractions are noted for + one-half, say, 2/1 or ٢/١, mostly in RTL mode. There is no standard approach, however, + and some region/author may write 1/2 for European digits. + + +
- Notation with Solidus sign " / " are used in:
+
+ + +-
+
- Notation such as speed "50 km/h"
+
+ كم/س 50
+
+
+ - Notation such as "Page / Volume", for example a reference to a page in a volume
+
+ ١٢٣/١ for volume ١, page ١٢٣
+
+
+ - or reference to Quran "Verse / Surah",
+
+ ١٣/٩٠ for Surah 90, Verse 13
+
+
+ - Mark or rank in a classification
+
+ 20/15 for rank 15 over 20
+
+
+ - Dates (2017/06/24, ٢٠١٧/٠٦/٢٤) + + +
Look for evidence for some examples
+
+ - Notation such as speed "50 km/h"
+
May be use image for examples.
+ + +Other issues
+ + +How to know that a sign (space, comma ...) is a separator or a sign within
+ a number? +12 34 56 78 90 is a phone number or a sequence
+ of digits? Which may be inverted in RTL. A tip is to use a syntax like
+ 12.34.56.78.90 or 12-34-56-78-90 for phones.
Maybe mention the Decimal Separator Key Symbol " ⎖ " (U+2396), used with + keyboards (resembles an apostrophe)
+Old text bellow +
+ +Arabic script uses non-European digits for numbers in certain locales and situations.
Arabic digits are also used for counters (see ).
-Describe the arabic-indic digits, and when they are used, including the distinction
- between arabic-indic and eastern-arabic-indic digits.
+
+ Describe the arabic-indic digits, and when they are used, including the distinction between
+ arabic-indic and eastern-arabic-indic digits.
+
- Provide resources and guidelines on how to choose the right set of numerals based on
- the language.
+
+ Provide resources and guidelines on how to choose the right set of numerals based on the
+ language.
+
@@ -1791,11 +2020,11 @@ Line breaking
-
- In Urdu words are not necessarily bounded by spaces. What method is used for
determining appropriate break points in this case?
+
- What other characters besides SPACE constitute break points for automatic line
wrapping?
@@ -1840,10 +2069,13 @@ Characters that cannot end or start a line
- What are they?
+
- Are the rules language specific?
+
- What's the usual course of action to avoid incorrect placement?
+
- Are the rules applied consistently everywhere?
@@ -1856,11 +2088,11 @@ Hyphenation
-
- Does Arabic script text use hyphenation? If so, is the use of hyphenation
language-specific?
+
- What are the rules? Are there any general rules that transcend all languages?
@@ -1874,24 +2106,22 @@ Justification
-
-
- - Drop “elongation” from title of this section. It’s one of the mechanisms used for
+
+ - Drop “elongation” from title of this section. It’s one of the mechanisms used for
justification.
- - Make sure “elongation,” “kashida,” and “tatweel,” have correct definitions in our
- glossary.
+ - Make sure “elongation,” “kashida,” and “tatweel,” have correct definitions in our
+ glossary.
- - Improve the images.
-
-
+ - Improve the images.
+
-
+
+
-
-
-
- - What are the rules for elongation of inter-character baselines, and how do they
- differ from one font style to another?
+
+
+ - What are the rules for elongation of inter-character baselines, and how do they
+ differ from one font style to another?
- - When is it appropriate to use which method?
+ - When is it appropriate to use which method?
- - Is the tatweel character useful?
+ - Is the tatweel character useful?
- - What should happen if an application uses a Ruqʻah font as a fallback, which cannot
- allow for word elongation? Does the application need to automatically know that it
- should not stretch words when using this font style?
+ - What should happen if an application uses a Ruqʻah font as a fallback, which cannot
+ allow for word elongation? Does the application need to automatically know that it should
+ not stretch words when using this font style?
- - How does an application or person decide which methods to use, and where, to
- justify text?
+ - How does an application or person decide which methods to use, and where, to justify
+ text?
- - The CSS Text spec says: that, apart from elongation, applications "must assume that
- no justification opportunity exists between any pair of typographic letter units in
- cursive script (regardless of whether they join). " Is this correct? InDesign, for
- example, allows alterations of gaps in the middle of a word where one character doesn't
- join with the following character.
+ - The CSS Text spec says: that, apart from elongation, applications "must assume that
+ no justification opportunity exists between any pair of typographic letter units in
+ cursive script (regardless of whether they join). " Is this correct? InDesign, for
+ example, allows alterations of gaps in the middle of a word where one character doesn't
+ join with the following character.
- - Should the CSS letter-spacing property
- have any effect on Arabic script text?
-
-
-
+ - Should the CSS letter-spacing property have
+ any effect on Arabic script text?
+
+
-
- In Urdu words are not necessarily bounded by spaces. What method is used for determining appropriate break points in this case? +
- What other characters besides SPACE constitute break points for automatic line wrapping? @@ -1840,10 +2069,13 @@
- What are they? +
- Are the rules language specific? +
- What's the usual course of action to avoid incorrect placement? +
- Are the rules applied consistently everywhere?
Characters that cannot end or start a line
-
@@ -1874,24 +2106,22 @@ - Does Arabic script text use hyphenation? If so, is the use of hyphenation language-specific? +
- What are the rules? Are there any general rules that transcend all languages?
Justification
-
-
- - Drop “elongation” from title of this section. It’s one of the mechanisms used for
+
+ - Drop “elongation” from title of this section. It’s one of the mechanisms used for
justification.
- - Make sure “elongation,” “kashida,” and “tatweel,” have correct definitions in our
- glossary.
+ - Make sure “elongation,” “kashida,” and “tatweel,” have correct definitions in our
+ glossary.
- - Improve the images.
-
-
+ - Improve the images.
+
-
+
+
-
-
-
- - What are the rules for elongation of inter-character baselines, and how do they
- differ from one font style to another?
+
+
+ - What are the rules for elongation of inter-character baselines, and how do they
+ differ from one font style to another?
- - When is it appropriate to use which method?
+ - When is it appropriate to use which method?
- - Is the tatweel character useful?
+ - Is the tatweel character useful?
- - What should happen if an application uses a Ruqʻah font as a fallback, which cannot
- allow for word elongation? Does the application need to automatically know that it
- should not stretch words when using this font style?
+ - What should happen if an application uses a Ruqʻah font as a fallback, which cannot
+ allow for word elongation? Does the application need to automatically know that it should
+ not stretch words when using this font style?
- - How does an application or person decide which methods to use, and where, to
- justify text?
+ - How does an application or person decide which methods to use, and where, to justify
+ text?
- - The CSS Text spec says: that, apart from elongation, applications "must assume that
- no justification opportunity exists between any pair of typographic letter units in
- cursive script (regardless of whether they join). " Is this correct? InDesign, for
- example, allows alterations of gaps in the middle of a word where one character doesn't
- join with the following character.
+ - The CSS Text spec says: that, apart from elongation, applications "must assume that
+ no justification opportunity exists between any pair of typographic letter units in
+ cursive script (regardless of whether they join). " Is this correct? InDesign, for
+ example, allows alterations of gaps in the middle of a word where one character doesn't
+ join with the following character.
- - Should the CSS letter-spacing property
- have any effect on Arabic script text?
-
-
-
+ - Should the CSS letter-spacing property have
+ any effect on Arabic script text?
+
+
-
-
-
- Drop “elongation” from title of this section. It’s one of the mechanisms used for
+
-
+
- Drop “elongation” from title of this section. It’s one of the mechanisms used for justification. -
- Make sure “elongation,” “kashida,” and “tatweel,” have correct definitions in our - glossary. +
- Make sure “elongation,” “kashida,” and “tatweel,” have correct definitions in our + glossary. -
- Improve the images. - -
- Improve the images. +
-
-
- What are the rules for elongation of inter-character baselines, and how do they - differ from one font style to another? +
- What are the rules for elongation of inter-character baselines, and how do they + differ from one font style to another? -
- When is it appropriate to use which method? +
- When is it appropriate to use which method? -
- Is the tatweel character useful? +
- Is the tatweel character useful? -
- What should happen if an application uses a Ruqʻah font as a fallback, which cannot - allow for word elongation? Does the application need to automatically know that it - should not stretch words when using this font style? +
- What should happen if an application uses a Ruqʻah font as a fallback, which cannot + allow for word elongation? Does the application need to automatically know that it should + not stretch words when using this font style? -
- How does an application or person decide which methods to use, and where, to - justify text? +
- How does an application or person decide which methods to use, and where, to justify + text? -
- The CSS Text spec says: that, apart from elongation, applications "must assume that - no justification opportunity exists between any pair of typographic letter units in - cursive script (regardless of whether they join). " Is this correct? InDesign, for - example, allows alterations of gaps in the middle of a word where one character doesn't - join with the following character. +
- The CSS Text spec says: that, apart from elongation, applications "must assume that + no justification opportunity exists between any pair of typographic letter units in + cursive script (regardless of whether they join). " Is this correct? InDesign, for + example, allows alterations of gaps in the middle of a word where one character doesn't + join with the following character. -
- Should the CSS letter-spacing property - have any effect on Arabic script text? - -
- Should the CSS letter-spacing property have + any effect on Arabic script text? + +
+
+ -
+
There are a number of different ways to produce justified text in Arabic. In some cases - several of these methods may be combined. In other cases, certain methods are - disallowed.
+There are a number of different ways to produce justified text in Arabic. In some cases + several of these methods may be combined. In other cases, certain methods are disallowed.
-Typical methods include:
+Typical methods include:
--
-
- Expansion or contraction of inter-word spaces. +
- Expansion or contraction of inter-word spaces. -
- Expansion or contraction of intra-word spaces, ie. the space following a character in - the middle of a word that doesn't join with the character that follows it. +
- Expansion or contraction of intra-word spaces, ie. the space following a character in + the middle of a word that doesn't join with the character that follows it. -
- Use of wider glyph forms for certain characters. +
- Use of wider glyph forms for certain characters. -
- Stretching of the joins between characters, known as 'kashida'. +
- Stretching of the joins between characters, known as 'kashida'. -
- Use of ligated forms, to reduce space taken by characters on a line. -
- Use of ligated forms, to reduce space taken by characters on a line. +
-
+
Of the four basic justification methods (flush left, flush right, justified, and @@ -2300,7 +2525,6 @@
Paragraph and line alignment
-
- When a list on an Arabic page contains an item that is completely composed of LTR
text, should the list item be right- or left-aligned on the page?
@@ -2322,7 +2546,6 @@ Tab settings
-
- What is there to say?
@@ -2336,7 +2559,6 @@ Styling the initial text in a paragraph
-
- Does this apply? If so, is there an equivalent to first-letter styling or is it
word-based?
@@ -2358,7 +2580,6 @@ Counters, lists, etc
-
- List the main counter sequences, and how they work. Cf. the ready-made
@@ -2378,48 +2599,112 @@
Special cases
-
- poetry, math, vertical text, etc?
-
- Vertical text
- In situations where short runs of text run vertically, for example on book spines or in table headers, Arabic text is rotated to run along the line. It may be rotated so that the tops of the letters face to the left (read the text from top to bottom) or to the right (read the text from bottom to top).
-
- Vertical Arabic, top-down and bottom-up flow
-
- The flow of text, top-down vs. bottom-up, may depend on regions or authors. The left case in is a typically francophone style for book spines, whereas the right case is an anglophone style.
-
- Arabic embedded in vertically orientated text
- When Arabic is embedded in body text that is set vertically, such as CJK or Mongolian text, it is also normally rotated so as to run along the line. Typically, the Arabic text will be read from bottom to top of the line.
- When the Arabic text spans more than one line, the text is wrapped in the same way as it would be in horizontal text, ie. the first part of the Arabic text is kept on the first line, and subsequent parts of the Arabic text appear on subsequent lines. Therefore, in the case of Mongolian, where lines are read left-to-right, the Arabic text lines are also read left-to-right, whereas in Chinese or Japanese, where vertical lines are normally read right-to-left, the Arabic text lines are also read right-to-left.
-
- Arabic text embedded in vertical Chinese.
-
-
-
- Upright vertical Arabic text
- There are attested cases of Arabic text arranged vertically with the letters upright, for example in signboards for cinemas or theatres. It is not clear, at this point whether this a standard approach for Arabic text, or just an unusual layout that mimics Western typographic approaches.
-
- Arabic upright on a front movie (see arrow).
-
- The following should be noted in .
-
- - Letters flow from top to bottom (as with Latin script).
- - Isolated form of letters seems more appropriate here than the joined
- form.
- - Diacritic marks, if any, must be applied to letters and not appear on separate lines.
-
- We need to establish whether this is a standard approach or just an oddity. The items in the list above are important to note, however, we need to check whether isolated forms are always used, and the direction is always top to bottom when upright letters are used.
-
-
+
+ Vertical text
+
-
-
+
+
In situations where short runs of text run vertically, for example on book spines or in
+ table headers, Arabic text is rotated to run along the line. It may be rotated so that the
+ tops of the letters face to the left (read the text from top to bottom) or to the right
+ (read the text from bottom to top).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Vertical Arabic, top-down and bottom-up flow
+
+
+
+
+ The flow of text, top-down vs. bottom-up, may depend on regions or authors. The left
+ case in is a typically francophone style for book spines,
+ whereas the right case is an anglophone style.
+
+
+
+ Arabic embedded in vertically orientated text
+
+
+
+ When Arabic is embedded in body text that is set vertically, such as CJK or Mongolian
+ text, it is also normally rotated so as to run along the line. Typically, the Arabic text
+ will be read from bottom to top of the line.
+
+
+ When the Arabic text spans more than one line, the text is wrapped in the same way as
+ it would be in horizontal text, ie. the first part of the Arabic text is kept on the
+ first line, and subsequent parts of the Arabic text appear on subsequent lines.
+ Therefore, in the case of Mongolian, where lines are read left-to-right, the Arabic text
+ lines are also read left-to-right, whereas in Chinese or Japanese, where vertical lines
+ are normally read right-to-left, the Arabic text lines are also read right-to-left.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Arabic text embedded in vertical Chinese.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Upright vertical Arabic text
+
+
+
+ There are attested cases of Arabic text arranged vertically with the letters upright,
+ for example in signboards for cinemas or theatres. It is not clear, at this point whether
+ this a standard approach for Arabic text, or just an unusual layout that mimics Western
+ typographic approaches.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Arabic upright on a front movie (see arrow).
+
+
+
+
+ The following should be noted in .
+
+
+
+ - Letters flow from top to bottom (as with Latin script).
+
+
+ - Isolated form of letters seems more appropriate here than the joined form.
+
+
+ - Diacritic marks, if any, must be applied to letters and not appear on separate
+ lines.
+
+
+
+ We need to establish whether this is a standard approach or just an
+ oddity. The items in the list above are important to note, however, we need to check
+ whether isolated forms are always used, and the direction is always top to bottom when
+ upright letters are used.
+
+
+
+
@@ -4331,5017 +4616,5219 @@ Glossary
-
-
-
-
- abbreviation
-
- اِخْتِزَالْ
-
- ikhtizāl
-
-
-
-
-
- alignment
-
- مُحَاذَاةْ، تَرصِيف
-
- muḥādhāt, tarṣīf
-
- همترازی
-
- hmtrāzi
-
-
-
-
-
- alphanumeric
-
- أَبجَدِي عَدَدِي
-
- abjadī ʻadadī
-
- الفبایی عددی
-
- ālfbāiy addi
-
-
-
-
-
- appendix
-
- مُلحَق
-
- mulḥaq
-
- ضمیمه
-
- zmimh
-
-
-
-
-
- arabic numerals
-
- أَرْقَامْ عَرَبِيَّة، أَرْقَامْ أُورُوبِيَّة
-
- arqām ʻarabīyah, arqām ūrūbīyah
-
- ارقام عربی
-
- ārqām arbi
-
- Refer to "European numerals". Use "European numerals" or "ASCII numerals" to avoid confusion.
-
-
-
-
-
- ascender
-
- جُزْءُ الحَرْفِ العُلْوِي، الصَّاعِدْ
-
- juz’u al-ḥarfi al-ʻulwī, al-ṣṣāʻid
-
- خط صعود، کرسی بالا
-
- xt s’ud, krsi bālā
-
-
-
-
-
- asterisk
-
- نَجْمَة
-
- najmah
-
- ستاره
-
- stārh
-
-
-
-
-
- auto spacing
-
- تَبَاعُدْ ذَاتِي، فَرَاغْ آلِي
-
- tabāʻud dhātī, farāgh ālī
-
- فاصلهگذاری خودکار
-
- fāslhɡzāri xudkār
-
-
-
-
-
- back margin
-
- الهَامِشْ الخَلْفِي
-
- al-hāmish al-khalfī
-
- حاشیهٔ داخلی
-
- hāšihٔ dāxli
-
-
-
-
-
- back matter
-
- بَيَانَاتْ نِهَايَةْ الكِتَابْ
-
- bayānāt nihāyat al-kitāb
-
- واحدهای پس از متن
-
- uāhdhāy ps aoez mtn
-
- Appendices, supplements, glossary of terms, index and/or bibliography, and so on, appended at the end of a book.
-
-
-
-
-
- bad break
-
- قَطْعْ سَيِّئْ
-
- qaṭʻ sayyi’
-
- شکستن بد، سطرشکنی بد
-
- škstn bd, strškni bd
-
-
-
-
-
- baseline
-
- خَطْ قَاعِدِي، خَطْ الاِرْتِكَازْ، سَطْرُ الأَسَاسْ
-
- khaṭ qāʻidī, khaṭ al-irtikāz, satru al-’asās
-
- خط کرسی
-
- xt krsi
-
- A virtual line on which almost all glyphs in Western fonts are designed to be aligned.
-
-
-
-
-
- bibliography
-
- المَرَاجِعْ
-
- al-marājiʻ
-
- کتابنامه
-
- ktābnāmh
-
- A list of works and papers related to the subjects in the text.
-
-
-
-
-
- blank page
-
- صَفْحَة فَارِغَة
-
- ṣafḥah fārighah
-
- صفحهٔ خالی
-
- sfhhٔ xāli
-
- An empty page.
-
-
-
-
-
- bleed
-
- خَارِجْ إِطَارْ الصَّفْحَة
-
- khārij iṭār al-ṣafḥah
-
- تصویرْ تا بُرِش
-
- tsuyrْ tā boreš
-
- To print a picture or a tint to run off the edge of a trimmed page.
-
-
-
-
-
- block direction
-
- اِتِّجَاهْ المَقْطَعْ، اِتِّجَاهْ الكُتْلَة
-
- ittijāh al-maqṭaʻ, ittijāh al-kutlah
-
- جهت نوشتار
-
- jht nuštār
-
- The progression direction of lines, one after the other.
-
-
-
-
-
- block quotation
-
- كُتْلَة اِقْتِبَاسْ، مُرَبَّعْ اِقْتِبَاسْ
-
- kutlat iqtibās, murabbaʻ iqtibās
-
- نقلقول پاراگرافی
-
- nqlqul pārāɡrāfi
-
-
-
-
-
- body type
-
- الخَطْ الرَّئِيسِي
-
- al-khaṭ al-rra’īsī
-
- حروف بدنه
-
- hruf bdnh
-
-
-
-
-
- bold
-
- غَلِيظْ
-
- ghalīẓ
-
- حرف سیاه
-
- hrf siāh
-
- A kind of font style. Similar to bold in Western typograpy.
-
-
-
-
-
- boldface
-
- خَطْ غَلِيظْ
-
- khaṭ ghalīẓ
-
- حرف سیاه
-
- hrf siāh
-
-
-
-
-
- bound on the left-hand side
-
- مُلْزِمَة عَلَى الجَانِبْ الأَيْسَرْ
-
- mulzimah ʻalá al-jānib al-’aysar
-
- صحافی چپبهراست
-
- shāfi čpbhrāst
-
- Binding of a book to be opened from the left.
-
-
-
-
-
- bound on the right-hand side
-
- مُلْزِمَة عَلَى الجَانِبْ الأَيْمَنْ
-
- mulzimah ʻalá al-jānib al-’ayman
-
- صحافی راستبهچپ
-
- shāfi rāstbhčp
-
- Binding of a book to be opened from the right.
-
-
-
-
- bounding box
+
+
+ abbreviation
- المُرَبَّعْ المُحِيطْ
+ اِخْتِزَالْ
- al-murabbaʻ al-muḥīṭ
+ ikhtizāl
- کادر محیطی
+
+
- kādr mhiti
+
+
-
-
-
-
- box
-
- مُرَبَّعْ
-
- murabbaʻ
-
- کادر، جعبه
-
- kādr, j’bh
-
-
-
-
-
- braces
-
- قَوْسَيْنْ
-
- qawsayn
-
- آکولاد
-
- ākulād
-
- { and }
-
-
-
-
-
- brackets
-
- قوسين قَوْسَيْنْ مُرَبَّعَيْنْ
-
- qawsayn murabbaʻayn
-
- کروشه
-
- krušh
-
- [ and ]
-
-
-
-
-
- break (a line)
-
- فَصْلْ السَّطْرْ، قَطْعْ (سَطْرْ)
-
- faṣl al-saṭr, qaṭʻ (saṭr)
-
- شکستن (خط)، سطرشکنی
-
- škstn (xt), strškni
-
- To place the first of two adjacent characters at the end of a line and the second at the head of a new line.
-
-
-
-
-
- broadside
-
- وَرَقَة عَلَى صَفْحَة عَرِيضَة
-
- waraqah ʻalá ṣafḥah ʻarīḍah
-
- یکرو
-
- ikru
-
- In book typography, a sheet of paper printed as one page.
-
-
-
-
-
- bullet
-
- رَمْزْ نَقْطِي
-
- ramz naqṭī
-
- centered dot
-
-
-
-
-
- calligraphy
-
- فَنُّ الخَطِّ، الخَطُّ (فَنْ الخَطْ، الخَطْ)
-
- fannu al-khaṭṭi, al-khaṭṭu (fan al-khaṭ, al-khaṭ)
-
- خوشنویسی
-
- xušnuysi
-
-
-
-
-
- caption
-
- تَسْمِيَة، عُنْوَانْ
-
- tasmīah, ʻunwān
-
- عنوان، شرح
-
- ’nuān, šrh
-
- A title or a short description accompanying a picture, an illustration, or a table.
-
-
-
-
-
- cell
-
- خَلِيَة
-
- khalīah
-
- سلول
-
- slul
-
- Each element area of tables, cell.
-
-
-
-
-
- cell contents
-
- مُحْتَوَى الخَلِيَة
-
- muḥtawá al-khalīah
-
- محتوای سلول
-
- mhtuāy slul
-
- The content of each cell in tables.
-
-
-
-
-
- cell padding
-
- حَشْوْ الخَلِيَة
-
- ḥashw al-khalīah
-
- Spaces between line and cell in tables.
-
-
-
-
-
- centered alignment
-
- تَوْسِيطْ
-
- tawsīṭ
-
- ترازبندی وسطچین
-
- trāzbndi vstčin
-
-
-
-
-
- centered dot
-
- نُقْطَة مُوَسَّطَة
-
- nuqṭah mūassaṭah
-
-
-
-
-
- centering
-
- تَوْسِيطْ
-
- tawsīṭ
-
- وسطچین کردن
-
- ustčin krdn
-
- To align the center of a run of text that is shorter than a given line length to the center of a line.
-
-
-
-
-
- chapter
-
- فَصْلْ، بَابْ
-
- faṣl, bāb
-
- فصل
-
- fsl
-
-
-
-
-
- character
-
- حَرْفْ
-
- ḥarf
-
- حرف
-
- hrf
-
-
-
-
-
- character count
-
- عَدَدْ الحُرُوفْ
-
- ʻadad al-ḥurūf
-
- تعداد حروف
-
- t’dād hruf
-
-
-
-
-
- character frame
-
- إِطَارْ الحَرْفْ
-
- iṭār al-ḥarf
-
- Rectangular area occupied by a character when it is set solid.
-
-
-
-
-
- character set
-
- مَجْمُوعَةْ حُرُوفْ
-
- majmūʻat ḥurūf
-
- مجموعهٔ حروف
-
- mjmu’hٔ hruf
-
-
-
-
-
- character shape
-
- شَكْلُ الحَرْفْ
-
- shaklu al-ḥarf
-
- شکل حرف
+
+
+
- škl hrf
- Incarnation of a character by handwriting, printing or rendering to a computer screen.
+
+ alignment
-
+ مُحَاذَاةْ، تَرصِيف
-
+ muḥādhāt, tarṣīf
- character size
+ همترازی
- حَجْمُ الحَرْفْ
+ hmtrāzi
- ḥajmu al-ḥarf
+
+
+
- اندازهٔ حرف
- āndāzhٔ hrf
+
+ alphanumeric
- Dimensions of a character. Unless otherwise noted, it refers to the size of a character frame in the block direction.
+ أَبجَدِي عَدَدِي
-
+ abjadī ʻadadī
-
+ الفبایی عددی
- closing bracket
+ ālfbāiy addi
- قَوْسْ إِغْلَاقْ
+
+
+
- qaws ighlāq
- کروشه بسته
+
+ appendix
- kruše bsth
+ مُلحَق
- mulḥaq
-
+ ضمیمه
-
+ zmimh
- code point
+
+
+
- نُقْطة تَرْمِيزْ
- nuqṭat tarmīz
+
+ arabic numerals
- أَرْقَامْ عَرَبِيَّة، أَرْقَامْ أُورُوبِيَّة
- arqām ʻarabīyah, arqām ūrūbīyah
- ارقام عربی
-
+ ārqām arbi
-
+ Refer to "European numerals". Use "European numerals" or "ASCII numerals" to avoid
+ confusion.
+
- color
- لَوْنْ
+
+ ascender
- lawn
+ جُزْءُ الحَرْفِ العُلْوِي، الصَّاعِدْ
- juz’u al-ḥarfi al-ʻulwī, al-ṣṣāʻid
- خط صعود، کرسی بالا
- Characteristics like darkness, contrast, texture that give the an overall impression of how dense or heavy the text appears on the page.
+ xt s’ud, krsi bālā
-
+
+
+
-
- colon
+
+ asterisk
- نُقْطَتَيْنْ
+ نَجْمَة
- nuqṭatayn
+ najmah
- دونقطه
+ ستاره
- dunqth
+ stārh
-
+
+
-
-
+
+ auto spacing
- column
+ تَبَاعُدْ ذَاتِي، فَرَاغْ آلِي
- عَمُودْ
+ tabāʻud dhātī, farāgh ālī
- ʻamūd
+ فاصلهگذاری خودکار
- ستون
+ fāslhɡzāri xudkār
- stun
+
+
+
- A partition on a page in multi-column format.
-
+
+ back margin
-
+ الهَامِشْ الخَلْفِي
- column gap
+ al-hāmish al-khalfī
- تَبَاعُدْ الأَعْمِدَة
+ حاشیهٔ داخلی
- tabāʻud al-’aʻmidah
+ hāšihٔ dāxli
- فاصلهٔ ستون
+
+
+
- fāslhٔ stun
- Amount of space between columns on a page.
+
+ back matter
-
+ بَيَانَاتْ نِهَايَةْ الكِتَابْ
-
+ bayānāt nihāyat al-kitāb
- column spanning
+ واحدهای پس از متن
- عَبْرُ الأَعْمدَة
+ uāhdhāy ps aoez mtn
- ʻabr al-’aʻmidah
+ Appendices, supplements, glossary of terms, index and/or bibliography, and so on,
+ appended at the end of a book.
+
-
+ bad break
- A setting style of illustrations, tables, etc., over hanging to multiple columns.
+ قَطْعْ سَيِّئْ
-
+ qaṭʻ sayyi’
-
+ شکستن بد، سطرشکنی بد
- column spanning heading
+ škstn bd, strškni bd
- رَأْسْ عَبْرْ الأَعْمدَة
+
+
+
- ra’s ʻabr al-’aʻmidah
-
+ baseline
- خَطْ قَاعِدِي، خَطْ الاِرْتِكَازْ، سَطْرُ الأَسَاسْ
- Headings using multiple columns.
+ khaṭ qāʻidī, khaṭ al-irtikāz, satru al-’asās
-
+ خط کرسی
-
+ xt krsi
- comma
+ A virtual line on which almost all glyphs in Western fonts are designed to be
+ aligned.
+
- فَاصِلَة
- fāṣilah
+
+ bibliography
- ویرگول
+ المَرَاجِعْ
- uyrɡul
+ al-marājiʻ
- کتابنامه
-
+ ktābnāmh
-
+ A list of works and papers related to the subjects in the text.
+
- composition
- تَرْكِيبْ
+
+ blank page
- tarkīb
+ صَفْحَة فَارِغَة
- حروفچینی و صفحهبندی
+ ṣafḥah fārighah
- hrufčini v sfhhbndi
+ صفحهٔ خالی
- Process of arrangement of text, figures and/or pictures, etc on a page in a desired layout (design) in preparation for printing.
+ sfhhٔ xāli
-
+ An empty page.
+
-
- compound word
+
+ bleed
- كَلِمَة مُرَكَّبَة
+ خَارِجْ إِطَارْ الصَّفْحَة
- kalimah murakkabah
+ khārij iṭār al-ṣafḥah
- کلمهٔ مرکب
+ تصویرْ تا بُرِش
- klmhٔ mrkb
+ tsuyrْ tā boreš
- To print a picture or a tint to run off the edge of a trimmed page.
+
-
-
+
+ block direction
- connection
+ اِتِّجَاهْ المَقْطَعْ، اِتِّجَاهْ الكُتْلَة
- وَصْلْ
+ ittijāh al-maqṭaʻ, ittijāh al-kutlah
- waṣl
+ جهت نوشتار
- jht nuštār
- The progression direction of lines, one after the other.
+
-
+ block quotation
-
+ كُتْلَة اِقْتِبَاسْ، مُرَبَّعْ اِقْتِبَاسْ
- continuous pagination
+ kutlat iqtibās, murabbaʻ iqtibās
- تَرْقِيمْ الصَّفَحَاتْ المُسْتَمِرْ
+ نقلقول پاراگرافی
- tarqīm al-ṣṣafaḥāt al-mustamir
+ nqlqul pārāɡrāfi
- صفحهشماری پیوسته
+
+
+
- sfhhšmāri pivsth
- a) To number the pages of a book continuously across all those in the front matter, the text and the back matter. b) To number the pages continuously across those of all books, such as a series published in separate volumes. Also to number the pages continuously across those of all issues of a periodical published in a year, aside from pagination per issue.
+
+ body type
-
+ الخَطْ الرَّئِيسِي
-
+ al-khaṭ al-rra’īsī
- control characters
+ حروف بدنه
- حُرُوفْ تَحَكُّمْ
+ hruf bdnh
- ḥurūf taḥakkum
+
+
+
- حروف کنترلی
- hruf kntrli
+
+ bold
- غَلِيظْ
-
+ ghalīẓ
-
+ حرف سیاه
- copy
+ hrf siāh
- نُسْخَة
+ A kind of font style. Similar to bold in Western typograpy.
+
- nuskhah
- نسخه
+
+ boldface
- nsxh
+ خَطْ غَلِيظْ
- khaṭ ghalīẓ
-
+ حرف سیاه
-
+ hrf siāh
- cover
+
+
+
- غِلَافْ
- ghilāf
+
+ bound on the left-hand side
- جلد
+ مُلْزِمَة عَلَى الجَانِبْ الأَيْسَرْ
- jld
+ mulzimah ʻalá al-jānib al-’aysar
- صحافی چپبهراست
-
+ shāfi čpbhrāst
-
+ Binding of a book to be opened from the left.
+
- cut-in heading
-
+ bound on the right-hand side
- مُلْزِمَة عَلَى الجَانِبْ الأَيْمَنْ
- mulzimah ʻalá al-jānib al-’ayman
- صحافی راستبهچپ
- A style of headings. Headings do not occupy the full lines, but share lines area with following main text lines.
+ shāfi rāstbhčp
-
+ Binding of a book to be opened from the right.
+
-
- dash
+
+ bounding box
- وَاصِلَة
+ المُرَبَّعْ المُحِيطْ
- wāṣilah
+ al-murabbaʻ al-muḥīṭ
- کادر محیطی
- kādr mhiti
-
+
+
-
-
+
+ box
- dedication
+ مُرَبَّعْ
- إِهْدَاءْ
+ murabbaʻ
- ihdā’
+ کادر، جعبه
- اهدائیه
+ kādr, j’bh
- āhdā’ih
+
+
+
-
+ braces
-
+ قَوْسَيْنْ
- descender line
+ qawsayn
- مَا تَحْتَ السَّطْرْ
+ آکولاد
- mā taḥta al-ssaṭr
+ ākulād
- { and }
+
- A descender is the part of a letter extending below the base line, as in 'g', 'j', 'p', 'q', or 'y'. A descender line is a virtual line drawn at the bottom of descender parallel to base line.
+
+ brackets
-
+ قوسين قَوْسَيْنْ مُرَبَّعَيْنْ
-
+ qawsayn murabbaʻayn
- diacritical marks
+ کروشه
- علامات التشكيل
+ krušh
- ʻalāmāt al-ttashkīl
+ [ and ]
+
- اِعراب، نشانههای حروف
- āe’rāb, nšānhhāy hruf
+
+ break (a line)
- فَصْلْ السَّطْرْ، قَطْعْ (سَطْرْ)
-
+ faṣl al-saṭr, qaṭʻ (saṭr)
-
+ شکستن (خط)، سطرشکنی
- diagonal fraction
+ škstn (xt), strškni
- جُزْءْ قُطْرِي
+ To place the first of two adjacent characters at the end of a line and the second at
+ the head of a new line.
+
- juz’ quṭrī
-
+ broadside
- وَرَقَة عَلَى صَفْحَة عَرِيضَة
- waraqah ʻalá ṣafḥah ʻarīḍah
-
+ یکرو
-
+ ikru
- diagram
+ In book typography, a sheet of paper printed as one page.
+
- رَسْمْ بَيَانِي، رَسْمْ تَخْطِيطِي
- rasm bayānī, rasm takhṭīṭī
+
+ bullet
- نمودار
+ رَمْزْ نَقْطِي
- nmudār
+ ramz naqṭī
-
+
-
+
+
-
+ centered dot
+
- disconnection
- فَصْلْ
+
+ calligraphy
- faṣl
+ فَنُّ الخَطِّ، الخَطُّ (فَنْ الخَطْ، الخَطْ)
- fannu al-khaṭṭi, al-khaṭṭu (fan al-khaṭ,
+ al-khaṭ)
- خوشنویسی
- xušnuysi
-
+
+
+
-
- discretionary hyphen
+
+ caption
- وَاصِلَة لَيِّنَة
+ تَسْمِيَة، عُنْوَانْ
- wāṣilah layyinah
+ tasmīah, ʻunwān
- عنوان، شرح
- ’nuān, šrh
- See soft hyphen.
+ A title or a short description accompanying a picture, an illustration, or a
+ table.
+
-
-
+
+ cell
- display
+ خَلِيَة
- عَرْضْ
+ khalīah
- ʻarḍ
+ سلول
- نمایش
+ slul
- nmāyš
+ Each element area of tables, cell.
+
-
+ cell contents
-
+ مُحْتَوَى الخَلِيَة
- display type
+ muḥtawá al-khalīah
- نَوْعْ العَرْضْ
+ محتوای سلول
- nawʻ al-ʻarḍ
+ mhtuāy slul
- The content of each cell in tables.
+
-
+ cell padding
-
+ حَشْوْ الخَلِيَة
-
+ ḥashw al-khalīah
- document
+
+
- وَثِيقَة، مُسْتَنَدْ
+
+
- wathīqah, mustanad
+ Spaces between line and cell in tables.
+
- سند
- snd
+
+ centered alignment
- تَوْسِيطْ
-
+ tawsīṭ
-
+ ترازبندی وسطچین
- dpi
+ trāzbndi vstčin
- نُقْطَة فِي البُوصَة
+
+
+
- nuqṭah fī al-būṣah
- نقطه در اینچ
+
+ centered dot
- nqte dr ieynč
+ نُقْطَة مُوَسَّطَة
- Dots per inch (DPI, or dpi) is a measure of spatial printing.
+ nuqṭah mūassaṭah
-
+
+
-
+
+
- eastern arabic numerals
+
+
+
- الأَرقَامْ العَرَبِيَّة المَشْرِقِيَّة
- al-’arqām al-ʻarabīyah al-mashriqīyah
+
+ centering
- تَوْسِيطْ
- tawsīṭ
- ٠ ١ ٢ ٣ ٤ ٥ ٦ ٧ ٨ ٩
+ وسطچین کردن
-
+ ustčin krdn
-
+ To align the center of a run of text that is shorter than a given line length to the
+ center of a line.
+
- ellipsis
- عَلَامَة القَطْع، القَطْعْ
+
+ chapter
- ʻalāmat al-qaṭʻ, al-qaṭʻ
+ فَصْلْ، بَابْ
- سهنقطه
+ faṣl, bāb
- shnqth
+ فصل
- fsl
-
+
+
+
-
- Elongation
+
+ character
- التَّطْوِيلْ
+ حَرْفْ
- al-ttaṭwīl
+ ḥarf
- حرف
- hrf
-
+
+
-
-
+
+ character count
- EM
+ عَدَدْ الحُرُوفْ
- (وَحَدَةْ قِيَاسْ) إِمْ، وَحَدَةْ قِيَاسْ النُقْطَة
+ ʻadad al-ḥurūf
- (waḥadah qīās) im, waḥadat qīās al-nuqṭah
+ تعداد حروف
- اِم، ضربه
+ t’dād hruf
- āem, zrbh
+
+
+
- Unit in the field of typography, equal to the currently specified point size. A reference to the width of the capital "M"
-
+
+ character frame
-
+ إِطَارْ الحَرْفْ
- em dash
+ iṭār al-ḥarf
- خَطْ فاصِلْ مِنْ حَجْمْ اِمْ، وَصْلَة طَوِيلَة
+
+
- khaṭ fṣil min ḥajm im, waṣlah ṭawīlah
+
+
- خط
+ Rectangular area occupied by a character when it is set solid.
+
- xt
- A wide dash, usually of size EM
+
+ character set
-
+ مَجْمُوعَةْ حُرُوفْ
-
+ majmūʻat ḥurūf
- em space
+ مجموعهٔ حروف
- فَرَاغْ مِنْ حَجْمْ اِمْ، فَرَاغْ طَوِيلْ
+ mjmu’hٔ hruf
- farāgh min ḥajm im, farāgh ṭawīl
+
+
+
- فاصلهٔ اِم
- fāslhٔ em
+
+ character shape
- A wide space, usually of size EM
+ شَكْلُ الحَرْفْ
-
+ shaklu al-ḥarf
-
+ شکل حرف
- EN
+ škl hrf
- نصف وحدة قياس النقطة
+ Incarnation of a character by handwriting, printing or rendering to a computer
+ screen.
+
- niṣf waḥadat qīās al-nuqṭah
- اِن
+
+ character size
- āen
+ حَجْمُ الحَرْفْ
- ???
+ ḥajmu al-ḥarf
-
+ اندازهٔ حرف
-
+ āndāzhٔ hrf
- en dash
+ Dimensions of a character. Unless otherwise noted, it refers to the size of a
+ character frame in the block direction.
+
- وَصْلَة مُتَوَسِّطَة
- waṣlah mutawassiṭah
+
+ closing bracket
- خط اِن
+ قَوْسْ إِغْلَاقْ
- xt en
+ qaws ighlāq
- A not-so-wide dash, usually of size EN
+ کروشه بسته
-
+ kruše bsth
-
+
+
+
- en space
- مَسَافَة مُتَوَسِّطَة
+
+ code point
- masāfah mutawassiṭah
+ نُقْطة تَرْمِيزْ
- فاصلهٔ اِن
+ nuqṭat tarmīz
- fāslhٔ en
+
+
- A not-so-wide space, usually of size EN
+
+
-
+
+
+
-
- encoding
+
+ color
- تَرْمِيزْ
+ لَوْنْ
- tarmīz
+ lawn
- کدنگاری
+
+
- kdnɡāri
+
+
- Characteristics like darkness, contrast, texture that give the an overall
+ impression of how dense or heavy the text appears on the page.
+
-
-
+
+ colon
- endnote
+ نُقْطَتَيْنْ
- التَّعْلِيقْ الخِتَامِي، حَاشِيَة
+ nuqṭatayn
- al-ttaʻlīq al-khitāmī, ḥāshīah
+ دونقطه
- dunqth
-
+
+
- A set of notes placed at the end of a part, chapter, section, paragraph and so on, or at the end of a book.
-
+
+ column
-
+ عَمُودْ
- epigraph
+ ʻamūd
- اِقْتِبَاسْ، مَقُولَة قَصِيرَة
+ ستون
- iqtibās, maqūlah qaṣīrah
+ stun
- سرلوحه
+ A partition on a page in multi-column format.
+
- srluhh
-
+ column gap
-
+ تَبَاعُدْ الأَعْمِدَة
-
+ tabāʻud al-’aʻmidah
- European numerals
+ فاصلهٔ ستون
- أَرْقَامْ أُورُوبِيَّة
+ fāslhٔ stun
- arqām ūrūbīyah
+ Amount of space between columns on a page.
+
- ارقام اروپایی
- ārqām aoerupāiy
+
+ column spanning
- Any of the symbols in [0-9] used to represent numbers. Sometimes called Arabic numerals or ASCII numerals.
+ عَبْرُ الأَعْمدَة
-
+ ʻabr al-’aʻmidah
-
+
+
- exception dictionary
+
+
- قَامُوسْ الإِسْتِثْنَاءَاتْ
+ A setting style of illustrations, tables, etc., over hanging to multiple
+ columns.
+
- qāmūs al-’istithnā’āt
-
+ column spanning heading
- رَأْسْ عَبْرْ الأَعْمدَة
- ra’s ʻabr al-’aʻmidah
-
+
+
-
+
+
- exclamation marks
+ Headings using multiple columns.
+
- عَلَامَاتْ التَّعَجُّبْ
- ʻalāmāt al-ttaʻajjub
+
+ comma
- علامت تعجب
+ فَاصِلَة
- ’lāmt t’jb
+ fāṣilah
- ویرگول
-
+ uyrɡul
-
+
+
+
- figure
- شَكْلْ
+
+ composition
- shakl
+ تَرْكِيبْ
- تصویر
+ tarkīb
- tsuyr
+ حروفچینی و صفحهبندی
- hrufčini v sfhhbndi
-
+ Process of arrangement of text, figures and/or pictures, etc on a page in a desired
+ layout (design) in preparation for printing.
+
-
- first-line indent
+
+ compound word
- مَسَافَة السَّطْرْ الأَوَّلْ
+ كَلِمَة مُرَكَّبَة
- masāfat al-ssaṭr al-’awwal
+ kalimah murakkabah
- تورفتگی خط اول
+ کلمهٔ مرکب
- turftɡi xt uowl
+ klmhٔ mrkb
-
+
+
-
-
+
+ connection
- fixed-width
+ وَصْلْ
- ثَابِتْ العَرْضْ
+ waṣl
- thābit al-ʻarḍ
+
+
-
+
-
+
+
- A characteristic of a font where the same character advance is assigned for all glyphs.
-
+
+ continuous pagination
-
+ تَرْقِيمْ الصَّفَحَاتْ المُسْتَمِرْ
- flush left alignment
+ tarqīm al-ṣṣafaḥāt al-mustamir
- مُحَاذَاة إِلَى اليَمِينْ
+ صفحهشماری پیوسته
- muḥādhāt ilá al-yamīn
+ sfhhšmāri pivsth
- a) To number the pages of a book continuously across all those in the front matter,
+ the text and the back matter. b) To number the pages continuously across those of all
+ books, such as a series published in separate volumes. Also to number the pages
+ continuously across those of all issues of a periodical published in a year, aside from
+ pagination per issue.
+
-
+ control characters
-
+ حُرُوفْ تَحَكُّمْ
-
+ ḥurūf taḥakkum
- flush right alignment
+ حروف کنترلی
- مُحَاذَاة إِلَى اليَسَارْ
+ hruf kntrli
- muḥādhāt ilá al-yasār
+
+
+
-
+ copy
- نُسْخَة
-
+ nuskhah
-
+ نسخه
- folio
+ nsxh
- وَرَقَة، صَفْحَة
+
+
+
- waraqah, ṣafḥah
- شمارهٔ صفحه
+
+ cover
- šmārhٔ sfhh
+ غِلَافْ
- ghilāf
-
+ جلد
-
+ jld
- font
+
+
+
- الخَطْ
- al-khaṭ
+
+ cut-in heading
+ فونت، قلم
+
+
- funt, qlm
+
+
- A set of character glyphs of a given typeface.
+ A style of headings. Headings do not occupy the full lines, but share lines area with
+ following main text lines.
+
-
-
+
+ dash
- font family/typeface family
+ وَاصِلَة
- أُسْرَة مِحْرَفْ، أُسْرَة خُطُوطْ
+ wāṣilah
- usrat miḥraf, usrat khuṭūṭ
+
+
- خانوادهٔ فونت
+
+
- xānuādhٔ funt
+
+
+
-
+ dedication
-
+ إِهْدَاءْ
- font metrics
+ ihdā’
- مَقَايِيسْ الخَطْ
+ اهدائیه
- maqāyīs al-khaṭ
+ āhdā’ih
-
+
+
-
+ descender line
-
+ مَا تَحْتَ السَّطْرْ
-
+ mā taḥta al-ssaṭr
- foot
+
+
- تَذْيِيلْ
+
+
- tadhyīl
+ A descender is the part of a letter extending below the base line, as in 'g', 'j',
+ 'p', 'q', or 'y'. A descender line is a virtual line drawn at the bottom of descender
+ parallel to base line.
+
- پایه
- pāyh
+
+ diacritical marks
- a) The bottom part of a book or a page. b) The bottom margin between the edge of a trimmed page and the hanmen (text area)
+ علامات التشكيل
-
+ ʻalāmāt al-ttashkīl
-
+ اِعراب، نشانههای حروف
- foot/bottom margin
+ āe’rāb, nšānhhāy hruf
- الهاَمِشْ الأَسْفَلْ
+
+
+
- al-hamish al-’asfal
- حاشیهٔ پایینی
+
+ diagonal fraction
- hāšihٔ pāiyni
+ جُزْءْ قُطْرِي
- juz’ quṭrī
-
+
+
-
+
+
- footer
+
+
+
- تَذْيِيلْ الصَّفْحَة
- tadhyīl al-ṣṣafḥah
+
+ diagram
- پاصفحه
+ رَسْمْ بَيَانِي، رَسْمْ تَخْطِيطِي
- pāsfhh
+ rasm bayānī, rasm takhṭīṭī
- نمودار
-
+ nmudār
-
+
+
+
- footnote
- حَاشِيَة سَفْلِيَة
+
+ disconnection
- ḥāshīah saflīyah
+ فَصْلْ
- پانویس
+ faṣl
- pānuys
+
+
- A note in a smaller face than that of main text, placed at the bottom of a page.
+
+
-
+
+
+
-
- fore-edge
+
+ discretionary hyphen
- الحَافة العَمودِيَّة الخَارِجِيَّة
+ وَاصِلَة لَيِّنَة
- al-ḥāfh al-ʻamwdīyah al-khārijīyah
+ wāṣilah layyinah
- حاشیهٔ بیرونی
+
+
- hāšihٔ biruni
+
+
- a) The three front trimmed edges of pages in a book. b) The opposite sides of the gutter in a book.
+ See soft hyphen.
+
-
-
+
+ display
- format
+ عَرْضْ
- تنْسِيقْ، هَيْئَة
+ ʻarḍ
- tansīq, hay’ah
+ نمایش
- شکلبندی، شکل
+ nmāyš
- šklbndi, škl
+
+
+
-
+ display type
-
+ نَوْعْ العَرْضْ
- fraction
+ nawʻ al-ʻarḍ
- كَسْرْ
+
+
- Kasr
+
+
-
+
+
-
+ document
-
+ وَثِيقَة، مُسْتَنَدْ
-
+ wathīqah, mustanad
- front matter
+ سند
- المَادَّة الأَمَامِيَّة
+ snd
- al-māddah al-’amāmīyah
+
+
+
- واحدهای پیش از متن
- uāhdhāy piš aoez mtn
+
+ dpi
- The first part of a book followed by the text, usually consisting of a forward, preface, table of contents, list of illustrations, acknowledgement and so on.
+ نُقْطَة فِي البُوصَة
-
+ nuqṭah fī al-būṣah
-
+ نقطه در اینچ
- full-width
+ nqte dr ieynč
- تَامْ العَرْضْ
+ Dots per inch (DPI, or dpi) is a measure of spatial printing.
+
- tām al-ʻarḍ
-
+ eastern arabic numerals
- الأَرقَامْ العَرَبِيَّة المَشْرِقِيَّة
- a) Relative index for the length which is equal to a given character size. b) Character frame which character advance is equal to the amount referred to as a). A full-width character frame is square in shape by definition.
+ al-’arqām al-ʻarabīyah al-mashriqīyah
-
+
+
-
+
+
- glyph
+ ٠ ١ ٢ ٣ ٤ ٥ ٦ ٧ ٨ ٩
+
- صُورَةْ الرَّمْزْ
- ṣūrah al-rramz
+
+ ellipsis
- عَلَامَة القَطْع، القَطْعْ
- ʻalāmat al-qaṭʻ, al-qaṭʻ
- سهنقطه
-
+ shnqth
-
+
+
+
- golden rectangle
-
+ Elongation
- التَّطْوِيلْ
- مستطیل طلایی
+ al-ttaṭwīl
- msttil tlāiy
+
+
-
+
-
+
+
+
-
- golden section
+
+ EM
- (وَحَدَةْ قِيَاسْ) إِمْ، وَحَدَةْ قِيَاسْ النُقْطَة
- (waḥadah qīās) im, waḥadat qīās al-nuqṭah
- بخش طلایی
+ اِم، ضربه
- bxš tlāiy
+ āem, zrbh
- Unit in the field of typography, equal to the currently specified point size. A
+ reference to the width of the capital "M"
+
-
-
+
+ em dash
- Greek letters
+ خَطْ فاصِلْ مِنْ حَجْمْ اِمْ، وَصْلَة طَوِيلَة
- حُرُوفْ يُونَانِيَّة
+ khaṭ fṣil min ḥajm im, waṣlah ṭawīlah
- ḥurūf yūnānīyah
+ خط
- حروف یونانی
+ xt
- hruf yvnāni
+ A wide dash, usually of size EM
+
-
+ em space
-
+ فَرَاغْ مِنْ حَجْمْ اِمْ، فَرَاغْ طَوِيلْ
- grid alignment
+ farāgh min ḥajm im, farāgh ṭawīl
- فاصلهٔ اِم
- fāslhٔ em
- همترازی شطرنجی
+ A wide space, usually of size EM
+
- hmtrāzi štrnji
-
+ EN
-
+ نصف وحدة قياس النقطة
-
+ niṣf waḥadat qīās al-nuqṭah
- gutter
+ اِن
- حَاشِیَة
+ āen
- ḥāshīah
+ ???
+
- حاشیه
- hāših
+
+ en dash
- a) The binding side of a spread of a book. b) the margin between the binding edge of a book and the hanmen (text area). c) The part of a book where all pages are bound together to the book spine.
+ وَصْلَة مُتَوَسِّطَة
-
+ waṣlah mutawassiṭah
-
+ خط اِن
- half em
+ xt en
- نِصْفْ اِمْ
+ A not-so-wide dash, usually of size EN
+
- niṣf im
- نیم اِم
+
+ en space
- nim em
+ مَسَافَة مُتَوَسِّطَة
- Half of the full-width size.
+ masāfah mutawassiṭah
-
+ فاصلهٔ اِن
-
+ fāslhٔ en
- half em space
+ A not-so-wide space, usually of size EN
+
- فَرَاغْ نِصْفْ اِمْ
- farāgh niṣf im
+
+ encoding
- فاصلهٔ نیم اِم
+ تَرْمِيزْ
- fāslhٔ nim em
+ tarmīz
- Amount of space that is half size of em space.
+ کدنگاری
-
+ kdnɡāri
-
+
+
+
- hang line
- سَطْرْ مُعَلَّقْ
+
+ endnote
- saṭr muʻallaq
+ التَّعْلِيقْ الخِتَامِي، حَاشِيَة
- al-ttaʻlīq al-khitāmī, ḥāshīah
-
+
-
+
-
+ A set of notes placed at the end of a part, chapter, section, paragraph and so on, or
+ at the end of a book.
+
-
- hanging indentation
+
+ epigraph
- تعليق المسافة البادئة
+ اِقْتِبَاسْ، مَقُولَة قَصِيرَة
- iqtibās, maqūlah qaṣīrah
- سرلوحه
- srluhh
-
+
+
-
-
+
+ European numerals
- hanging punctuation
+ أَرْقَامْ أُورُوبِيَّة
- تعليق علامات الترقيم
+ arqām ūrūbīyah
- ارقام اروپایی
- ārqām aoerupāiy
- Any of the symbols in [0-9] used to represent numbers. Sometimes called Arabic
+ numerals or ASCII numerals.
+
-
+ exception dictionary
-
+ قَامُوسْ الإِسْتِثْنَاءَاتْ
- harakat
+ qāmūs al-’istithnā’āt
- حَرَكَاتْ
+
+
- ḥarakāt
+
+
-
+
+
- Tashkil marks representing short vowel sounds.
+
+ exclamation marks
-
+ عَلَامَاتْ التَّعَجُّبْ
-
+ ʻalāmāt al-ttaʻajjub
- head
+ علامت تعجب
- رَأْسْ
+ ’lāmt t’jb
- ra’s
+
+
+
- سَر
- sar
+
+ figure
- a) The top part of a book or a page. b) The top margin between the top edge of a trimmed page and the hanmen (text area)
+ شَكْلْ
-
+ shakl
-
+ تصویر
- head/top margin
+ tsuyr
- هَامِشْ عُلْوِي
+
+
+
- hāmish ʻulwī
- حاشیهٔ بالا
+
+ first-line indent
- hāšihٔ bālā
+ مَسَافَة السَّطْرْ الأَوَّلْ
- masāfat al-ssaṭr al-’awwal
-
+ تورفتگی خط اول
-
+ turftɡi xt uowl
- header
+
+
+
- رَأْسْ
- ra’s
+
+ fixed-width
- سرصفحه
+ ثَابِتْ العَرْضْ
- srsfhh
+ thābit al-ʻarḍ
-
+
-
+
+
-
+ A characteristic of a font where the same character advance is assigned for all
+ glyphs.
+
- heading
- عُنْوَانْ
+
+ flush left alignment
- ʻunwān
+ مُحَاذَاة إِلَى اليَمِينْ
- عنوان
+ muḥādhāt ilá al-yamīn
- ’nuān
+
+
- a) A title of a paper or an article. b) A title for each section of a book, paper or article.
+
+
-
+
+
+
-
- headline
+
+ flush right alignment
- عُنْوَانْ رَئِيسِي
+ مُحَاذَاة إِلَى اليَسَارْ
- ʻunwān ra’īsī
+ muḥādhāt ilá al-yasār
-
+
-
+
-
+
+
-
-
+
+ folio
- headnote
+ وَرَقَة، صَفْحَة
- تَقْدِمَة
+ waraqah, ṣafḥah
- taqdimah
+ شمارهٔ صفحه
- šmārhٔ sfhh
-
+
+
- A kind of notes in vertical writing style, head area in kihon-hanmen is kept beforehand, and notes are set with smaller size font than main text.
-
+
+ font
-
+ الخَطْ
- hierarchy
+ al-khaṭ
- تسلسل هرمي، ترتيب هرمي
+ فونت، قلم
- funt, qlm
- سلسلهمراتب
+ A set of character glyphs of a given typeface.
+
- slslhmrātb
-
+ font family/typeface family
-
+ أُسْرَة مِحْرَفْ، أُسْرَة خُطُوطْ
-
+ usrat miḥraf, usrat khuṭūṭ
- horizontal writing mode
+ خانوادهٔ فونت
- صِيغَة الكِتَابَة الأُفُقِيَّة
+ xānuādhٔ funt
- ṣīghat al-kitābah al-’ufuqīyah
+
+
+
- حالت نوشتار افقی
- hālt nuštār aoefqi
+
+ font metrics
- The process or the result of arranging characters on a line from left to right, of lines on a page from top to bottom, and/or of columns on a page from left to right.
+ مَقَايِيسْ الخَطْ
-
+ maqāyīs al-khaṭ
-
+
+
- hyphen
+
+
- وَاصِلَة
+
+
+
- wāṣilah
- نیمخط
+
+ foot
- nimxt
+ تَذْيِيلْ
- tadhyīl
-
+ پایه
-
+ pāyh
- hyphenation
+ a) The bottom part of a book or a page. b) The bottom margin between the edge of a
+ trimmed page and the hanmen (text area)
+
- اِسْتِخْدَامْ الوَاصِلَة
- istikhdām al-wāṣilah
+
+ foot/bottom margin
- الهاَمِشْ الأَسْفَلْ
- al-hamish al-’asfal
- A method of breaking a line by dividing a Western word at the end of a line and adding a hyphen at the end of the first half of the syllable.
+ حاشیهٔ پایینی
-
+ hāšihٔ pāiyni
-
+
+
+
- hyphenation and justification
- الوَاصِلَة وَالمُحَاذَاةْ
+
+ footer
- al-wāṣilah wālmuḥādhāt
+ تَذْيِيلْ الصَّفْحَة
- tadhyīl al-ṣṣafḥah
- پاصفحه
- Also abbreviated as H&J
+ pāsfhh
-
+
+
+
-
- hyphenation routine
+
+ footnote
- إِجْرَاءْ الوَاصِلَة
+ حَاشِيَة سَفْلِيَة
- ijrā’ al-wāṣilah
+ ḥāshīah saflīyah
- پانویس
- pānuys
- A note in a smaller face than that of main text, placed at the bottom of a page.
+
-
-
+
+ fore-edge
- ihmal
+ الحَافة العَمودِيَّة الخَارِجِيَّة
- إِهْمَالْ
+ al-ḥāfh al-ʻamwdīyah al-khārijīyah
- ihmāl
+ حاشیهٔ بیرونی
- hāšihٔ biruni
- a) The three front trimmed edges of pages in a book. b) The opposite sides of the
+ gutter in a book.
+
- See tashkil
-
+
+ format
-
+ تنْسِيقْ، هَيْئَة
- ijam
+ tansīq, hay’ah
- إِعْجَامْ
+ شکلبندی، شکل
- iʻjām
+ šklbndi, škl
-
+
+
- Diacritical marks applied to a basic letter shape (or skeleton) to derive a new letter. For example a dot under a "curve" to get the letter Beh. In Unicode each letter plus ijam combination is encoded as a separate, atomic character.
+
+ fraction
-
+ كَسْرْ
-
+ Kasr
- illustrations
+
+
- رَسْمْ تَوْضِيحِي، صُورَة إِيضَاحِيَّة
+
+
- rasm tawḍīḥī, ṣūrahīḍāḥīyah
+
+
+
- تصویر
- tsuyr
+
+ front matter
- A general term referring to a diagram, chart, cut, figure, picture and the like, to be used for printed materials.
+ المَادَّة الأَمَامِيَّة
-
+ al-māddah al-’amāmīyah
-
+ واحدهای پیش از متن
- indentation
+ uāhdhāy piš aoez mtn
- إِزَاحَة، مَسَافَة بَادِئَة
+ The first part of a book followed by the text, usually consisting of a forward,
+ preface, table of contents, list of illustrations, acknowledgement and so on.
+
- izāḥah, masāfah bādi’ah
- فاصلهٔ سرِ سطر، تورفتگی سرِ سطر
+
+ full-width
- fāslhٔ sre str, turftɡi sre str
+ تَامْ العَرْضْ
- tām al-ʻarḍ
-
+
+
-
+
+
- independent pagination
+ a) Relative index for the length which is equal to a given character size. b)
+ Character frame which character advance is equal to the amount referred to as a). A
+ full-width character frame is square in shape by definition.
+
- تَرْقِيمْ الصَّفَحَاتْ مُسْتَقِلْ
- tarqīm al-ṣṣafaḥāt mustaqil
+
+ glyph
- صفحهبندی مستقل
+ صُورَةْ الرَّمْزْ
- sfhhbndi mstql
+ ṣūrah al-rramz
- To number the pages of the front matter, the text and the back matter independently.
+
+
-
+
+
-
+
+
+
- index
- فِهْرِسْ
+
+ golden rectangle
+ fihris
+ مستطیل طلایی
- فهرست راهنما
+ msttil tlāiy
- fhrst rāhnmā
+
+
+
- A list of terms or subjects with page numbers for where they are referred to in a single or multiple volumes of a book.
-
+
+ golden section
+
+ بخش طلایی
- initial
+ bxš tlāiy
- أَوَّلِي
+
+
+
- awwalī
- آغازین
+
+ Greek letters
- āqāzin
+ حُرُوفْ يُونَانِيَّة
- ḥurūf yūnānīyah
-
+ حروف یونانی
-
+ hruf yvnāni
- inline direction
+
+
+
- الاِتِّجَاهْ السَّطْرِي
- al-ittijāh al-ssaṭrī
+
+ grid alignment
+ همترازی شطرنجی
- hmtrāzi štrnji
- Text direction in a line.
+
+
+
-
-
+
+ gutter
- input
+ حَاشِیَة
- إِدْخَالْ
+ ḥāshīah
- idkhāl
+ حاشیه
- ورودی
+ hāših
- urudi
+ a) The binding side of a spread of a book. b) the margin between the binding edge of
+ a book and the hanmen (text area). c) The part of a book where all pages are bound
+ together to the book spine.
+
-
+ half em
-
+ نِصْفْ اِمْ
- inseparable characters rule
+ niṣf im
- قَاعِدَة مَحَارِفْ لَا تَنْفَصِلْ
+ نیم اِم
- qāʻidat maḥārif lā tanfaṣil
+ nim em
- Half of the full-width size.
+
- A line adjustment rule that prohibits inserting any space between specific combinations of characters.
+
+ half em space
-
+ فَرَاغْ نِصْفْ اِمْ
-
+ farāgh niṣf im
- interpunct
+ فاصلهٔ نیم اِم
- fāslhٔ nim em
- Amount of space that is half size of em space.
+
-
+ hang line
- سَطْرْ مُعَلَّقْ
-
+ saṭr muʻallaq
-
+
+
- italics
+
+
- مَائِلْ
+
+
+
- mā’il
- ایتالیک
+
+ hanging indentation
- āytālik
+ تعليق المسافة البادئة
+
+
-
+
+
-
+
+
+
- itemization
- وَضْعْ بُنُودْ، تَبْوِيبْ، عَنَاصِرْ
+
+ hanging punctuation
- waḍʻ bunūd, tabwīb, ʻanāṣir
+ تعليق علامات الترقيم
+
+
-
+
- To list ordered or unordered items one under the other.
+
+
+
-
-
+
+ harakat
- justified alignment
+ حَرَكَاتْ
- مُحَاذَاةْ مَضْبُوطَة
+ ḥarakāt
- muḥādhāt maḍbūṭah
+
+
- همترازی میزان
+
+
- hmtrāzi mizān
+ Tashkil marks representing short vowel sounds.
+
-
+ head
-
+ رَأْسْ
- kashida
+ ra’s
- الْكَشِيدَة، التَّطْوِيلْ
+ سَر
- al-kashīdah, al-ttaṭwīl
+ sar
- کشیده
+ a) The top part of a book or a page. b) The top margin between the top edge of a
+ trimmed page and the hanmen (text area)
+
- kšidh
-
+ head/top margin
-
+ هَامِشْ عُلْوِي
-
+ hāmish ʻulwī
- label name
+ حاشیهٔ بالا
- اِسْمْ بِطَاقَةْ العَنْوَنَة
+ hāšihٔ bālā
- ism biṭāqat al-ʻanwanah
+
+
+
-
+ header
- Text following or followed by numbers for illustrations, tables, headings and running headings.
+ رَأْسْ
-
+ ra’s
-
+ سرصفحه
- Latin letters
+ srsfhh
- حُرُوف لَاتِينِيَّة
+
+
+
- ḥurūf lātīnīyah
- حروف لاتین
+
+ heading
- hruf lātin
+ عُنْوَانْ
- ʻunwān
-
+ عنوان
-
+ ’nuān
- layout
+ a) A title of a paper or an article. b) A title for each section of a book, paper or
+ article.
+
- نَسْقْ، تَصْمِيمْ
- nasq, taṣmīm
+
+ headline
- قالببندی
+ عُنْوَانْ رَئِيسِي
- qālbbndi
+ ʻunwān ra’īsī
-
+
-
+
+
-
+
+
+
- leading
- قِيَادِي
+
+ headnote
- qīādī
+ تَقْدِمَة
- taqdimah
-
+
-
+
-
+ A kind of notes in vertical writing style, head area in kihon-hanmen is kept
+ beforehand, and notes are set with smaller size font than main text.
+
-
- letter face
+
+ hierarchy
- صُورَةْ الحَرْفْ
+ تسلسل هرمي، ترتيب هرمي
+ ṣūrat al-ḥarf
+ سلسلهمراتب
- slslhmrātb
-
+
+
- Area in which glyph is drawn.
-
+
+ horizontal writing mode
-
+ صِيغَة الكِتَابَة الأُفُقِيَّة
- lettering
+ ṣīghat al-kitābah al-’ufuqīyah
- تَرْقِينْ، كِتَابَة
+ حالت نوشتار افقی
- tarqīn, kitābah
+ hālt nuštār aoefqi
- طراحی حروف
+ The process or the result of arranging characters on a line from left to right, of
+ lines on a page from top to bottom, and/or of columns on a page from left to right.
+
- trāhi hruf
-
+ hyphen
-
+ وَاصِلَة
-
+ wāṣilah
- letterpress printing
+ نیمخط
- طِبَاعَةْ الحُرُوفْ
+ nimxt
- ṭibāʻat al-ḥurūf
+
+
+
- چاپ برجسته
- čāp brjsth
+
+ hyphenation
- The traditional printing method using movable type.
+ اِسْتِخْدَامْ الوَاصِلَة
-
+ istikhdām al-wāṣilah
-
+
+
- letterspacing
+
+
- تَبَاعُدْ الحُرُوفْ
+ A method of breaking a line by dividing a Western word at the end of a line and
+ adding a hyphen at the end of the first half of the syllable.
+
- tabāʻud al-ḥurūf
- فاصلهٔ حروف
+
+ hyphenation and justification
- fāslhٔ hruf
+ الوَاصِلَة وَالمُحَاذَاةْ
- al-wāṣilah wālmuḥādhāt
-
+
+
-
+
+
- ligature
+ Also abbreviated as H&J
+
- رَبْطْ بَيْنَ الحُرُوفْ، تَرْكِيبْ، حَرْفْ مُرَكَّبْ
- rabṭ bayna al-ḥurūf, tarkīb, ḥarf murakkab
+
+ hyphenation routine
- إِجْرَاءْ الوَاصِلَة
- ijrā’ al-wāṣilah
-
+
-
+
+
-
+
+
+
- line
- سَطْرْ
+
+ ihmal
- saṭr
+ إِهْمَالْ
- خط
+ ihmāl
- xt
+
+
-
+
-
+ See tashkil
+
-
- line adjustment
+
+ ijam
- مُحَاذَاةْ السَّطْرْ
+ إِعْجَامْ
- muḥādhāt al-ssaṭr
+ iʻjām
- تنظیم خط
+
+
- tnzim xt
+
+
- A method of aligning both edges of all lines to be the same given length by removing or adding adjustable spaces.
+ Diacritical marks applied to a basic letter shape (or skeleton) to derive a new
+ letter. For example a dot under a "curve" to get the letter Beh. In Unicode each letter
+ plus ijam combination is encoded as a separate, atomic character.
+
-
-
+
+ illustrations
- line adjustment by hanging punctuation
+ رَسْمْ تَوْضِيحِي، صُورَة إِيضَاحِيَّة
- مُحَاذَاة السَّطْرْ بِتَعْلِيقْ عَلَامَاتْ التَّرْقِيمْ
+ rasm tawḍīḥī, ṣūrahīḍāḥīyah
- muḥādhāt al-ssaṭr bitaʻlīq ʻalāmāt al-ttarqīm
+ تصویر
- tsuyr
- A general term referring to a diagram, chart, cut, figure, picture and the like, to
+ be used for printed materials.
+
- A line breaking rule to avoid commas or full stops at a line head (which is prohibited in Japanese typography) by taking them back to the end of the previous line beyond the specified line length.
-
+
+ indentation
-
+ إِزَاحَة، مَسَافَة بَادِئَة
- line adjustment by inter-character space expansion
+ izāḥah, masāfah bādi’ah
- مُحَاذَاة السَّطْرْ بِتَوسِيع الفَرَاغْ بَيْنَ المَحَارِفْ
+ فاصلهٔ سرِ سطر، تورفتگی سرِ سطر
- muḥādhāt al-ssaṭr bitawsīʻ al-farāgh bayna al-maḥārif
+ fāslhٔ sre str, turftɡi sre str
-
+
+
- A line breaking rule that aligns both edges of a line by expanding inter-character spaces. .
+
+ independent pagination
-
+ تَرْقِيمْ الصَّفَحَاتْ مُسْتَقِلْ
-
+ tarqīm al-ṣṣafaḥāt mustaqil
- line breaking rules
+ صفحهبندی مستقل
- قَوَاعِد كَسْرْ السَّطْرْ
+ sfhhbndi mstql
- qawāʻid kasr al-ssaṭr
+ To number the pages of the front matter, the text and the back matter
+ independently.
+
-
+ index
- A set of rules to avoid prohibited layout in Japanese typography, such as "line-start prohibition rule", "line-end prohibition rule", inseparable or unbreakable character sequences and so on.
+ فِهْرِسْ
-
+ fihris
-
+ فهرست راهنما
- line end
+ fhrst rāhnmā
- نِهَايَة السَّطْرْ
+ A list of terms or subjects with page numbers for where they are referred to in a
+ single or multiple volumes of a book.
+
- nihāyat al-ssaṭr
- انتهای خط
+
+ initial
- ānthāy xt
+ أَوَّلِي
- The position at which a line ends.
+ awwalī
-
+ آغازین
-
+ āqāzin
- line end alignment
+
+
+
- مُحَاذَاة نِهَايَة السَّطْرْ
- muḥādhāt nihāyat al-ssaṭr
+
+ inline direction
- همترازی انتهای خط
+ الاِتِّجَاهْ السَّطْرِي
- hmtrāzi aoenthāy xt
+ al-ittijāh al-ssaṭrī
- To align a run of text to the line end.
+
+
-
+
+
-
+ Text direction in a line.
+
- line end indent
- مَسَافَة بَدْئْ نِهَايَة السَّطْرْ
+
+ input
- masāfat bad’ nihāyat al-ssaṭr
+ إِدْخَالْ
- تورفتگی انتهای خط
+ idkhāl
- turftɡi aoenthāy xt
+ ورودی
- To reserve a certain amount of space before the default position of a line end.
+ urudi
-
+
+
+
-
- line feed
+
+ inseparable characters rule
- تَغْذِيَة السَّطْرْ
+ قَاعِدَة مَحَارِفْ لَا تَنْفَصِلْ
- taghdhīat al-ssaṭr
+ qāʻidat maḥārif lā tanfaṣil
-
+
-
+
- The distance between two adjacent lines measured by their reference points.
+ A line adjustment rule that prohibits inserting any space between specific
+ combinations of characters.
+
-
-
+
+ interpunct
+ line gap
+
+
- فَجْوَة السَّطْرْ
+
+
- fajwat al-ssaṭr
+
+
+
- فاصلهٔ بین خطوط
- fāslhٔ bin xtut
+
+ italics
- The smallest amount of space between adjacent lines.
+ مَائِلْ
-
+ mā’il
-
+ ایتالیک
- line head
+ āytālik
- رَأْسْ السَّطْرْ
+
+
+
- ra’s al-ssaṭr
- سرِ سطر
+
+ itemization
- sre str
+ وَضْعْ بُنُودْ، تَبْوِيبْ، عَنَاصِرْ
- The position at which a line starts.
+ waḍʻ bunūd, tabwīb, ʻanāṣir
-
+
+
-
+
+
- line head alignment
+ To list ordered or unordered items one under the other.
+
- مُحَاذَاة رَأْسْ السَّطْرْ
- muḥādhāt ra’s al-ssaṭr
+
+ justified alignment
- همترازیِ سر سطر
+ مُحَاذَاةْ مَضْبُوطَة
- hmtrāzie sr str
+ muḥādhāt maḍbūṭah
- To align a run of text to the line head.
+ همترازی میزان
-
+ hmtrāzi mizān
-
+
+
+
- line head indent
- مَسَافَة بَدْئْ رَأْسْ السَّطْرْ
+
+ kashida
- masāfat bad’ ra’s al-ssaṭr
+ الْكَشِيدَة، التَّطْوِيلْ
- فاصلهٔ سر سطر، تو رفتگی سر سطر
+ al-kashīdah, al-ttaṭwīl
- fāslhٔ sr str, tu rftɡi sr str
+ کشیده
- To reserve a certain amount of space after the default position of a line head.
+ kšidh
-
+
+
+
-
- line height
+
+ label name
- اِرْتِفَاعْ الخَطْ
+ اِسْمْ بِطَاقَةْ العَنْوَنَة
- irtifāʻ al-khaṭ
+ ism biṭāqat al-ʻanwanah
- ارتفاع خط
+
+
- ārtfā’ xt
+
+
- Text following or followed by numbers for illustrations, tables, headings and running
+ headings.
+
-
-
+
+ Latin letters
- line length
+ حُرُوف لَاتِينِيَّة
- طُولُ السَطْرْ
+ ḥurūf lātīnīyah
- ṭūlu al-saṭr
+ حروف لاتین
- طول خط
+ hruf lātin
- tul xt
+
+
+
- Length of a line with a pre-defined number of characters. When the line is indented at the line head or the line end, it is length of the line from the specified amount of line head indent to the specified amount of line end indent.
-
+
+ layout
-
+ نَسْقْ، تَصْمِيمْ
- line spacing
+ nasq, taṣmīm
- تَبَاعُدْ الأَسْطُرْ
+ قالببندی
- tabāʻud al-’asṭur
+ qālbbndi
-
+
+
-
+ leading
-
+ قِيَادِي
-
+ qīādī
- line-end prohibition rule
+
+
- قَاعِدَة حَظْرْ نِهَايَة السَّطْرْ
+
+
- qāʻidat ḥaẓr nihāyat al-ssaṭr
+
+
+
-
+ letter face
- A line breaking rule that prohibits specific characters at a line end.
+ صُورَةْ الحَرْفْ
-
+ ṣūrat al-ḥarf
-
+
+
- line-start prohibition rule
+
+
- قَاعِدَة حَظْرْ بِدَايَة السَّطْرْ
+ Area in which glyph is drawn.
+
- qāʻidat ḥaẓr bidāyat al-ssaṭr
-
+ lettering
- تَرْقِينْ، كِتَابَة
- A line breaking rule that prohibits specific characters at a line head.
+ tarqīn, kitābah
-
+ طراحی حروف
-
+ trāhi hruf
- list
+
+
+
- قَائِمَة، لَائِحَة
- qā’imah, lā’iḥah
+
+ letterpress printing
- فهرست
+ طِبَاعَةْ الحُرُوفْ
- fhrst
+ ṭibāʻat al-ḥurūf
- چاپ برجسته
-
+ čāp brjsth
-
+ The traditional printing method using movable type.
+
- long dash
- شَرْطَة طَوِيلَة
+
+ letterspacing
- sharṭah ṭawīlah
+ تَبَاعُدْ الحُرُوفْ
- tabāʻud al-ḥurūf
- فاصلهٔ حروف
- fāslhٔ hruf
-
+
+
+
-
- mabsut
+
+ ligature
- مَبْسُوطْ
+ رَبْطْ بَيْنَ الحُرُوفْ، تَرْكِيبْ، حَرْفْ مُرَكَّبْ
- mabsūṭ
+ rabṭ bayna al-ḥurūf, tarkīb, ḥarf murakkab
-
+
-
+
- Kind of writing style that tends to rigidity and firmness with pronounced angularity.
+
+
+
-
-
+
+ line
- main text
+ سَطْرْ
- نَصْ رَئِيسِي
+ saṭr
- naṣ ra’īsī
+ خط
- متن اصلی
+ xt
- mtn aoesli
+
+
+
- a) The principal part of a book, usually preceded by the front matter, followed by the back matter. b) The principal part of an article excluding figures, tables, heading, notes, leads and so on. c) The content of a page excluding running heads and page numbers. d) The net contents of a book excluding covers, end papers, insets and so on.
-
+
+ line adjustment
-
+ مُحَاذَاةْ السَّطْرْ
- margin
+ muḥādhāt al-ssaṭr
- هَامِشْ
+ تنظیم خط
- hāmish
+ tnzim xt
- حاشیه
+ A method of aligning both edges of all lines to be the same given length by removing
+ or adding adjustable spaces.
+
- hāših
-
+ line adjustment by hanging punctuation
-
+ مُحَاذَاة السَّطْرْ بِتَعْلِيقْ عَلَامَاتْ التَّرْقِيمْ
-
+ muḥādhāt al-ssaṭr bitaʻlīq ʻalāmāt al-ttarqīm
- measure
+
+
- قِيَاسْ
+
+
- qīās
+ A line breaking rule to avoid commas or full stops at a line head (which is
+ prohibited in Japanese typography) by taking them back to the end of the previous line
+ beyond the specified line length.
+
- مقیاس، اندازه
- mqiās, aoendāzh
+
+ line adjustment by inter-character space expansion
- مُحَاذَاة السَّطْرْ بِتَوسِيع الفَرَاغْ بَيْنَ المَحَارِفْ
-
+ muḥādhāt al-ssaṭr bitawsīʻ al-farāgh bayna
+ al-maḥārif
-
+
+
- measurement
+
+
- قِيَاسْ
+ A line breaking rule that aligns both edges of a line by expanding inter-character
+ spaces. .
+
- qīās
- اندازهگیری
+
+ line breaking rules
- āndāzhɡiri
+ قَوَاعِد كَسْرْ السَّطْرْ
- qawāʻid kasr al-ssaṭr
-
+
+
-
+
+
- mixed text composition
+ A set of rules to avoid prohibited layout in Japanese typography, such as "line-start
+ prohibition rule", "line-end prohibition rule", inseparable or unbreakable character
+ sequences and so on.
+
- تَرْكِيبَة النَّصْ المُخْتَلِطْ
- tarkībah al-nnaṣ al-mukhtaliṭ
+
+ line end
- نِهَايَة السَّطْرْ
- nihāyat al-ssaṭr
- a) To interleave Japanese text with Western text in a line (Japanese and Western mixed text composition). b) To compose text with different sizes of characters (mixed size composition). c) To compose text with different typefaces (mixed typeface composition).
+ انتهای خط
-
+ ānthāy xt
-
+ The position at which a line ends.
+
- mixing typefaces
- خَلْطْ أنْمَاطْ الخُطُوطْ
+
+ line end alignment
- khalṭ anmāṭ al-khuṭūṭ
+ مُحَاذَاة نِهَايَة السَّطْرْ
- ترکیب قلمها
+ muḥādhāt nihāyat al-ssaṭr
- trkib qlmhā
+ همترازی انتهای خط
- hmtrāzi aoenthāy xt
-
+ To align a run of text to the line end.
+
-
- modular grid
+
+ line end indent
- شَبَكَة وَحَدَاتْ، شَبَكَة مُرَكَّبَة مِنْ وَحَدَاتْ
+ مَسَافَة بَدْئْ نِهَايَة السَّطْرْ
- shabakah waḥadāt, shabakah murakkabat min waḥadāt
+ masāfat bad’ nihāyat al-ssaṭr
- شطرنجی مُدولی
+ تورفتگی انتهای خط
- štrnji moduli
+ turftɡi aoenthāy xt
- To reserve a certain amount of space before the default position of a line end.
+
-
-
+
+ line feed
- multi-column format
+ تَغْذِيَة السَّطْرْ
- تَنْسِيقْ مُتَعَدِّدْ الأَعْمِدَة
+ taghdhīat al-ssaṭr
- tansīq mutaʻaddid al-’aʻmidah
+
+
- شکلبندی چندستونی
+
+
- šklbndi čndstuni
+ The distance between two adjacent lines measured by their reference points.
+
- A format of text on a page where text is divided into two or more sections (columns) in the inline direction and each column is separated by a certain amount of space (column space).
-
+
+ line gap
-
+ فَجْوَة السَّطْرْ
- multi-column grid
+ fajwat al-ssaṭr
- شَبَكَة مُتَعَدِّدَة الأَعْمِدَة
+ فاصلهٔ بین خطوط
- shabakah mutaʻaddidat al-’aʻmidah
+ fāslhٔ bin xtut
- شطرنجی چندستونی
+ The smallest amount of space between adjacent lines.
+
- štrnji čndstuni
-
+ line head
-
+ رَأْسْ السَّطْرْ
-
+ ra’s al-ssaṭr
- multivolume work
+ سرِ سطر
- عَمَلْ مُتَعَدِّدْ الأَجْزاءْ
+ sre str
- ʻamal mutaʻaddid al-’ajz’
+ The position at which a line starts.
+
- اثر چند جلدی
- āsr čnd jldi
+
+ line head alignment
- A set of work published in two or more volumes, as in the complete work or the first/last half volumes.
+ مُحَاذَاة رَأْسْ السَّطْرْ
-
+ muḥādhāt ra’s al-ssaṭr
-
+ همترازیِ سر سطر
- mukawwar
+ hmtrāzie sr str
- مُكَوَّرْ
+ To align a run of text to the line head.
+
- mukawwar
-
+ line head indent
- مَسَافَة بَدْئْ رَأْسْ السَّطْرْ
- Kind of writing style, generally opposed to mabsut, that is more flexible and rounded.
+ masāfat bad’ ra’s al-ssaṭr
-
+ فاصلهٔ سر سطر، تو رفتگی سر سطر
-
+ fāslhٔ sr str, tu rftɡi sr str
- new column
+ To reserve a certain amount of space after the default position of a line head.
+
- عَمُودْ جَدِيدْ
- ʻamūd jadīd
+
+ line height
- ستون جدید
+ اِرْتِفَاعْ الخَطْ
- stun jdid
+ irtifāʻ al-khaṭ
- In multi-column setting, to change to new column before the end of current column.
+ ارتفاع خط
-
+ ārtfā’ xt
-
+
+
+
- new recto
- صَفْحَة يُمْنَى جَدِيدَة
+
+ line length
- ṣafḥah yumná jadīdah
+ طُولُ السَطْرْ
- آغاز در صفحهٔ فرد
+ ṭūlu al-saṭr
- āqāz dr sfhhٔ frd
+ طول خط
- To start a new heading or something on a odd page.
+ tul xt
-
+ Length of a line with a pre-defined number of characters. When the line is indented
+ at the line head or the line end, it is length of the line from the specified amount of
+ line head indent to the specified amount of line end indent.
+
-
- no-break text
+
+ line spacing
- عَدَمْ تَفَكُّكْ النَّصْ، نَصْ دُونَ اِنْفِكَاكْ
+ تَبَاعُدْ الأَسْطُرْ
- ʻadam tafakkuk al-nnaṣ, naṣ dūna infikāk
+ tabāʻud al-’asṭur
-
+
-
+
-
+
+
-
-
+
+ line-end prohibition rule
- nonbreaking hyphen
+ قَاعِدَة حَظْرْ نِهَايَة السَّطْرْ
- وَاصِلَة غَيْرْ قَاسِمَة
+ qāʻidat ḥaẓr nihāyat al-ssaṭr
- wāṣilah ghayr qāsimah
+
+
-
+
- A line breaking rule that prohibits specific characters at a line end.
+
-
+ line-start prohibition rule
-
+ قَاعِدَة حَظْرْ بِدَايَة السَّطْرْ
- nonbreaking word space
+ qāʻidat ḥaẓr bidāyat al-ssaṭr
- فَضَاءْ كَلِمَة غَيْرْ قَاسِمْ
+
+
- faḍā’ kalimah ghayr qāsim
+
+
- A line breaking rule that prohibits specific characters at a line head.
+
-
+ list
-
+ قَائِمَة، لَائِحَة
-
+ qā’imah, lā’iḥah
- note
+ فهرست
- مُلَاحَظَة
+ fhrst
- mulāḥaẓah
+
+
+
- یادداشت
- iāddāšt
+
+ long dash
- Explanatory information added to terms, figures or tables.
+ شَرْطَة طَوِيلَة
-
+ sharṭah ṭawīlah
-
+
+
- number of characters per line
+
+
- عَدَدْ الأَحْرُف فِي كُلِّ سَطْرْ
+
+
+
- ʻadad al-’aḥruf fī kulli saṭr
- تعداد حروف در خط
+
+ mabsut
- t’dād hruf dr xt
+ مَبْسُوطْ
- Number of characters in a line to specify the length of lines.
+ mabsūṭ
-
+
+
-
+
+
- number of columns
+ Kind of writing style that tends to rigidity and firmness with pronounced
+ angularity.
+
- عَدَدْ الأَعْمِدَة
- ʻadad al-’aʻmidah
+
+ main text
- تعداد ستونها
+ نَصْ رَئِيسِي
- t’dād stunhā
+ naṣ ra’īsī
- Number of columns on a page.
+ متن اصلی
-
+ mtn aoesli
-
+ a) The principal part of a book, usually preceded by the front matter, followed by
+ the back matter. b) The principal part of an article excluding figures, tables, heading,
+ notes, leads and so on. c) The content of a page excluding running heads and page
+ numbers. d) The net contents of a book excluding covers, end papers, insets and so
+ on.
+
- numerals
- الأَعْدَادْ، الأَرْقَامْ
+
+ margin
- al-’aʻdād, al-’arqām
+ هَامِشْ
- اعداد
+ hāmish
- ā’dād
+ حاشیه
- hāših
-
+
+
+
-
- one em space
+
+ measure
- مَسَافَة اِمْ وَاحِدَة
+ قِيَاسْ
- masāfat im wāḥidah
+ qīās
- فاصلهٔ اِم
+ مقیاس، اندازه
- fāslhٔ em
+ mqiās, aoendāzh
- Amount of space that is full-width size.
+
+
+
-
-
+
+ measurement
- one third em
+ قِيَاسْ
- ثُلُثْ اِمْ
+ qīās
- thuluth im
+ اندازهگیری
- یکسوم اِم
+ āndāzhɡiri
- iksum em
+
+
+
- One third of the full-width size.
-
+
+ mixed text composition
-
+ تَرْكِيبَة النَّصْ المُخْتَلِطْ
- one third em space
+ tarkībah al-nnaṣ al-mukhtaliṭ
- مَسَافَة ثُلُثْ اِمْ
+
+
- masāfat thuluth im
+
+
- فاصلهٔ یکسوم اِم
+ a) To interleave Japanese text with Western text in a line (Japanese and Western
+ mixed text composition). b) To compose text with different sizes of characters (mixed
+ size composition). c) To compose text with different typefaces (mixed typeface
+ composition).
+
- fāslhٔ yksum em
- Amount of space that is one third size of em space.
+
+ mixing typefaces
-
+ خَلْطْ أنْمَاطْ الخُطُوطْ
-
+ khalṭ anmāṭ al-khuṭūṭ
- opening brackets
+ ترکیب قلمها
- فَتْحْ قَوْسَيْنْ
+ trkib qlmhā
- fatḥ qawsayn
+
+
+
- کروشه باز
- kruše bāz
+
+ modular grid
- شَبَكَة وَحَدَاتْ، شَبَكَة مُرَكَّبَة مِنْ وَحَدَاتْ
-
+ shabakah waḥadāt, shabakah murakkabat min
+ waḥadāt
-
+ شطرنجی مُدولی
- optical size
+ štrnji moduli
- حَجْمْ بَصَرِي
+
+
+
- ḥajm baṣarī
-
+ multi-column format
- تَنْسِيقْ مُتَعَدِّدْ الأَعْمِدَة
- tansīq mutaʻaddid al-’aʻmidah
-
+ شکلبندی چندستونی
-
+ šklbndi čndstuni
- optical spacing
+ A format of text on a page where text is divided into two or more sections (columns)
+ in the inline direction and each column is separated by a certain amount of space (column
+ space).
+
- تَبَاعُدْ بَصَرِي
- tabāʻud baṣarī
+
+ multi-column grid
- شَبَكَة مُتَعَدِّدَة الأَعْمِدَة
- shabakah mutaʻaddidat al-’aʻmidah
- شطرنجی چندستونی
-
+ štrnji čndstuni
-
+
+
+
- orientation
- تَوَجُّهْ
+
+ multivolume work
- tawajjuh
+ عَمَلْ مُتَعَدِّدْ الأَجْزاءْ
- جهت
+ ʻamal mutaʻaddid al-’ajz’
- jht
+ اثر چند جلدی
- āsr čnd jldi
-
+ A set of work published in two or more volumes, as in the complete work or the
+ first/last half volumes.
+
-
- ornament
+
+ mukawwar
- زَخْرَفَة
+ مُكَوَّرْ
- zakhrafah
+ mukawwar
- تزئینی
+
+
- tz’ini
+
+
- Kind of writing style, generally opposed to mabsut, that is more flexible and
+ rounded.
+
-
-
+
+ new column
- outdent
+ عَمُودْ جَدِيدْ
- إِلْغَاءْ التَّأخِيرْ، إِلْغَاءْ الإِزَاحَة
+ ʻamūd jadīd
- ilghā’ al-tta’khīr, ilghā’ al-’izāḥah
+ ستون جدید
- stun jdid
- In multi-column setting, to change to new column before the end of current
+ column.
+
-
+ new recto
-
+ صَفْحَة يُمْنَى جَدِيدَة
- overhang
+ ṣafḥah yumná jadīdah
- عبء
+ آغاز در صفحهٔ فرد
- ʻib’
+ āqāz dr sfhhٔ frd
- To start a new heading or something on a odd page.
+
-
+ no-break text
-
+ عَدَمْ تَفَكُّكْ النَّصْ، نَصْ دُونَ اِنْفِكَاكْ
-
+ ʻadam tafakkuk al-nnaṣ, naṣ dūna infikāk
- overrun
+
+
- تَجَاوُزْ، اِجْتِيَاحْ
+
+
- tajāwuz, ijtīāḥ
+
+
+
-
+ nonbreaking hyphen
- وَاصِلَة غَيْرْ قَاسِمَة
-
+ wāṣilah ghayr qāsimah
-
+
+
- page
+
+
- صَفْحَة
+
+
+
- ṣafḥah
- صفحه
+
+ nonbreaking word space
- sfhh
+ فَضَاءْ كَلِمَة غَيْرْ قَاسِمْ
- A side of a sheet of paper in a written work such as a book.
+ faḍā’ kalimah ghayr qāsim
-
+
+
-
+
+
- page break
+
+
+
- فَاصِلْ صَفْحَة
- fāṣil ṣafḥah
+
+ note
- مُلَاحَظَة
- mulāḥaẓah
- To end a page even if it is not full and to start a new page with the next paragraph, a new heading and so on.
+ یادداشت
-
+ iāddāšt
-
+ Explanatory information added to terms, figures or tables.
+
- page format
- شَكْلْ الصَّفْحَة
+
+ number of characters per line
- shakl al-ṣṣafḥah
+ عَدَدْ الأَحْرُف فِي كُلِّ سَطْرْ
- شکلبندی صفحه
+ ʻadad al-’aḥruf fī kulli saṭr
- šklbndi sfhh
+ تعداد حروف در خط
- The layout and presentation of a page with text, graphics and other elements for a publication such as a book.
+ t’dād hruf dr xt
-
+ Number of characters in a line to specify the length of lines.
+
-
- page number
+
+ number of columns
- رَقْمْ الصَّفْحَة
+ عَدَدْ الأَعْمِدَة
- raqm al-ṣṣafḥah
+ ʻadad al-’aʻmidah
- شمارهٔ صفحه
+ تعداد ستونها
- šmārhٔ sfhh
+ t’dād stunhā
- A sequential number to indicate the order of pages in a publication.
+ Number of columns on a page.
+
-
-
+
+ numerals
- pagination
+ الأَعْدَادْ، الأَرْقَامْ
- تَرْقِيمْ الصَّفَحَاتْ
+ al-’aʻdād, al-’arqām
- tarqīm al-ṣṣafaḥāt
+ اعداد
- صفحهشماری
+ ā’dād
- sfhhšmāri
+
+
+
-
+ one em space
-
+ مَسَافَة اِمْ وَاحِدَة
- paragraph
+ masāfat im wāḥidah
- فَقْرَة
+ فاصلهٔ اِم
- faqrah
+ fāslhٔ em
- پاراگراف
+ Amount of space that is full-width size.
+
- pārāɡrāf
- A group of sentences to be processed for line composition. A paragraph consists of one or more lines.
+
+ one third em
-
+ ثُلُثْ اِمْ
-
+ thuluth im
- paragraph break
+ یکسوم اِم
- اِنْقِطَاعْ الفَقْرَة، كَسْرْ الفَقْرَة
+ iksum em
- inqiṭāʻ al-faqrah, kasr al-faqrah
+ One third of the full-width size.
+
- شکستن پاراگراف
- škstn pārāɡrāf
+
+ one third em space
- To start a new line to indicate a new paragraph.
+ مَسَافَة ثُلُثْ اِمْ
-
+ masāfat thuluth im
-
+ فاصلهٔ یکسوم اِم
- paragraph format
+ fāslhٔ yksum em
- تَنْسِيقْ الفَقْرَة
+ Amount of space that is one third size of em space.
+
- tansīq al-faqrah
- شکلبندی پاراگراف
+
+ opening brackets
- šklbndi pārāɡrāf
+ فَتْحْ قَوْسَيْنْ
- A format of a paragraph, as in line head indent or line end indent.
+ fatḥ qawsayn
-
+ کروشه باز
-
+ kruše bāz
- paragraph indent
+
+
+
- هَامِشْ الفَقْرَة، المَسَافَة البَادِئَة لِلْفَقْرَة
- hāmish al-faqrah, al-masāfah al-bādi’ah lilfaqrah
+
+ optical size
- تورفتگی پاراگراف
+ حَجْمْ بَصَرِي
- turftɡi pārāɡrāf
+ ḥajm baṣarī
-
+
-
+
+
-
+
+
+
- parenthesis
- أَقْوَاسْ
+
+ optical spacing
- aqwās
+ تَبَاعُدْ بَصَرِي
- پرانتز
+ tabāʻud baṣarī
- prāntz
+
+
-
+
-
+
+
+
-
- period
+
+ orientation
- نُقْطَة
+ تَوَجُّهْ
- nuqṭah
+ tawajjuh
- نقطه
+ جهت
- nqth
+ jht
-
+
+
-
-
+
+ ornament
- pixel
+ زَخْرَفَة
- بكسل، بيكسل
+ zakhrafah
- biksl, bīksil
+ تزئینی
- پیکسل
+ tz’ini
- piksl
+
+
+
-
+ outdent
-
+ إِلْغَاءْ التَّأخِيرْ، إِلْغَاءْ الإِزَاحَة
- point
+ ilghā’ al-tta’khīr, ilghā’ al-’izāḥah
- نُقْطَة
+
+
- nuqṭah
+
+
- نقطه
+
+
+
- nqth
- A measurement unit of character size. 1 point is equal to 0.3514mm (see JIS Z 8305). There is another unit to measure character sizes called Q, where 1Q is equivalent to 0.25mm.
+
+ overhang
-
+ عبء
-
+ ʻib’
- polyglot
+
+
- مُتَعَدِّدْ اللُغَاتْ
+
+
- mutaʻaddid al-lughāt
+
+
+
-
+ overrun
- تَجَاوُزْ، اِجْتِيَاحْ
-
+ tajāwuz, ijtīāḥ
-
+
+
- printing types
+
+
- أَنْوَاعْ الطِّبَاعَة
+
+
+
- anwāʻ al-ṭṭibāʻah
-
+ page
- صَفْحَة
- Movable type used for letterpress printing.
+ ṣafḥah
-
+ صفحه
-
+ sfhh
- proportional
+ A side of a sheet of paper in a written work such as a book.
+
- مُتَنَاسِبٌ
- mutanāsibun
+
+ page break
- فَاصِلْ صَفْحَة
- fāṣil ṣafḥah
- A characteristic of a font where character advance is different per glyph.
+
+
-
+
+
-
+ To end a page even if it is not full and to start a new page with the next paragraph,
+ a new heading and so on.
+
- proportional fonts
- الخُطُوطْ المُتَنَاسِبَة
+
+ page format
- al-khuṭūṭ al-mutanāsibah
+ شَكْلْ الصَّفْحَة
- shakl al-ṣṣafḥah
- شکلبندی صفحه
- šklbndi sfhh
-
+ The layout and presentation of a page with text, graphics and other elements for a
+ publication such as a book.
+
-
- punctuation marks
+
+ page number
- عَلَامَاتْ التَّرْقِيمْ
+ رَقْمْ الصَّفْحَة
- ʻalāmāt al-ttarqīm
+ raqm al-ṣṣafḥah
- شمارهٔ صفحه
- šmārhٔ sfhh
- A general term referring to the symbols used in text composition to help make the meaning of text clearer, as in commas, full stops, question marks, brackets, diereses and so on.
+ A sequential number to indicate the order of pages in a publication.
+
-
-
+
+ pagination
- quad
+ تَرْقِيمْ الصَّفَحَاتْ
- رُبَاعِيَّة
+ tarqīm al-ṣṣafaḥāt
- rubāʻīyah
+ صفحهشماری
- sfhhšmāri
-
+
+
-
+ paragraph
-
+ فَقْرَة
- quarter em
+ faqrah
- رُبْعْ اِمْ
+ پاراگراف
- rubʻ im
+ pārāɡrāf
- رُبع اِم
+ A group of sentences to be processed for line composition. A paragraph consists of
+ one or more lines.
+
- rob’ em
- Quarter size of full-width.
+
+ paragraph break
-
+ اِنْقِطَاعْ الفَقْرَة، كَسْرْ الفَقْرَة
-
+ inqiṭāʻ al-faqrah, kasr al-faqrah
- quarter em space
+ شکستن پاراگراف
- مَسَافَة رُبْعْ اِمْ
+ škstn pārāɡrāf
- masāfat rubʻ im
+ To start a new line to indicate a new paragraph.
+
- فاصلهٔ رُبع اِم
- fāslhٔ rob’ em
+
+ paragraph format
- Amount of space that is a quarter of an em space in size.
+ تَنْسِيقْ الفَقْرَة
-
+ tansīq al-faqrah
-
+ شکلبندی پاراگراف
- quarter em width
+ šklbndi pārāɡrāf
- عُرْضْ رُبْعْ اِمْ
+ A format of a paragraph, as in line head indent or line end indent.
+
- ʻurḍ rubʻ im
- پهنای رُبع اِم
+
+ paragraph indent
- phnāy rob’ em
+ هَامِشْ الفَقْرَة، المَسَافَة البَادِئَة لِلْفَقْرَة
- Character frame which has a character advance of a quarter em.
+ hāmish al-faqrah, al-masāfah al-bādi’ah
+ lilfaqrah
-
+ تورفتگی پاراگراف
-
+ turftɡi pārāɡrāf
- question mark
+
+
+
- عَلَامَة اِسْتِفْهَامْ
- ʻalāmat istifhām
+
+ parenthesis
- علامت سوال
+ أَقْوَاسْ
- ’lāmt suāl
+ aqwās
- پرانتز
-
+ prāntz
-
+
+
+
- quotation
- اِقْتِبَاسْ
+
+ period
- iqtibās
+ نُقْطَة
- nuqṭah
- نقطه
- Excerps from other published works.
+ nqth
-
+
+
+
-
- rag
+
+ pixel
- خَرَقَة؟
+ بكسل، بيكسل
- kharaqah
+ biksl, bīksil
- پیکسل
- piksl
-
+
+
-
-
+
+ point
- reference marks
+ نُقْطَة
- العَلَامَاتْ المَرْجِعِيَّة
+ nuqṭah
- al-ʻalāmāt al-marjiʻīyah
+ نقطه
- nqth
- A measurement unit of character size. 1 point is equal to 0.3514mm (see JIS Z 8305).
+ There is another unit to measure character sizes called Q, where 1Q is equivalent to
+ 0.25mm.
+
- A symbol or short run of text attached to a specific part of text, to which notes are provided followed by the corresponding marks.
-
+
+ polyglot
-
+ مُتَعَدِّدْ اللُغَاتْ
- reference number
+ mutaʻaddid al-lughāt
- الرَّقْمْ المَرْجِعِي
+
+
- al-rraqm al-marjiʻī
+
+
-
+
+
-
+ printing types
-
+ أَنْوَاعْ الطِّبَاعَة
-
+ anwāʻ al-ṭṭibāʻah
- reverse pagination
+
+
- تَرْقِيمْ الصَّفَحَاتْ عَكْسِي
+
+
- tarqīm al-ṣṣafaḥāt ʻaksī
+ Movable type used for letterpress printing.
+
-
+ proportional
- Numbering pages of a book backwards.
+ مُتَنَاسِبٌ
-
+ mutanāsibun
-
+
+
- reversed type
+
+
- نَوْعٌ عَكْسْ
+ A characteristic of a font where character advance is different per glyph.
+
- nawʻun ʻaks
-
+ proportional fonts
- الخُطُوطْ المُتَنَاسِبَة
- al-khuṭūṭ al-mutanāsibah
-
+
+
-
+
+
- river
+
+
+
- نَهْرْ
- nahr
+
+ punctuation marks
- عَلَامَاتْ التَّرْقِيمْ
- ʻalāmāt al-ttarqīm
- Optical path of white space that sometimes occurs when word spaces in successive lines of type occur immediately below each other and continue for several lines.
+
+
-
+
+
-
+ A general term referring to the symbols used in text composition to help make the
+ meaning of text clearer, as in commas, full stops, question marks, brackets, diereses and
+ so on.
+
- river of white
-
+ quad
- رُبَاعِيَّة
- rubāʻīyah
-
+
-
+
-
+
+
+
-
- Roman numerals
+
+ quarter em
- الأَرْقَامْ الرُّومَانِيَّة
+ رُبْعْ اِمْ
- al-’arqām al-rrūmānīyah
+ rubʻ im
- اعداد رومی
+ رُبع اِم
- ā’dād rumi
+ rob’ em
- Numerals represented by upper case or lower case of Latin letters.
+ Quarter size of full-width.
+
-
-
+
+ quarter em space
- romanization
+ مَسَافَة رُبْعْ اِمْ
- الكِتَابَة بِالحُرُوفِ اللَاتِينِيَّة
+ masāfat rubʻ im
- al-kitābah bilḥurūfi al-lātīnīyah
+ فاصلهٔ رُبع اِم
- لاتیننویسی
+ fāslhٔ rob’ em
- lātinnuysi
+ Amount of space that is a quarter of an em space in size.
+
-
+ quarter em width
-
+ عُرْضْ رُبْعْ اِمْ
- rule
+ ʻurḍ rubʻ im
- قَاعِدَة
+ پهنای رُبع اِم
- qāʻidah
+ phnāy rob’ em
- Character frame which has a character advance of a quarter em.
+
-
+ question mark
-
+ عَلَامَة اِسْتِفْهَامْ
-
+ ʻalāmat istifhām
- run back
+ علامت سوال
- تشغيل مرة أخرى
+ ’lāmt suāl
-
+
+
-
+ quotation
- اِقْتِبَاسْ
-
+ iqtibās
-
+
+
- title mark
+
+
- عَلَامَةْ عُنْوَانْ
+ Excerps from other published works.
+
- ʻalāmat ʻunwān
-
+ rag
- خَرَقَة؟
- kharaqah
-
+
+
-
+
+
- run down
+
+
+
- الخُطوُطْ العَرِيضَة لِلْمُحْتَوَيَاتْ
- al-khuṭwuṭ al-ʻarīḍah lilmuḥtawayāt
+
+ reference marks
- العَلَامَاتْ المَرْجِعِيَّة
- al-ʻalāmāt al-marjiʻīyah
- In video production, an outline of the contents of a program,
+
+
-
+
+
-
+ A symbol or short run of text attached to a specific part of text, to which notes are
+ provided followed by the corresponding marks.
+
- run in
- فِي نَفْسِ الخَطْ
+
+ reference number
- fī nafsi al-khaṭ
+ الرَّقْمْ المَرْجِعِي
- al-rraqm al-marjiʻī
-
+
- In typography, any copy—specifically a head—designed to be set in the same line as the text.
+
+
-
+
+
+
-
- run-in heading
+
+ reverse pagination
- عُنْوَانْ بِدُونِ اِنْقِطَاعْ
+ تَرْقِيمْ الصَّفَحَاتْ عَكْسِي
- ʻunwān bidūni inqiṭāʻ
+ tarqīm al-ṣṣafaḥāt ʻaksī
-
+
-
+
- A kind of heading style to continue main text just after the heading without line break.
+ Numbering pages of a book backwards.
+
-
-
+
+ reversed type
- runaround
+ نَوْعٌ عَكْسْ
- فَرَاغْ نَائِبْ عَنْ صُورَة إِيضَاحِيَّة
+ nawʻun ʻaks
- farāgh nā’ib ʻan ṣūrah īḍāḥīyah
+
+
-
+
-
+
+
- In typography, copy typeset so that it will create a "hole" on the page to fit an illustration
-
+
+ river
-
+ نَهْرْ
- running feet
+ nahr
- عُنْوَانْ فِي الجُزْءِ السَّفْلِي مِنْ صَفَحَاتْ مُتَتَالِيَّة
+
+
- ʻunwān fī al-juz’i al-ssaflī min ṣafaḥāt mutatālīyah
+
+
- Optical path of white space that sometimes occurs when word spaces in successive
+ lines of type occur immediately below each other and continue for several lines.
+
- A "heading"—such as a book title, chapter title, or author—that is located at the bottom of consecutive page
+
+ river of white
+
+
+
-
+
+
- running heads
+
+
+
- عُنْوَانْ فِي الجُزْءِ العُلْوِي مِنْ صَفَحَاتْ مُتَتَالِيَّة
- ʻunwān fī al-juz’i al-ʻulwī min ṣafaḥāt mutatālīyah
+
+ Roman numerals
- الأَرْقَامْ الرُّومَانِيَّة
- al-’arqām al-rrūmānīyah
- A heading—such as a book title, chapter title, or author—that is located at the top of consecutive pages,
+ اعداد رومی
-
+ ā’dād rumi
-
+ Numerals represented by upper case or lower case of Latin letters.
+
- runover
- تَشْغِيلْ أَكْثَرْ
+
+ romanization
- tashghīlakthar
+ الكِتَابَة بِالحُرُوفِ اللَاتِينِيَّة
- al-kitābah bilḥurūfi al-lātīnīyah
- لاتیننویسی
- lātinnuysi
-
+
+
+
-
- scale
+
+ rule
- مِقْيَاسْ، نِطَاقْ
+ قَاعِدَة
- miqyās, niṭāq
+ qāʻidah
-
+
-
+
-
+
+
-
-
+
+ run back
- script
+ تشغيل مرة أخرى
+ النَّصْ، الكِتَابَة
+
+
- al-nnaṣ, al-kitābah
+
+
-
+
+
-
+ title mark
-
+ عَلَامَةْ عُنْوَانْ
-
+ ʻalāmat ʻunwān
- second indenetation
+
+
- المَسَافَة البَادِئَة الثَّانِيَّة
+
+
- al-masāfah al-bādi’ah al-ththānīyah
+
+
+
-
+ run down
- الخُطوُطْ العَرِيضَة لِلْمُحْتَوَيَاتْ
-
+ al-khuṭwuṭ al-ʻarīḍah lilmuḥtawayāt
-
+
+
- second level heading
+
+
- عُنْوَانْ المُسْتَوَى الثَّانِي
+ In video production, an outline of the contents of a program,
+
- ʻunwān al-mustawá al-ththānī
-
+ run in
- فِي نَفْسِ الخَطْ
- Second level and middle size heading between first level heading and third level heading.
+ fī nafsi al-khaṭ
-
+
+
-
+
+
- semicolon
+ In typography, any copy—specifically a head—designed to be set in the same line as
+ the text.
+
- فَاصِلَة مَنْقُوطَة
- fāṣilah manqūṭah
+
+ run-in heading
- نقطهویرگول
+ عُنْوَانْ بِدُونِ اِنْقِطَاعْ
- nqthuyrɡul
+ ʻunwān bidūni inqiṭāʻ
-
+
-
+
+
-
+ A kind of heading style to continue main text just after the heading without line
+ break.
+
- sentence
- جُمْلَة
+
+ runaround
- jumlah
+ فَرَاغْ نَائِبْ عَنْ صُورَة إِيضَاحِيَّة
- جمله
+ farāgh nā’ib ʻan ṣūrah īḍāḥīyah
- jmlh
+
+
-
+
-
+ In typography, copy typeset so that it will create a "hole" on the page to fit an
+ illustration
+
-
- shadda
+
+ running feet
- شَدَّة
+ عُنْوَانْ فِي الجُزْءِ السَّفْلِي مِنْ صَفَحَاتْ
+ مُتَتَالِيَّة
- shaddah
+ ʻunwān fī al-juz’i al-ssaflī min ṣafaḥāt
+ mutatālīyah
-
+
-
+
- A tashkil mark indicating gemination of the base consonant.
+ A "heading"—such as a book title, chapter title, or author—that is located at the
+ bottom of consecutive page
+
-
-
+
+ running heads
- sideheads
+ عُنْوَانْ فِي الجُزْءِ العُلْوِي مِنْ صَفَحَاتْ
+ مُتَتَالِيَّة
- رُؤُوسْ الجَانِبْ
+ ʻunwān fī al-juz’i al-ʻulwī min ṣafaḥāt
+ mutatālīyah
- ru’ūs al-jānib
+
+
-
+
- A heading—such as a book title, chapter title, or author—that is located at the top
+ of consecutive pages,
+
-
+ runover
-
+ تَشْغِيلْ أَكْثَرْ
- single line alignment method
+ tashghīlakthar
- طَرِيقَة المُحَاذَاة لِسَطْرٍ وَاحِدْ
+
+
- ṭarīqat al-muḥādhāt lisaṭrin wāḥid
+
+
-
+
+
- To align a run of text that is shorter than a given line length to designated positions.
+
+ scale
-
+ مِقْيَاسْ، نِطَاقْ
-
+ miqyās, niṭāq
- single running head method
+
+
- طَرِيقَة الرَأْسْ بِتَشْغِيلْ وَاحِدْ
+
+
- ṭarīqat al-ra’s bitashghīl wāḥid
+
+
+
-
+ script
- A method that puts running heads only on odd pages.
+ النَّصْ، الكِتَابَة
-
+ al-nnaṣ, al-kitābah
-
+
+
- sinkage
+
+
- فَرَاغْ عَمُودِي إضَافِي
+
+
+
- farāgh ʻamūdī iḍāfī
-
+ second indenetation
- المَسَافَة البَادِئَة الثَّانِيَّة
- al-masāfah al-bādi’ah al-ththānīyah
-
+
+
-
+
+
- soft hyphen
+
+
+
- وَاصِلَة لَيِّنَة
- wāṣilah layyinah
+
+ second level heading
- عُنْوَانْ المُسْتَوَى الثَّانِي
- ʻunwān al-mustawá al-ththānī
-
+
-
+
+
-
+ Second level and middle size heading between first level heading and third level
+ heading.
+
- solidus
- العَلَامَة المَائِلَة
+
+ semicolon
- al-ʻalāmah al-mā’ilah
+ فَاصِلَة مَنْقُوطَة
- fāṣilah manqūṭah
- نقطهویرگول
- nqthuyrɡul
-
+
+
+
-
- sorting
+
+ sentence
- التَّرْتِيبْ
+ جُمْلَة
- al-ttartīb
+ jumlah
- ترتیب
+ جمله
- trtib
+ jmlh
-
+
+
-
-
+
+ shadda
- space
+ شَدَّة
- فَرَاغْ
+ shaddah
- farāgh
+
+
- فاصله
+
+
- fāslh
+ A tashkil mark indicating gemination of the base consonant.
+
- Amount of space between adjacent characters or lines. It also refers to the blank area between the edges of a hanmen or an illustration and text or other hanmen elements.
-
+
+ sideheads
-
+ رُؤُوسْ الجَانِبْ
- spacing
+ ru’ūs al-jānib
- التَّبَاعُدْ
+
+
- al-ttabāʻud
+
+
- فاصلهگذاری
+
+
+
- fāslhɡzāri
-
+ single line alignment method
-
+ طَرِيقَة المُحَاذَاة لِسَطْرٍ وَاحِدْ
-
+ ṭarīqat al-muḥādhāt lisaṭrin wāḥid
- spine
+
+
- العَمُودْ
+
+
- al-ʻamūd
+ To align a run of text that is shorter than a given line length to designated
+ positions.
+
-
+ single running head method
- طَرِيقَة الرَأْسْ بِتَشْغِيلْ وَاحِدْ
-
+ ṭarīqat al-ra’s bitashghīl wāḥid
-
+
+
- spread
+
+
- اِنْتِشَارْ
+ A method that puts running heads only on odd pages.
+
-
+ sinkage
- فَرَاغْ عَمُودِي إضَافِي
- Any two facing pages when opening a book and the like.
+ farāgh ʻamūdī iḍāfī
-
+
+
-
+
+
- stem
+
+
+
- جذع
-
+ soft hyphen
- وَاصِلَة لَيِّنَة
- wāṣilah layyinah
-
+
-
+
+
-
+
+
+
- style
- أسلوب، النمط
+
+ solidus
- intishār
+ العَلَامَة المَائِلَة
- شیوه
+ al-ʻalāmah al-mā’ilah
- šivh
+
+
-
+
-
+
+
+
-
- style guide
+
+ sorting
- دَلِيلْ النَّمَطْ
+ التَّرْتِيبْ
- dalīl al-nnamaṭ
+ al-ttartīb
- شیوهنامه
+ ترتیب
- šivhnāmh
+ trtib
-
+
+
-
-
+
+ space
- subheads
+ فَرَاغْ
- العَنَاوِينْ الفَرْعِيَّة
+ farāgh
- al-ʻanāwīn al-farʻīyah
+ فاصله
- fāslh
- Amount of space between adjacent characters or lines. It also refers to the blank
+ area between the edges of a hanmen or an illustration and text or other hanmen
+ elements.
+
-
+ spacing
-
+ التَّبَاعُدْ
- subscript (inferior)
+ al-ttabāʻud
- نَصْ مُنْخَفِضْ (أَسْفَلْ)
+ فاصلهگذاری
- naṣṣ munkhafiḍ (’asfal)
+ fāslhɡzāri
-
+
+
- Smaller face of characters, attached to the lower right or the lower left of a normal size character.
+
+ spine
-
+ العَمُودْ
-
+ al-ʻamūd
- subtitle
+
+
- عُنْوَانْ فَرْعِي
+
+
- ʻunwān farʻī
+
+
+
- زیرنویس
- zirnuys
+
+ spread
- Secondary title for headings, subtile.
+ اِنْتِشَارْ
+
+
+
-
+
+
- sukun
+ Any two facing pages when opening a book and the like.
+
- سُكُونْ
- sukūn
+
+ stem
- جذع
+
+
- A tashkil mark indicating the lack of a vowel after the consonant to which it is attached.
+
+
-
+
+
+
-
- superior numeral
+
+ style
- الرَّقْمْ العُلْوِي
+ أسلوب، النمط
- al-rraqm al-ʻulwī
+ intishār
- شیوه
- šivh
-
+
+
-
-
+
+ style guide
- superscript (superior)
+ دَلِيلْ النَّمَطْ
- نَصْ مُرْتَفِعْ (أَعْلَى)
+ dalīl al-nnamaṭ
- naṣṣ murtafiʻ (’aʻlá)
+ شیوهنامه
- šivhnāmh
-
+
+
- Smaller face of characters, attached to the upper right or the upper left of a normal size character.
-
+
+ subheads
-
+ العَنَاوِينْ الفَرْعِيَّة
- symbol
+ al-ʻanāwīn al-farʻīyah
- رَمْزْ
+
+
- ramz
+
+
-
+
+
-
+ subscript (inferior)
-
+ نَصْ مُنْخَفِضْ (أَسْفَلْ)
-
+ naṣṣ munkhafiḍ (’asfal)
- tab
+
+
- عَلَامَة التَّبْوِيبْ
+
+
- ʻalāmat al-ttabwīb
+ Smaller face of characters, attached to the lower right or the lower left of a normal
+ size character.
+
-
+ subtitle
- عُنْوَانْ فَرْعِي
-
+ ʻunwān farʻī
-
+ زیرنویس
- tab setting
+ zirnuys
- وَضْعْ عَلَامَة التَّبْوِيبْ
+ Secondary title for headings, subtile.
+
- waḍʻ ʻalāmat al-ttabwīb
-
+ sukun
- سُكُونْ
- A method of line composition to align one or more runs of text to designated positions on a line.
+ sukūn
-
+
+
-
+
+
- table
+ A tashkil mark indicating the lack of a vowel after the consonant to which it is
+ attached.
+
- جَدْوَلْ
- jadwal
+
+ superior numeral
- جدول
+ الرَّقْمْ العُلْوِي
- jdul
+ al-rraqm al-ʻulwī
- Formatted data consisting of characters or numbers, arranged in cells and sometimes divided by lines, in order to present the data in a way that is easier to understand.
+
+
-
+
+
-
+
+
+
- table of contents
- جَدْوَلْ المُحْتَوَيَاتْ، الفِهْرِسْ
+
+ superscript (superior)
- jadwal al-muḥtawayāt, al-fihris
+ نَصْ مُرْتَفِعْ (أَعْلَى)
- فهرست مطالب
+ naṣṣ murtafiʻ (’aʻlá)
- fhrst mtālb
+
+
- A list of headings of contents of a book in page order or arranged by subjects, with page numbers on which each section begins.
+
+
-
+ Smaller face of characters, attached to the upper right or the upper left of a normal
+ size character.
+
-
- tail margin
+
+ symbol
- الهاَمِشْ الأَسْفَلْ
+ رَمْزْ
- al-hamish al-’asfal
+ ramz
-
+
-
+
-
+
+
-
-
+
+ tab
- tanwin
+ عَلَامَة التَّبْوِيبْ
- تَنْوِينْ
+ ʻalāmat al-ttabwīb
- tanwīn
+
+
-
+
-
+
+
- (Derived from Noon). Tashkil marks indicating postnasalized or long vowels at the end of a word, and indicated by doubling the sign of one of the harakat diacritics.
-
+
+ tab setting
-
+ وَضْعْ عَلَامَة التَّبْوِيبْ
- tashkil
+ waḍʻ ʻalāmat al-ttabwīb
- تَشْكِيلْ
+
+
- tashkīl
+
+
- A method of line composition to align one or more runs of text to designated
+ positions on a line.
+
- Marks that are added to letters to indicate vocalisation of text or to correct pronunciation. In Unicode these are all combining characters applied to a base character.
+
+ table
-
+ جَدْوَلْ
-
+ jadwal
- text
+ جدول
- نَصْ
+ jdul
- naṣṣ
+ Formatted data consisting of characters or numbers, arranged in cells and sometimes
+ divided by lines, in order to present the data in a way that is easier to
+ understand.
+
- متن
-
+ table of contents
- جَدْوَلْ المُحْتَوَيَاتْ، الفِهْرِسْ
-
+ jadwal al-muḥtawayāt, al-fihris
-
+ فهرست مطالب
- text direction
+ fhrst mtālb
- اِتِّجَاهْ النَّصْ
+ A list of headings of contents of a book in page order or arranged by subjects, with
+ page numbers on which each section begins.
+
- ittijāh al-nnaṣ
- جهت متن
+
+ tail margin
- jht mtn
+ الهاَمِشْ الأَسْفَلْ
- Horizontal setting or vertical setting.
+ al-hamish al-’asfal
-
+
+
-
+
+
- thin space
+
+
+
- فَرَاغْ رَقِيقْ
- farāgh raqīq
+
+ tanwin
- تَنْوِينْ
- tanwīn
-
+
-
+
+
-
+ (Derived from Noon). Tashkil marks indicating postnasalized or long vowels at the end
+ of a word, and indicated by doubling the sign of one of the harakat diacritics.
+
- third level heading
- عُنْوَانْ المُسْتَوَى الثَّالِثْ
+
+ tashkil
- ʻunwān al-mustawá al-ththālith
+ تَشْكِيلْ
- tashkīl
-
+
- Headings for smallest or minimum unit of main text in books.
+
+
-
+ Marks that are added to letters to indicate vocalisation of text or to correct
+ pronunciation. In Unicode these are all combining characters applied to a base
+ character.
+
-
- top level heading
+
+ text
- عُنْوَانْ المُسْتَوَى الأَعْلَى
+ نَصْ
- ʻunwān al-mustawá al-’aʻlá
+ naṣṣ
- متن
-
+
- Headings for largest or muximum unit of main text in books.
+
+
+
-
-
+
+ text direction
- tracking
+ اِتِّجَاهْ النَّصْ
- ضَبْطْ تَبَاعُدْ الحُرُوفْ
+ ittijāh al-nnaṣ
- ḍabṭ tabāʻud al-ḥurūf
+ جهت متن
- jht mtn
- Horizontal setting or vertical setting.
+
-
+ thin space
-
+ فَرَاغْ رَقِيقْ
- transliteration
+ farāgh raqīq
- التَّرْجَمَة الصَّوْتِيَّة
+
+
- al-ttarjamah al-ṣṣawtīyah
+
+
- حرفنویسی
+
+
+
- hrfnuysi
-
+ third level heading
-
+ عُنْوَانْ المُسْتَوَى الثَّالِثْ
-
+ ʻunwān al-mustawá al-ththālith
- trim size
+
+
- حَجْمْ التَّقْلِيمْ، حَجْمْ القَصْ
+
+
- ḥajm al-ttaqlīm, ḥajm al-qaṣṣi
+ Headings for smallest or minimum unit of main text in books.
+
-
+ top level heading
- Dimensions of a full page in a publication, including margins.
+ عُنْوَانْ المُسْتَوَى الأَعْلَى
-
+ ʻunwān al-mustawá al-’aʻlá
-
+
+
- type page
+
+
- جُزْءُ الصَّفْحَة الخَاصْ بِالكِتَابَة
+ Headings for largest or muximum unit of main text in books.
+
- juz’u al-ṣṣafḥah al-khāṣ bilkitābah
-
+ tracking
- ضَبْطْ تَبَاعُدْ الحُرُوفْ
- The portion of a page within the prescribed margins where type, graphics, and other page elements can be added
+ ḍabṭ tabāʻud al-ḥurūf
-
+
+
-
+
+
- type size
+
+
+
- حَجْمْ الحَرْفْ بِالنُّقْطَة
- ḥajm al-ḥarf bilnnuqṭahu
+
+ transliteration
- التَّرْجَمَة الصَّوْتِيَّة
- al-ttarjamah al-ṣṣawtīyah
- حرفنویسی
-
+ hrfnuysi
-
+
+
+
- type styles
- أنماط الكتابة
+
+ trim size
- حَجْمْ التَّقْلِيمْ، حَجْمْ القَصْ
- ḥajm al-ttaqlīm, ḥajm al-qaṣṣi
-
+
- The measure of the height of the characters of a font, measured in points.
+
+
-
+ Dimensions of a full page in a publication, including margins.
+
-
- type-picking
+
+ type page
- نوع قطف
+ جُزْءُ الصَّفْحَة الخَاصْ بِالكِتَابَة
- juz’u al-ṣṣafḥah al-khāṣ bilkitābah
- انتخاب فونت
+
+
- āntxāb funt
+
+
- To select metal type for characters needed to print a manuscript. (Metal type is stored in a type case, but because the number of Japanese characters is very large, an extra operation was invented that involves collecting type in a so-called 'bunsen box' before typesetting a manuscript using a composing stick.)
+ The portion of a page within the prescribed margins where type, graphics, and other
+ page elements can be added
+
-
-
+
+ type size
- typeface
+ حَجْمْ الحَرْفْ بِالنُّقْطَة
- مِحْرَفْ
+ ḥajm al-ḥarf bilnnuqṭahu
- miḥraf
+
+
- فونت، قلم
+
+
- funt, qlm
+
+
+
- A set of letters or symbols, which are designed to have coherent patterns to be used for printing or rendering to a computer screen.
-
+
+ type styles
-
+ أنماط الكتابة
+ typesetting
+
+
- تَنْضِيدْ، تَنْضِيدْ الحُرُوفْ الْمَطْبَعِيَّة
+
+
- tanḍīd, tanḍīd al-ḥurūf al-maṭbaʻīyah
+ The measure of the height of the characters of a font, measured in points.
+
- حروفچینی
- hrufčini
+
+ type-picking
- نوع قطف
+
+ انتخاب فونت
-
+ āntxāb funt
- typography
+ To select metal type for characters needed to print a manuscript. (Metal type is
+ stored in a type case, but because the number of Japanese characters is very large, an
+ extra operation was invented that involves collecting type in a so-called 'bunsen box'
+ before typesetting a manuscript using a composing stick.)
+
- طِبَاعَة الحُرُوفْ، أُسْلُوبْ الطِّبَاعَة
- ṭibāʻat al-ḥurūf,uslūb al-ṭṭibāʻah
+
+ typeface
- تایپوگرافی
+ مِحْرَفْ
- tāypuɡrāfi
+ miḥraf
- فونت، قلم
-
+ funt, qlm
-
+ A set of letters or symbols, which are designed to have coherent patterns to be used
+ for printing or rendering to a computer screen.
+
- unbreakable characters rule
- قَاعِدَة أَحْرُفْ غَيْرْ قَابِلَة لِلْكسْرْ
+
+ typesetting
- qāʻidat aḥruf ghayr qābilah lilksr
+ تَنْضِيدْ، تَنْضِيدْ الحُرُوفْ الْمَطْبَعِيَّة
- tanḍīd, tanḍīd al-ḥurūf al-maṭbaʻīyah
- حروفچینی
- A line breaking rule that prohibits breaking a line between consecutive dashes or leaders, or between other specific combinations of characters.
+ hrufčini
-
+
+
+
-
- underline
+
+ typography
- تَسْطِيرْ مِنْ تَحْتْ
+ طِبَاعَة الحُرُوفْ، أُسْلُوبْ الطِّبَاعَة
- tasṭīr min taḥt
+ ṭibāʻat al-ḥurūf,uslūb al-ṭṭibāʻah
- تایپوگرافی
- tāypuɡrāfi
- A line drawn under a character or a run of text in horizontal writing mode.
+
+
+
-
-
+
+ unbreakable characters rule
- unicameral
+ قَاعِدَة أَحْرُفْ غَيْرْ قَابِلَة لِلْكسْرْ
- أُحَادِى المَجْلِسْ
+ qāʻidat aḥruf ghayr qābilah lilksr
- uḥādī al-majlis
+
+
-
+
- A line breaking rule that prohibits breaking a line between consecutive dashes or
+ leaders, or between other specific combinations of characters.
+
-
+ underline
-
+ تَسْطِيرْ مِنْ تَحْتْ
- Unicode
+ tasṭīr min taḥt
- يُونِيكُودْ
+
+
- yūnīkūd
+
+
- یونیکُد
+ A line drawn under a character or a run of text in horizontal writing mode.
+
- ivnikod
-
+ unicameral
-
+ أُحَادِى المَجْلِسْ
-
+ uḥādī al-majlis
- vertical writing mode
+
+
- وَضْعْ الكِتَابَة العَمُودِي
+
+
- waḍʻ al-kitābah al-ʻamūdī
+
+
+
- حالت نوشتار عمودی
- hālt nuštār amudi
+
+ Unicode
- The process or the result of arranging characters on a line from top to bottom, of lines on a page from right to left, and/or of columns on a page from top to bottom.
+ يُونِيكُودْ
-
+ yūnīkūd
-
+ یونیکُد
- volume
+ ivnikod
- حَجْمْ
+
+
+
- ḥajm
- جلد
+
+ vertical writing mode
- jld
+ وَضْعْ الكِتَابَة العَمُودِي
- waḍʻ al-kitābah al-ʻamūdī
-
+ حالت نوشتار عمودی
-
+ hālt nuštār amudi
- weight
+ The process or the result of arranging characters on a line from top to bottom, of
+ lines on a page from right to left, and/or of columns on a page from top to bottom.
+
- ثِقَلْ
- thiqal
+
+ volume
- حَجْمْ
- ḥajm
- A measurement of the thickness of fonts.
+ جلد
-
+ jld
-
+
+
+
- Western alphabet
- الأَبَجَدِيَّة الغَرْبِيَّة
+
+ weight
- al-’abajadīyah al-gharbīyah
+ ثِقَلْ
- thiqal
-
+
-
+
-
+ A measurement of the thickness of fonts.
+
-
- Western languages
+
+ Western alphabet
- اللُغَاتْ الغَرْبِيَّة
+ الأَبَجَدِيَّة الغَرْبِيَّة
- al-lughāt al-gharbīyah
+ al-’abajadīyah al-gharbīyah
-
+
-
+
-
+
+
-
-
+
+ Western languages
- widow
+ اللُغَاتْ الغَرْبِيَّة
- أَرْمَلَة
+ al-lughāt al-gharbīyah
- armalah
+
+
-
+
-
+
+
- The term in Western text layout to describe that the last line of a paragraph with only a few words appears at the top of a new page or a column.
-
+
+ widow
-
+ أَرْمَلَة
- widow adjustment
+ armalah
- تَعْدِيلْ أَرْمَلَة
+
+
- taʻdīl armalah
+
+
- The term in Western text layout to describe that the last line of a paragraph with
+ only a few words appears at the top of a new page or a column.
+
- A method of line composition to adjust lines in a paragraph so that the last line consists of more than a given number of characters.
+
+ widow adjustment
-
+ تَعْدِيلْ أَرْمَلَة
-
+ taʻdīl armalah
- word division
+
+
- قِسْمْ كَلِمَة
+
+
- qism kalimah
+ A method of line composition to adjust lines in a paragraph so that the last line
+ consists of more than a given number of characters.
+
-
+ word division
- قِسْمْ كَلِمَة
-
+ qism kalimah
-
+
+
- word space
+
+
- فَرَاغْ بَيْنَ الكَلِمَاتْ
+
+
+
- farāgh bayna al-kalimāt
-
+ word space
- فَرَاغْ بَيْنَ الكَلِمَاتْ
- farāgh bayna al-kalimāt
-
+
+
-
+
+
- x-height
+
+
+
- اِرْتِفَاعْ الحَرْفْ إِكْسْ
- irtifāʻ al-ḥarf iks
+
+ x-height
- اِرْتِفَاعْ الحَرْفْ إِكْسْ
- irtifāʻ al-ḥarf iks
-
+
-
+
+
-
+
+
+
+
- When a list on an Arabic page contains an item that is completely composed of LTR text, should the list item be right- or left-aligned on the page? @@ -2322,7 +2546,6 @@
- What is there to say?
- Does this apply? If so, is there an equivalent to first-letter styling or is it word-based? @@ -2358,7 +2580,6 @@
- List the main counter sequences, and how they work. Cf. the ready-made
@@ -2378,48 +2599,112 @@
Special cases
--- poetry, math, vertical text, etc?
- +Vertical text
-In situations where short runs of text run vertically, for example on book spines or in table headers, Arabic text is rotated to run along the line. It may be rotated so that the tops of the letters face to the left (read the text from top to bottom) or to the right (read the text from bottom to top).
-Vertical Arabic, top-down and bottom-up flow -The flow of text, top-down vs. bottom-up, may depend on regions or authors. The left case in is a typically francophone style for book spines, whereas the right case is an anglophone style.
-- -Arabic embedded in vertically orientated text
-When Arabic is embedded in body text that is set vertically, such as CJK or Mongolian text, it is also normally rotated so as to run along the line. Typically, the Arabic text will be read from bottom to top of the line.
-When the Arabic text spans more than one line, the text is wrapped in the same way as it would be in horizontal text, ie. the first part of the Arabic text is kept on the first line, and subsequent parts of the Arabic text appear on subsequent lines. Therefore, in the case of Mongolian, where lines are read left-to-right, the Arabic text lines are also read left-to-right, whereas in Chinese or Japanese, where vertical lines are normally read right-to-left, the Arabic text lines are also read right-to-left.
-Arabic text embedded in vertical Chinese. -- -Upright vertical Arabic text
-There are attested cases of Arabic text arranged vertically with the letters upright, for example in signboards for cinemas or theatres. It is not clear, at this point whether this a standard approach for Arabic text, or just an unusual layout that mimics Western typographic approaches.
-Arabic upright on a front movie (see arrow). -The following should be noted in .
--
-
- Letters flow from top to bottom (as with Latin script). -
- Isolated form of letters seems more appropriate here than the joined - form. -
- Diacritic marks, if any, must be applied to letters and not appear on separate lines. -
We need to establish whether this is a standard approach or just an oddity. The items in the list above are important to note, however, we need to check whether isolated forms are always used, and the direction is always top to bottom when upright letters are used.
-+ - + +Vertical text +
-In situations where short runs of text run vertically, for example on book spines or in + table headers, Arabic text is rotated to run along the line. It may be rotated so that the + tops of the letters face to the left (read the text from top to bottom) or to the right + (read the text from bottom to top).
+ + ++ + + + + Vertical Arabic, top-down and bottom-up flow + +The flow of text, top-down vs. bottom-up, may depend on regions or authors. The left + case in is a typically francophone style for book spines, + whereas the right case is an anglophone style.
+ + ++ + + +Arabic embedded in vertically orientated text +
+ + +When Arabic is embedded in body text that is set vertically, such as CJK or Mongolian + text, it is also normally rotated so as to run along the line. Typically, the Arabic text + will be read from bottom to top of the line.
+ + +When the Arabic text spans more than one line, the text is wrapped in the same way as + it would be in horizontal text, ie. the first part of the Arabic text is kept on the + first line, and subsequent parts of the Arabic text appear on subsequent lines. + Therefore, in the case of Mongolian, where lines are read left-to-right, the Arabic text + lines are also read left-to-right, whereas in Chinese or Japanese, where vertical lines + are normally read right-to-left, the Arabic text lines are also read right-to-left.
+ + ++ ++ Arabic text embedded in vertical Chinese. + ++ + + +Upright vertical Arabic text +
+ + +There are attested cases of Arabic text arranged vertically with the letters upright, + for example in signboards for cinemas or theatres. It is not clear, at this point whether + this a standard approach for Arabic text, or just an unusual layout that mimics Western + typographic approaches.
+ + ++ + + +
+
+ + Arabic upright on a front movie (see arrow). + +The following should be noted in .
+ + +-
+
- Letters flow from top to bottom (as with Latin script). + + +
- Isolated form of letters seems more appropriate here than the joined form. + + +
- Diacritic marks, if any, must be applied to letters and not appear on separate + lines. +
We need to establish whether this is a standard approach or just an + oddity. The items in the list above are important to note, however, we need to check + whether isolated forms are always used, and the direction is always top to bottom when + upright letters are used.
+@@ -4331,5017 +4616,5219 @@ Glossary
- - -- - - -abbreviation - -اِخْتِزَالْ - -ikhtizāl - -- - - - - - - - - -alignment - -مُحَاذَاةْ، تَرصِيف - -muḥādhāt, tarṣīf - -همترازی - -hmtrāzi - -- - - - - -alphanumeric - -أَبجَدِي عَدَدِي - -abjadī ʻadadī - -الفبایی عددی - -ālfbāiy addi - -- - - - - -appendix - -مُلحَق - -mulḥaq - -ضمیمه - -zmimh - -- - - - - -arabic numerals - -أَرْقَامْ عَرَبِيَّة، أَرْقَامْ أُورُوبِيَّة - -arqām ʻarabīyah, arqām ūrūbīyah - -ارقام عربی - -ārqām arbi - -Refer to "European numerals". Use "European numerals" or "ASCII numerals" to avoid confusion. - -- - - -ascender - -جُزْءُ الحَرْفِ العُلْوِي، الصَّاعِدْ - -juz’u al-ḥarfi al-ʻulwī, al-ṣṣāʻid - -خط صعود، کرسی بالا - -xt s’ud, krsi bālā - -- - - - - -asterisk - -نَجْمَة - -najmah - -ستاره - -stārh - -- - - - - -auto spacing - -تَبَاعُدْ ذَاتِي، فَرَاغْ آلِي - -tabāʻud dhātī, farāgh ālī - -فاصلهگذاری خودکار - -fāslhɡzāri xudkār - -- - - - - -back margin - -الهَامِشْ الخَلْفِي - -al-hāmish al-khalfī - -حاشیهٔ داخلی - -hāšihٔ dāxli - -- - - - - -back matter - -بَيَانَاتْ نِهَايَةْ الكِتَابْ - -bayānāt nihāyat al-kitāb - -واحدهای پس از متن - -uāhdhāy ps aoez mtn - -Appendices, supplements, glossary of terms, index and/or bibliography, and so on, appended at the end of a book. - -- - - -bad break - -قَطْعْ سَيِّئْ - -qaṭʻ sayyi’ - -شکستن بد، سطرشکنی بد - -škstn bd, strškni bd - -- - - - - -baseline - -خَطْ قَاعِدِي، خَطْ الاِرْتِكَازْ، سَطْرُ الأَسَاسْ - -khaṭ qāʻidī, khaṭ al-irtikāz, satru al-’asās - -خط کرسی - -xt krsi - -A virtual line on which almost all glyphs in Western fonts are designed to be aligned. - -- - - -bibliography - -المَرَاجِعْ - -al-marājiʻ - -کتابنامه - -ktābnāmh - -A list of works and papers related to the subjects in the text. - -- - - -blank page - -صَفْحَة فَارِغَة - -ṣafḥah fārighah - -صفحهٔ خالی - -sfhhٔ xāli - -An empty page. - -- - - -bleed - -خَارِجْ إِطَارْ الصَّفْحَة - -khārij iṭār al-ṣafḥah - -تصویرْ تا بُرِش - -tsuyrْ tā boreš - -To print a picture or a tint to run off the edge of a trimmed page. - -- - - -block direction - -اِتِّجَاهْ المَقْطَعْ، اِتِّجَاهْ الكُتْلَة - -ittijāh al-maqṭaʻ, ittijāh al-kutlah - -جهت نوشتار - -jht nuštār - -The progression direction of lines, one after the other. - -- - - -block quotation - -كُتْلَة اِقْتِبَاسْ، مُرَبَّعْ اِقْتِبَاسْ - -kutlat iqtibās, murabbaʻ iqtibās - -نقلقول پاراگرافی - -nqlqul pārāɡrāfi - -- - - - - -body type - -الخَطْ الرَّئِيسِي - -al-khaṭ al-rra’īsī - -حروف بدنه - -hruf bdnh - -- - - - - -bold - -غَلِيظْ - -ghalīẓ - -حرف سیاه - -hrf siāh - -A kind of font style. Similar to bold in Western typograpy. - -- - - -boldface - -خَطْ غَلِيظْ - -khaṭ ghalīẓ - -حرف سیاه - -hrf siāh - -- - - - - -bound on the left-hand side - -مُلْزِمَة عَلَى الجَانِبْ الأَيْسَرْ - -mulzimah ʻalá al-jānib al-’aysar - -صحافی چپبهراست - -shāfi čpbhrāst - -Binding of a book to be opened from the left. - -- - - -bound on the right-hand side - -مُلْزِمَة عَلَى الجَانِبْ الأَيْمَنْ - -mulzimah ʻalá al-jānib al-’ayman - -صحافی راستبهچپ - -shāfi rāstbhčp - -Binding of a book to be opened from the right. - -- +bounding box ++ - -abbreviation -المُرَبَّعْ المُحِيطْ +اِخْتِزَالْ -al-murabbaʻ al-muḥīṭ +ikhtizāl -کادر محیطی ++ -kādr mhiti ++ -- - - - - -box - -مُرَبَّعْ - -murabbaʻ - -کادر، جعبه - -kādr, j’bh - -- - - - - -braces - -قَوْسَيْنْ - -qawsayn - -آکولاد - -ākulād - -{ and } - -- - - -brackets - -قوسين قَوْسَيْنْ مُرَبَّعَيْنْ - -qawsayn murabbaʻayn - -کروشه - -krušh - -[ and ] - -- - - -break (a line) - -فَصْلْ السَّطْرْ، قَطْعْ (سَطْرْ) - -faṣl al-saṭr, qaṭʻ (saṭr) - -شکستن (خط)، سطرشکنی - -škstn (xt), strškni - -To place the first of two adjacent characters at the end of a line and the second at the head of a new line. - -- - - -broadside - -وَرَقَة عَلَى صَفْحَة عَرِيضَة - -waraqah ʻalá ṣafḥah ʻarīḍah - -یکرو - -ikru - -In book typography, a sheet of paper printed as one page. - -- - - -bullet - -رَمْزْ نَقْطِي - -ramz naqṭī - -- - - - centered dot - -- - - -calligraphy - -فَنُّ الخَطِّ، الخَطُّ (فَنْ الخَطْ، الخَطْ) - -fannu al-khaṭṭi, al-khaṭṭu (fan al-khaṭ, al-khaṭ) - -خوشنویسی - -xušnuysi - -- - - - - -caption - -تَسْمِيَة، عُنْوَانْ - -tasmīah, ʻunwān - -عنوان، شرح - -’nuān, šrh - -A title or a short description accompanying a picture, an illustration, or a table. - -- - - -cell - -خَلِيَة - -khalīah - -سلول - -slul - -Each element area of tables, cell. - -- - - -cell contents - -مُحْتَوَى الخَلِيَة - -muḥtawá al-khalīah - -محتوای سلول - -mhtuāy slul - -The content of each cell in tables. - -- - - -cell padding - -حَشْوْ الخَلِيَة - -ḥashw al-khalīah - -- - - - Spaces between line and cell in tables. - -- - - -centered alignment - -تَوْسِيطْ - -tawsīṭ - -ترازبندی وسطچین - -trāzbndi vstčin - -- - - - - -centered dot - -نُقْطَة مُوَسَّطَة - -nuqṭah mūassaṭah - -- - - - - - - - - -centering - -تَوْسِيطْ - -tawsīṭ - -وسطچین کردن - -ustčin krdn - -To align the center of a run of text that is shorter than a given line length to the center of a line. - -- - - -chapter - -فَصْلْ، بَابْ - -faṣl, bāb - -فصل - -fsl - -- - - - - -character - -حَرْفْ - -ḥarf - -حرف - -hrf - -- - - - - -character count - -عَدَدْ الحُرُوفْ - -ʻadad al-ḥurūf - -تعداد حروف - -t’dād hruf - -- - - - - -character frame - -إِطَارْ الحَرْفْ - -iṭār al-ḥarf - -- - - - Rectangular area occupied by a character when it is set solid. - -- - - -character set - -مَجْمُوعَةْ حُرُوفْ - -majmūʻat ḥurūf - -مجموعهٔ حروف - -mjmu’hٔ hruf - -- - - - -character shape - -شَكْلُ الحَرْفْ - -shaklu al-ḥarf - -شکل حرف ++ +škl hrf -Incarnation of a character by handwriting, printing or rendering to a computer screen. ++ +alignment -مُحَاذَاةْ، تَرصِيف -+ -muḥādhāt, tarṣīf -character size +همترازی -حَجْمُ الحَرْفْ +hmtrāzi -ḥajmu al-ḥarf ++ +اندازهٔ حرف -āndāzhٔ hrf ++ +alphanumeric -Dimensions of a character. Unless otherwise noted, it refers to the size of a character frame in the block direction. +أَبجَدِي عَدَدِي -abjadī ʻadadī -+ -الفبایی عددی -closing bracket +ālfbāiy addi -قَوْسْ إِغْلَاقْ ++ +qaws ighlāq -کروشه بسته ++ +appendix -kruše bsth +مُلحَق -+ mulḥaq -ضمیمه -+ -zmimh -code point ++ +نُقْطة تَرْمِيزْ -nuqṭat tarmīz ++ +arabic numerals -+ أَرْقَامْ عَرَبِيَّة، أَرْقَامْ أُورُوبِيَّة -+ arqām ʻarabīyah, arqām ūrūbīyah -+ ارقام عربی -ārqām arbi -+ -Refer to "European numerals". Use "European numerals" or "ASCII numerals" to avoid + confusion. +color -لَوْنْ ++ +ascender -lawn +جُزْءُ الحَرْفِ العُلْوِي، الصَّاعِدْ -+ juz’u al-ḥarfi al-ʻulwī, al-ṣṣāʻid -+ خط صعود، کرسی بالا -Characteristics like darkness, contrast, texture that give the an overall impression of how dense or heavy the text appears on the page. +xt s’ud, krsi bālā -+ + -- colon ++ - -asterisk -نُقْطَتَيْنْ +نَجْمَة -nuqṭatayn +najmah -دونقطه +ستاره -dunqth +stārh -+ + ++ + -auto spacing -column +تَبَاعُدْ ذَاتِي، فَرَاغْ آلِي -عَمُودْ +tabāʻud dhātī, farāgh ālī -ʻamūd +فاصلهگذاری خودکار -ستون +fāslhɡzāri xudkār -stun ++ +A partition on a page in multi-column format. - ++ back margin -+ -الهَامِشْ الخَلْفِي -column gap +al-hāmish al-khalfī -تَبَاعُدْ الأَعْمِدَة +حاشیهٔ داخلی -tabāʻud al-’aʻmidah +hāšihٔ dāxli -فاصلهٔ ستون ++ +fāslhٔ stun -Amount of space between columns on a page. ++ +back matter -بَيَانَاتْ نِهَايَةْ الكِتَابْ -+ -bayānāt nihāyat al-kitāb -column spanning +واحدهای پس از متن -عَبْرُ الأَعْمدَة +uāhdhāy ps aoez mtn -ʻabr al-’aʻmidah +Appendices, supplements, glossary of terms, index and/or bibliography, and so on, + appended at the end of a book. +- + + +bad break -A setting style of illustrations, tables, etc., over hanging to multiple columns. +قَطْعْ سَيِّئْ -qaṭʻ sayyi’ -+ -شکستن بد، سطرشکنی بد -column spanning heading +škstn bd, strškni bd -رَأْسْ عَبْرْ الأَعْمدَة ++ +ra’s ʻabr al-’aʻmidah -+ + +baseline -+ خَطْ قَاعِدِي، خَطْ الاِرْتِكَازْ، سَطْرُ الأَسَاسْ -Headings using multiple columns. +khaṭ qāʻidī, khaṭ al-irtikāz, satru al-’asās -خط کرسی -+ -xt krsi -comma +A virtual line on which almost all glyphs in Western fonts are designed to be + aligned. +فَاصِلَة -fāṣilah ++ +bibliography -ویرگول +المَرَاجِعْ -uyrɡul +al-marājiʻ -+ کتابنامه -ktābnāmh -+ -A list of works and papers related to the subjects in the text. +composition -تَرْكِيبْ ++ +blank page -tarkīb +صَفْحَة فَارِغَة -حروفچینی و صفحهبندی +ṣafḥah fārighah -hrufčini v sfhhbndi +صفحهٔ خالی -Process of arrangement of text, figures and/or pictures, etc on a page in a desired layout (design) in preparation for printing. +sfhhٔ xāli -An empty page. + -- compound word ++ - -bleed -كَلِمَة مُرَكَّبَة +خَارِجْ إِطَارْ الصَّفْحَة -kalimah murakkabah +khārij iṭār al-ṣafḥah -کلمهٔ مرکب +تصویرْ تا بُرِش -klmhٔ mrkb +tsuyrْ tā boreš -+ To print a picture or a tint to run off the edge of a trimmed page. ++ + -block direction -connection +اِتِّجَاهْ المَقْطَعْ، اِتِّجَاهْ الكُتْلَة -وَصْلْ +ittijāh al-maqṭaʻ, ittijāh al-kutlah -waṣl +جهت نوشتار -+ jht nuštār -+ The progression direction of lines, one after the other. +- + + block quotation -+ -كُتْلَة اِقْتِبَاسْ، مُرَبَّعْ اِقْتِبَاسْ -continuous pagination +kutlat iqtibās, murabbaʻ iqtibās -تَرْقِيمْ الصَّفَحَاتْ المُسْتَمِرْ +نقلقول پاراگرافی -tarqīm al-ṣṣafaḥāt al-mustamir +nqlqul pārāɡrāfi -صفحهشماری پیوسته ++ +sfhhšmāri pivsth -a) To number the pages of a book continuously across all those in the front matter, the text and the back matter. b) To number the pages continuously across those of all books, such as a series published in separate volumes. Also to number the pages continuously across those of all issues of a periodical published in a year, aside from pagination per issue. ++ +body type -الخَطْ الرَّئِيسِي -+ -al-khaṭ al-rra’īsī -control characters +حروف بدنه -حُرُوفْ تَحَكُّمْ +hruf bdnh -ḥurūf taḥakkum ++ +حروف کنترلی -hruf kntrli ++ +bold -+ غَلِيظْ -ghalīẓ -+ -حرف سیاه -copy +hrf siāh -نُسْخَة +A kind of font style. Similar to bold in Western typograpy. +nuskhah -نسخه ++ +boldface -nsxh +خَطْ غَلِيظْ -+ khaṭ ghalīẓ -حرف سیاه -+ -hrf siāh -cover ++ +غِلَافْ -ghilāf ++ +bound on the left-hand side -جلد +مُلْزِمَة عَلَى الجَانِبْ الأَيْسَرْ -jld +mulzimah ʻalá al-jānib al-’aysar -+ صحافی چپبهراست -shāfi čpbhrāst -+ -Binding of a book to be opened from the left. +cut-in heading -+ + +bound on the right-hand side -+ مُلْزِمَة عَلَى الجَانِبْ الأَيْمَنْ -+ mulzimah ʻalá al-jānib al-’ayman -+ صحافی راستبهچپ -A style of headings. Headings do not occupy the full lines, but share lines area with following main text lines. +shāfi rāstbhčp -Binding of a book to be opened from the right. + -- dash ++ - -bounding box -وَاصِلَة +المُرَبَّعْ المُحِيطْ -wāṣilah +al-murabbaʻ al-muḥīṭ -+ کادر محیطی -+ kādr mhiti -+ + ++ + -box -dedication +مُرَبَّعْ -إِهْدَاءْ +murabbaʻ -ihdā’ +کادر، جعبه -اهدائیه +kādr, j’bh -āhdā’ih ++ +- + + braces -+ -قَوْسَيْنْ -descender line +qawsayn -مَا تَحْتَ السَّطْرْ +آکولاد -mā taḥta al-ssaṭr +ākulād -+ { and } +- A descender is the part of a letter extending below the base line, as in 'g', 'j', 'p', 'q', or 'y'. A descender line is a virtual line drawn at the bottom of descender parallel to base line. ++ +brackets -قوسين قَوْسَيْنْ مُرَبَّعَيْنْ -+ -qawsayn murabbaʻayn -diacritical marks +کروشه -علامات التشكيل +krušh -ʻalāmāt al-ttashkīl +[ and ] +اِعراب، نشانههای حروف -āe’rāb, nšānhhāy hruf ++ +break (a line) -+ فَصْلْ السَّطْرْ، قَطْعْ (سَطْرْ) -faṣl al-saṭr, qaṭʻ (saṭr) -+ -شکستن (خط)، سطرشکنی -diagonal fraction +škstn (xt), strškni -جُزْءْ قُطْرِي +To place the first of two adjacent characters at the end of a line and the second at + the head of a new line. +juz’ quṭrī -+ + +broadside -+ وَرَقَة عَلَى صَفْحَة عَرِيضَة -+ waraqah ʻalá ṣafḥah ʻarīḍah -یکرو -+ -ikru -diagram +In book typography, a sheet of paper printed as one page. +رَسْمْ بَيَانِي، رَسْمْ تَخْطِيطِي -rasm bayānī, rasm takhṭīṭī ++ +bullet -نمودار +رَمْزْ نَقْطِي -nmudār +ramz naqṭī -+ + -+ -+ -centered dot +disconnection -فَصْلْ ++ +calligraphy -faṣl +فَنُّ الخَطِّ، الخَطُّ (فَنْ الخَطْ، الخَطْ) -+ fannu al-khaṭṭi, al-khaṭṭu (fan al-khaṭ, + al-khaṭ) -+ خوشنویسی -+ xušnuysi -+ + -- discretionary hyphen ++ - -caption -وَاصِلَة لَيِّنَة +تَسْمِيَة، عُنْوَانْ -wāṣilah layyinah +tasmīah, ʻunwān -+ عنوان، شرح -+ ’nuān, šrh -See soft hyphen. +A title or a short description accompanying a picture, an illustration, or a + table. ++ + -cell -display +خَلِيَة -عَرْضْ +khalīah -ʻarḍ +سلول -نمایش +slul -nmāyš +Each element area of tables, cell. +- + + cell contents -+ -مُحْتَوَى الخَلِيَة -display type +muḥtawá al-khalīah -نَوْعْ العَرْضْ +محتوای سلول -nawʻ al-ʻarḍ +mhtuāy slul -+ The content of each cell in tables. +- + + +cell padding -حَشْوْ الخَلِيَة -+ -ḥashw al-khalīah -document ++ -وَثِيقَة، مُسْتَنَدْ ++ -wathīqah, mustanad +Spaces between line and cell in tables. +سند -snd ++ +centered alignment -+ تَوْسِيطْ -tawsīṭ -+ -ترازبندی وسطچین -dpi +trāzbndi vstčin -نُقْطَة فِي البُوصَة ++ +nuqṭah fī al-būṣah -نقطه در اینچ ++ +centered dot -nqte dr ieynč +نُقْطَة مُوَسَّطَة -Dots per inch (DPI, or dpi) is a measure of spatial printing. +nuqṭah mūassaṭah -+ -+ -+ -eastern arabic numerals ++ +الأَرقَامْ العَرَبِيَّة المَشْرِقِيَّة -al-’arqām al-ʻarabīyah al-mashriqīyah ++ +centering -+ تَوْسِيطْ -+ tawsīṭ -٠ ١ ٢ ٣ ٤ ٥ ٦ ٧ ٨ ٩ +وسطچین کردن -ustčin krdn -+ -To align the center of a run of text that is shorter than a given line length to the + center of a line. +ellipsis -عَلَامَة القَطْع، القَطْعْ ++ +chapter -ʻalāmat al-qaṭʻ, al-qaṭʻ +فَصْلْ، بَابْ -سهنقطه +faṣl, bāb -shnqth +فصل -+ fsl -+ + -- Elongation ++ - -character -التَّطْوِيلْ +حَرْفْ -al-ttaṭwīl +ḥarf -+ حرف -+ hrf -+ + ++ + -character count -EM +عَدَدْ الحُرُوفْ -(وَحَدَةْ قِيَاسْ) إِمْ، وَحَدَةْ قِيَاسْ النُقْطَة +ʻadad al-ḥurūf -(waḥadah qīās) im, waḥadat qīās al-nuqṭah +تعداد حروف -اِم، ضربه +t’dād hruf -āem, zrbh ++ +Unit in the field of typography, equal to the currently specified point size. A reference to the width of the capital "M" - ++ character frame -+ -إِطَارْ الحَرْفْ -em dash +iṭār al-ḥarf -خَطْ فاصِلْ مِنْ حَجْمْ اِمْ، وَصْلَة طَوِيلَة ++ -khaṭ fṣil min ḥajm im, waṣlah ṭawīlah ++ -خط +Rectangular area occupied by a character when it is set solid. +xt -A wide dash, usually of size EM ++ +character set -مَجْمُوعَةْ حُرُوفْ -+ -majmūʻat ḥurūf -em space +مجموعهٔ حروف -فَرَاغْ مِنْ حَجْمْ اِمْ، فَرَاغْ طَوِيلْ +mjmu’hٔ hruf -farāgh min ḥajm im, farāgh ṭawīl ++ +فاصلهٔ اِم -fāslhٔ em ++ +character shape -A wide space, usually of size EM +شَكْلُ الحَرْفْ -shaklu al-ḥarf -+ -شکل حرف -EN +škl hrf -نصف وحدة قياس النقطة +Incarnation of a character by handwriting, printing or rendering to a computer + screen. +niṣf waḥadat qīās al-nuqṭah -اِن ++ +character size -āen +حَجْمُ الحَرْفْ -??? +ḥajmu al-ḥarf -اندازهٔ حرف -+ -āndāzhٔ hrf -en dash +Dimensions of a character. Unless otherwise noted, it refers to the size of a + character frame in the block direction. +وَصْلَة مُتَوَسِّطَة -waṣlah mutawassiṭah ++ +closing bracket -خط اِن +قَوْسْ إِغْلَاقْ -xt en +qaws ighlāq -A not-so-wide dash, usually of size EN +کروشه بسته -kruše bsth -+ -+ +en space -مَسَافَة مُتَوَسِّطَة ++ +code point -masāfah mutawassiṭah +نُقْطة تَرْمِيزْ -فاصلهٔ اِن +nuqṭat tarmīz -fāslhٔ en ++ -A not-so-wide space, usually of size EN ++ -+ + -- encoding ++ - -color -تَرْمِيزْ +لَوْنْ -tarmīz +lawn -کدنگاری ++ -kdnɡāri ++ -+ Characteristics like darkness, contrast, texture that give the an overall + impression of how dense or heavy the text appears on the page. ++ + -colon -endnote +نُقْطَتَيْنْ -التَّعْلِيقْ الخِتَامِي، حَاشِيَة +nuqṭatayn -al-ttaʻlīq al-khitāmī, ḥāshīah +دونقطه -+ dunqth -+ + +A set of notes placed at the end of a part, chapter, section, paragraph and so on, or at the end of a book. - ++ column -+ -عَمُودْ -epigraph +ʻamūd -اِقْتِبَاسْ، مَقُولَة قَصِيرَة +ستون -iqtibās, maqūlah qaṣīrah +stun -سرلوحه +A partition on a page in multi-column format. +srluhh -+ + +column gap -تَبَاعُدْ الأَعْمِدَة -+ -tabāʻud al-’aʻmidah -European numerals +فاصلهٔ ستون -أَرْقَامْ أُورُوبِيَّة +fāslhٔ stun -arqām ūrūbīyah +Amount of space between columns on a page. +ارقام اروپایی -ārqām aoerupāiy ++ +column spanning -Any of the symbols in [0-9] used to represent numbers. Sometimes called Arabic numerals or ASCII numerals. +عَبْرُ الأَعْمدَة -ʻabr al-’aʻmidah -+ -+ -exception dictionary ++ -قَامُوسْ الإِسْتِثْنَاءَاتْ +A setting style of illustrations, tables, etc., over hanging to multiple + columns. +qāmūs al-’istithnā’āt -+ + +column spanning heading -+ رَأْسْ عَبْرْ الأَعْمدَة -+ ra’s ʻabr al-’aʻmidah -+ -+ -+ -exclamation marks +Headings using multiple columns. +عَلَامَاتْ التَّعَجُّبْ -ʻalāmāt al-ttaʻajjub ++ +comma -علامت تعجب +فَاصِلَة -’lāmt t’jb +fāṣilah -+ ویرگول -uyrɡul -+ -+ +figure -شَكْلْ ++ +composition -shakl +تَرْكِيبْ -تصویر +tarkīb -tsuyr +حروفچینی و صفحهبندی -+ hrufčini v sfhhbndi -Process of arrangement of text, figures and/or pictures, etc on a page in a desired + layout (design) in preparation for printing. + -- first-line indent ++ - -compound word -مَسَافَة السَّطْرْ الأَوَّلْ +كَلِمَة مُرَكَّبَة -masāfat al-ssaṭr al-’awwal +kalimah murakkabah -تورفتگی خط اول +کلمهٔ مرکب -turftɡi xt uowl +klmhٔ mrkb -+ + ++ + -connection -fixed-width +وَصْلْ -ثَابِتْ العَرْضْ +waṣl -thābit al-ʻarḍ ++ -+ + -+ + +A characteristic of a font where the same character advance is assigned for all glyphs. - ++ continuous pagination -+ -تَرْقِيمْ الصَّفَحَاتْ المُسْتَمِرْ -flush left alignment +tarqīm al-ṣṣafaḥāt al-mustamir -مُحَاذَاة إِلَى اليَمِينْ +صفحهشماری پیوسته -muḥādhāt ilá al-yamīn +sfhhšmāri pivsth -+ a) To number the pages of a book continuously across all those in the front matter, + the text and the back matter. b) To number the pages continuously across those of all + books, such as a series published in separate volumes. Also to number the pages + continuously across those of all issues of a periodical published in a year, aside from + pagination per issue. +- + + +control characters -حُرُوفْ تَحَكُّمْ -+ -ḥurūf taḥakkum -flush right alignment +حروف کنترلی -مُحَاذَاة إِلَى اليَسَارْ +hruf kntrli -muḥādhāt ilá al-yasār ++ +- + + +copy -+ نُسْخَة -nuskhah -+ -نسخه -folio +nsxh -وَرَقَة، صَفْحَة ++ +waraqah, ṣafḥah -شمارهٔ صفحه ++ +cover -šmārhٔ sfhh +غِلَافْ -+ ghilāf -جلد -+ -jld -font ++ +الخَطْ -al-khaṭ ++ - -cut-in heading ++ - فونت، قلم ++ -funt, qlm ++ -A set of character glyphs of a given typeface. +A style of headings. Headings do not occupy the full lines, but share lines area with + following main text lines. ++ + -dash -font family/typeface family +وَاصِلَة -أُسْرَة مِحْرَفْ، أُسْرَة خُطُوطْ +wāṣilah -usrat miḥraf, usrat khuṭūṭ ++ -خانوادهٔ فونت ++ -xānuādhٔ funt ++ +- + + dedication -+ -إِهْدَاءْ -font metrics +ihdā’ -مَقَايِيسْ الخَطْ +اهدائیه -maqāyīs al-khaṭ +āhdā’ih -+ + +- + + +descender line -مَا تَحْتَ السَّطْرْ -+ -mā taḥta al-ssaṭr -foot ++ -تَذْيِيلْ ++ -tadhyīl +A descender is the part of a letter extending below the base line, as in 'g', 'j', + 'p', 'q', or 'y'. A descender line is a virtual line drawn at the bottom of descender + parallel to base line. +پایه -pāyh ++ +diacritical marks -a) The bottom part of a book or a page. b) The bottom margin between the edge of a trimmed page and the hanmen (text area) +علامات التشكيل -ʻalāmāt al-ttashkīl -+ -اِعراب، نشانههای حروف -foot/bottom margin +āe’rāb, nšānhhāy hruf -الهاَمِشْ الأَسْفَلْ ++ +al-hamish al-’asfal -حاشیهٔ پایینی ++ +diagonal fraction -hāšihٔ pāiyni +جُزْءْ قُطْرِي -+ juz’ quṭrī -+ -+ -+ -footer ++ +تَذْيِيلْ الصَّفْحَة -tadhyīl al-ṣṣafḥah ++ +diagram -پاصفحه +رَسْمْ بَيَانِي، رَسْمْ تَخْطِيطِي -pāsfhh +rasm bayānī, rasm takhṭīṭī -+ نمودار -nmudār -+ -+ +footnote -حَاشِيَة سَفْلِيَة ++ +disconnection -ḥāshīah saflīyah +فَصْلْ -پانویس +faṣl -pānuys ++ -A note in a smaller face than that of main text, placed at the bottom of a page. ++ -+ + -- fore-edge ++ - -discretionary hyphen -الحَافة العَمودِيَّة الخَارِجِيَّة +وَاصِلَة لَيِّنَة -al-ḥāfh al-ʻamwdīyah al-khārijīyah +wāṣilah layyinah -حاشیهٔ بیرونی ++ -hāšihٔ biruni ++ -a) The three front trimmed edges of pages in a book. b) The opposite sides of the gutter in a book. +See soft hyphen. ++ + -display -format +عَرْضْ -تنْسِيقْ، هَيْئَة +ʻarḍ -tansīq, hay’ah +نمایش -شکلبندی، شکل +nmāyš -šklbndi, škl ++ +- + + display type -+ -نَوْعْ العَرْضْ -fraction +nawʻ al-ʻarḍ -كَسْرْ ++ -Kasr ++ -+ + +- + + +document -وَثِيقَة، مُسْتَنَدْ -+ -wathīqah, mustanad -front matter +سند -المَادَّة الأَمَامِيَّة +snd -al-māddah al-’amāmīyah ++ +واحدهای پیش از متن -uāhdhāy piš aoez mtn ++ +dpi -The first part of a book followed by the text, usually consisting of a forward, preface, table of contents, list of illustrations, acknowledgement and so on. +نُقْطَة فِي البُوصَة -nuqṭah fī al-būṣah -+ -نقطه در اینچ -full-width +nqte dr ieynč -تَامْ العَرْضْ +Dots per inch (DPI, or dpi) is a measure of spatial printing. +tām al-ʻarḍ -+ + +eastern arabic numerals -+ الأَرقَامْ العَرَبِيَّة المَشْرِقِيَّة -a) Relative index for the length which is equal to a given character size. b) Character frame which character advance is equal to the amount referred to as a). A full-width character frame is square in shape by definition. +al-’arqām al-ʻarabīyah al-mashriqīyah -+ -+ -+ -glyph +٠ ١ ٢ ٣ ٤ ٥ ٦ ٧ ٨ ٩ +صُورَةْ الرَّمْزْ -ṣūrah al-rramz ++ +ellipsis -+ عَلَامَة القَطْع، القَطْعْ -+ ʻalāmat al-qaṭʻ, al-qaṭʻ -+ سهنقطه -shnqth -+ -+ +golden rectangle -+ + +Elongation -+ التَّطْوِيلْ -مستطیل طلایی +al-ttaṭwīl -msttil tlāiy ++ -+ + -+ + -- golden section ++ - -EM -+ (وَحَدَةْ قِيَاسْ) إِمْ، وَحَدَةْ قِيَاسْ النُقْطَة -+ (waḥadah qīās) im, waḥadat qīās al-nuqṭah -بخش طلایی +اِم، ضربه -bxš tlāiy +āem, zrbh -+ Unit in the field of typography, equal to the currently specified point size. A + reference to the width of the capital "M" ++ + -em dash -Greek letters +خَطْ فاصِلْ مِنْ حَجْمْ اِمْ، وَصْلَة طَوِيلَة -حُرُوفْ يُونَانِيَّة +khaṭ fṣil min ḥajm im, waṣlah ṭawīlah -ḥurūf yūnānīyah +خط -حروف یونانی +xt -hruf yvnāni +A wide dash, usually of size EM +- + + em space -+ -فَرَاغْ مِنْ حَجْمْ اِمْ، فَرَاغْ طَوِيلْ -grid alignment +farāgh min ḥajm im, farāgh ṭawīl -+ فاصلهٔ اِم -+ fāslhٔ em -همترازی شطرنجی +A wide space, usually of size EM +hmtrāzi štrnji -+ + +EN -نصف وحدة قياس النقطة -+ -niṣf waḥadat qīās al-nuqṭah -gutter +اِن -حَاشِیَة +āen -ḥāshīah +??? +حاشیه -hāših ++ +en dash -a) The binding side of a spread of a book. b) the margin between the binding edge of a book and the hanmen (text area). c) The part of a book where all pages are bound together to the book spine. +وَصْلَة مُتَوَسِّطَة -waṣlah mutawassiṭah -+ -خط اِن -half em +xt en -نِصْفْ اِمْ +A not-so-wide dash, usually of size EN +niṣf im -نیم اِم ++ +en space -nim em +مَسَافَة مُتَوَسِّطَة -Half of the full-width size. +masāfah mutawassiṭah -فاصلهٔ اِن -+ -fāslhٔ en -half em space +A not-so-wide space, usually of size EN +فَرَاغْ نِصْفْ اِمْ -farāgh niṣf im ++ +encoding -فاصلهٔ نیم اِم +تَرْمِيزْ -fāslhٔ nim em +tarmīz -Amount of space that is half size of em space. +کدنگاری -kdnɡāri -+ -+ +hang line -سَطْرْ مُعَلَّقْ ++ +endnote -saṭr muʻallaq +التَّعْلِيقْ الخِتَامِي، حَاشِيَة -+ al-ttaʻlīq al-khitāmī, ḥāshīah -+ + -+ + -A set of notes placed at the end of a part, chapter, section, paragraph and so on, or + at the end of a book. + -- hanging indentation ++ - -epigraph -تعليق المسافة البادئة +اِقْتِبَاسْ، مَقُولَة قَصِيرَة -+ iqtibās, maqūlah qaṣīrah -+ سرلوحه -+ srluhh -+ + ++ + -European numerals -hanging punctuation +أَرْقَامْ أُورُوبِيَّة -تعليق علامات الترقيم +arqām ūrūbīyah -+ ارقام اروپایی -+ ārqām aoerupāiy -+ Any of the symbols in [0-9] used to represent numbers. Sometimes called Arabic + numerals or ASCII numerals. +- + + exception dictionary -+ -قَامُوسْ الإِسْتِثْنَاءَاتْ -harakat +qāmūs al-’istithnā’āt -حَرَكَاتْ ++ -ḥarakāt ++ -+ + +- Tashkil marks representing short vowel sounds. ++ +exclamation marks -عَلَامَاتْ التَّعَجُّبْ -+ -ʻalāmāt al-ttaʻajjub -head +علامت تعجب -رَأْسْ +’lāmt t’jb -ra’s ++ +سَر -sar ++ +figure -a) The top part of a book or a page. b) The top margin between the top edge of a trimmed page and the hanmen (text area) +شَكْلْ -shakl -+ -تصویر -head/top margin +tsuyr -هَامِشْ عُلْوِي ++ +hāmish ʻulwī -حاشیهٔ بالا ++ +first-line indent -hāšihٔ bālā +مَسَافَة السَّطْرْ الأَوَّلْ -+ masāfat al-ssaṭr al-’awwal -تورفتگی خط اول -+ -turftɡi xt uowl -header ++ +رَأْسْ -ra’s ++ +fixed-width -سرصفحه +ثَابِتْ العَرْضْ -srsfhh +thābit al-ʻarḍ -+ + -+ -+ -A characteristic of a font where the same character advance is assigned for all + glyphs. +heading -عُنْوَانْ ++ +flush left alignment -ʻunwān +مُحَاذَاة إِلَى اليَمِينْ -عنوان +muḥādhāt ilá al-yamīn -’nuān ++ -a) A title of a paper or an article. b) A title for each section of a book, paper or article. ++ -+ + -- headline ++ - -flush right alignment -عُنْوَانْ رَئِيسِي +مُحَاذَاة إِلَى اليَسَارْ -ʻunwān ra’īsī +muḥādhāt ilá al-yasār -+ + -+ + -+ + ++ + -folio -headnote +وَرَقَة، صَفْحَة -تَقْدِمَة +waraqah, ṣafḥah -taqdimah +شمارهٔ صفحه -+ šmārhٔ sfhh -+ + +A kind of notes in vertical writing style, head area in kihon-hanmen is kept beforehand, and notes are set with smaller size font than main text. - ++ font -+ -الخَطْ -hierarchy +al-khaṭ -تسلسل هرمي، ترتيب هرمي +فونت، قلم -+ funt, qlm -سلسلهمراتب +A set of character glyphs of a given typeface. +slslhmrātb -+ + +font family/typeface family -أُسْرَة مِحْرَفْ، أُسْرَة خُطُوطْ -+ -usrat miḥraf, usrat khuṭūṭ -horizontal writing mode +خانوادهٔ فونت -صِيغَة الكِتَابَة الأُفُقِيَّة +xānuādhٔ funt -ṣīghat al-kitābah al-’ufuqīyah ++ +حالت نوشتار افقی -hālt nuštār aoefqi ++ +font metrics -The process or the result of arranging characters on a line from left to right, of lines on a page from top to bottom, and/or of columns on a page from left to right. +مَقَايِيسْ الخَطْ -maqāyīs al-khaṭ -+ -+ -hyphen ++ -وَاصِلَة ++ +wāṣilah -نیمخط ++ +foot -nimxt +تَذْيِيلْ -+ tadhyīl -پایه -+ -pāyh -hyphenation +a) The bottom part of a book or a page. b) The bottom margin between the edge of a + trimmed page and the hanmen (text area) +اِسْتِخْدَامْ الوَاصِلَة -istikhdām al-wāṣilah ++ +foot/bottom margin -+ الهاَمِشْ الأَسْفَلْ -+ al-hamish al-’asfal -A method of breaking a line by dividing a Western word at the end of a line and adding a hyphen at the end of the first half of the syllable. +حاشیهٔ پایینی -hāšihٔ pāiyni -+ -+ +hyphenation and justification -الوَاصِلَة وَالمُحَاذَاةْ ++ +footer -al-wāṣilah wālmuḥādhāt +تَذْيِيلْ الصَّفْحَة -+ tadhyīl al-ṣṣafḥah -+ پاصفحه -Also abbreviated as H&J +pāsfhh -+ + -- hyphenation routine ++ - -footnote -إِجْرَاءْ الوَاصِلَة +حَاشِيَة سَفْلِيَة -ijrā’ al-wāṣilah +ḥāshīah saflīyah -+ پانویس -+ pānuys -+ A note in a smaller face than that of main text, placed at the bottom of a page. ++ + -fore-edge -ihmal +الحَافة العَمودِيَّة الخَارِجِيَّة -إِهْمَالْ +al-ḥāfh al-ʻamwdīyah al-khārijīyah -ihmāl +حاشیهٔ بیرونی -+ hāšihٔ biruni -+ a) The three front trimmed edges of pages in a book. b) The opposite sides of the + gutter in a book. +See tashkil - ++ format -+ -تنْسِيقْ، هَيْئَة -ijam +tansīq, hay’ah -إِعْجَامْ +شکلبندی، شکل -iʻjām +šklbndi, škl -+ + +- Diacritical marks applied to a basic letter shape (or skeleton) to derive a new letter. For example a dot under a "curve" to get the letter Beh. In Unicode each letter plus ijam combination is encoded as a separate, atomic character. ++ +fraction -كَسْرْ -+ -Kasr -illustrations ++ -رَسْمْ تَوْضِيحِي، صُورَة إِيضَاحِيَّة ++ -rasm tawḍīḥī, ṣūrahīḍāḥīyah ++ +تصویر -tsuyr ++ +front matter -A general term referring to a diagram, chart, cut, figure, picture and the like, to be used for printed materials. +المَادَّة الأَمَامِيَّة -al-māddah al-’amāmīyah -+ -واحدهای پیش از متن -indentation +uāhdhāy piš aoez mtn -إِزَاحَة، مَسَافَة بَادِئَة +The first part of a book followed by the text, usually consisting of a forward, + preface, table of contents, list of illustrations, acknowledgement and so on. +izāḥah, masāfah bādi’ah -فاصلهٔ سرِ سطر، تورفتگی سرِ سطر ++ +full-width -fāslhٔ sre str, turftɡi sre str +تَامْ العَرْضْ -+ tām al-ʻarḍ -+ -+ -+ -independent pagination +a) Relative index for the length which is equal to a given character size. b) + Character frame which character advance is equal to the amount referred to as a). A + full-width character frame is square in shape by definition. +تَرْقِيمْ الصَّفَحَاتْ مُسْتَقِلْ -tarqīm al-ṣṣafaḥāt mustaqil ++ +glyph -صفحهبندی مستقل +صُورَةْ الرَّمْزْ -sfhhbndi mstql +ṣūrah al-rramz -To number the pages of the front matter, the text and the back matter independently. ++ -+ -+ -+ +index -فِهْرِسْ ++ -golden rectangle ++ - fihris +مستطیل طلایی -فهرست راهنما +msttil tlāiy -fhrst rāhnmā ++ +A list of terms or subjects with page numbers for where they are referred to in a single or multiple volumes of a book. - ++ golden section ++ - + -بخش طلایی -initial +bxš tlāiy -أَوَّلِي ++ +awwalī -آغازین ++ +Greek letters -āqāzin +حُرُوفْ يُونَانِيَّة -+ ḥurūf yūnānīyah -حروف یونانی -+ -hruf yvnāni -inline direction ++ +الاِتِّجَاهْ السَّطْرِي -al-ittijāh al-ssaṭrī ++ - -grid alignment ++ - + همترازی شطرنجی -+ hmtrāzi štrnji -Text direction in a line. ++ ++ + -gutter -input +حَاشِیَة -إِدْخَالْ +ḥāshīah -idkhāl +حاشیه -ورودی +hāših -urudi +a) The binding side of a spread of a book. b) the margin between the binding edge of + a book and the hanmen (text area). c) The part of a book where all pages are bound + together to the book spine. +- + + half em -+ -نِصْفْ اِمْ -inseparable characters rule +niṣf im -قَاعِدَة مَحَارِفْ لَا تَنْفَصِلْ +نیم اِم -qāʻidat maḥārif lā tanfaṣil +nim em -+ Half of the full-width size. +- A line adjustment rule that prohibits inserting any space between specific combinations of characters. ++ +half em space -فَرَاغْ نِصْفْ اِمْ -+ -farāgh niṣf im -interpunct +فاصلهٔ نیم اِم -+ fāslhٔ nim em -+ Amount of space that is half size of em space. +- + + +hang line -+ سَطْرْ مُعَلَّقْ -saṭr muʻallaq -+ -+ -italics ++ -مَائِلْ ++ +mā’il -ایتالیک ++ +hanging indentation -āytālik +تعليق المسافة البادئة +- + + -+ -+ -+ +itemization -وَضْعْ بُنُودْ، تَبْوِيبْ، عَنَاصِرْ ++ - -hanging punctuation -waḍʻ bunūd, tabwīb, ʻanāṣir +تعليق علامات الترقيم +- + + -+ + -To list ordered or unordered items one under the other. ++ ++ + -harakat -justified alignment +حَرَكَاتْ -مُحَاذَاةْ مَضْبُوطَة +ḥarakāt -muḥādhāt maḍbūṭah ++ -همترازی میزان ++ -hmtrāzi mizān +Tashkil marks representing short vowel sounds. +- + + head -+ -رَأْسْ -kashida +ra’s -الْكَشِيدَة، التَّطْوِيلْ +سَر -al-kashīdah, al-ttaṭwīl +sar -کشیده +a) The top part of a book or a page. b) The top margin between the top edge of a + trimmed page and the hanmen (text area) +kšidh -+ + +head/top margin -هَامِشْ عُلْوِي -+ -hāmish ʻulwī -label name +حاشیهٔ بالا -اِسْمْ بِطَاقَةْ العَنْوَنَة +hāšihٔ bālā -ism biṭāqat al-ʻanwanah ++ +- + + +header -Text following or followed by numbers for illustrations, tables, headings and running headings. +رَأْسْ -ra’s -+ -سرصفحه -Latin letters +srsfhh -حُرُوف لَاتِينِيَّة ++ +ḥurūf lātīnīyah -حروف لاتین ++ +heading -hruf lātin +عُنْوَانْ -+ ʻunwān -عنوان -+ -’nuān -layout +a) A title of a paper or an article. b) A title for each section of a book, paper or + article. +نَسْقْ، تَصْمِيمْ -nasq, taṣmīm ++ +headline -قالببندی +عُنْوَانْ رَئِيسِي -qālbbndi +ʻunwān ra’īsī -+ + -+ -+ -+ +leading -قِيَادِي ++ +headnote -qīādī +تَقْدِمَة -+ taqdimah -+ + -+ + -A kind of notes in vertical writing style, head area in kihon-hanmen is kept + beforehand, and notes are set with smaller size font than main text. + -- letter face ++ -hierarchy -صُورَةْ الحَرْفْ +تسلسل هرمي، ترتيب هرمي +- ṣūrat al-ḥarf +سلسلهمراتب -+ slslhmrātb -+ + +Area in which glyph is drawn. - ++ horizontal writing mode -+ -صِيغَة الكِتَابَة الأُفُقِيَّة -lettering +ṣīghat al-kitābah al-’ufuqīyah -تَرْقِينْ، كِتَابَة +حالت نوشتار افقی -tarqīn, kitābah +hālt nuštār aoefqi -طراحی حروف +The process or the result of arranging characters on a line from left to right, of + lines on a page from top to bottom, and/or of columns on a page from left to right. +trāhi hruf -+ + +hyphen -وَاصِلَة -+ -wāṣilah -letterpress printing +نیمخط -طِبَاعَةْ الحُرُوفْ +nimxt -ṭibāʻat al-ḥurūf ++ +چاپ برجسته -čāp brjsth ++ +hyphenation -The traditional printing method using movable type. +اِسْتِخْدَامْ الوَاصِلَة -istikhdām al-wāṣilah -+ -+ -letterspacing ++ -تَبَاعُدْ الحُرُوفْ +A method of breaking a line by dividing a Western word at the end of a line and + adding a hyphen at the end of the first half of the syllable. +tabāʻud al-ḥurūf -فاصلهٔ حروف ++ +hyphenation and justification -fāslhٔ hruf +الوَاصِلَة وَالمُحَاذَاةْ -+ al-wāṣilah wālmuḥādhāt -+ -+ -+ -ligature +Also abbreviated as H&J +رَبْطْ بَيْنَ الحُرُوفْ، تَرْكِيبْ، حَرْفْ مُرَكَّبْ -rabṭ bayna al-ḥurūf, tarkīb, ḥarf murakkab ++ +hyphenation routine -+ إِجْرَاءْ الوَاصِلَة -+ ijrā’ al-wāṣilah -+ + -+ -+ -+ +line -سَطْرْ ++ +ihmal -saṭr +إِهْمَالْ -خط +ihmāl -xt ++ -+ + -See tashkil + -- line adjustment ++ - -ijam -مُحَاذَاةْ السَّطْرْ +إِعْجَامْ -muḥādhāt al-ssaṭr +iʻjām -تنظیم خط ++ -tnzim xt ++ -A method of aligning both edges of all lines to be the same given length by removing or adding adjustable spaces. +Diacritical marks applied to a basic letter shape (or skeleton) to derive a new + letter. For example a dot under a "curve" to get the letter Beh. In Unicode each letter + plus ijam combination is encoded as a separate, atomic character. ++ + -illustrations -line adjustment by hanging punctuation +رَسْمْ تَوْضِيحِي، صُورَة إِيضَاحِيَّة -مُحَاذَاة السَّطْرْ بِتَعْلِيقْ عَلَامَاتْ التَّرْقِيمْ +rasm tawḍīḥī, ṣūrahīḍāḥīyah -muḥādhāt al-ssaṭr bitaʻlīq ʻalāmāt al-ttarqīm +تصویر -+ tsuyr -+ A general term referring to a diagram, chart, cut, figure, picture and the like, to + be used for printed materials. +A line breaking rule to avoid commas or full stops at a line head (which is prohibited in Japanese typography) by taking them back to the end of the previous line beyond the specified line length. - ++ indentation -+ -إِزَاحَة، مَسَافَة بَادِئَة -line adjustment by inter-character space expansion +izāḥah, masāfah bādi’ah -مُحَاذَاة السَّطْرْ بِتَوسِيع الفَرَاغْ بَيْنَ المَحَارِفْ +فاصلهٔ سرِ سطر، تورفتگی سرِ سطر -muḥādhāt al-ssaṭr bitawsīʻ al-farāgh bayna al-maḥārif +fāslhٔ sre str, turftɡi sre str -+ + +- A line breaking rule that aligns both edges of a line by expanding inter-character spaces. . ++ +independent pagination -تَرْقِيمْ الصَّفَحَاتْ مُسْتَقِلْ -+ -tarqīm al-ṣṣafaḥāt mustaqil -line breaking rules +صفحهبندی مستقل -قَوَاعِد كَسْرْ السَّطْرْ +sfhhbndi mstql -qawāʻid kasr al-ssaṭr +To number the pages of the front matter, the text and the back matter + independently. +- + + +index -A set of rules to avoid prohibited layout in Japanese typography, such as "line-start prohibition rule", "line-end prohibition rule", inseparable or unbreakable character sequences and so on. +فِهْرِسْ -fihris -+ -فهرست راهنما -line end +fhrst rāhnmā -نِهَايَة السَّطْرْ +A list of terms or subjects with page numbers for where they are referred to in a + single or multiple volumes of a book. +nihāyat al-ssaṭr -انتهای خط ++ +initial -ānthāy xt +أَوَّلِي -The position at which a line ends. +awwalī -آغازین -+ -āqāzin -line end alignment ++ +مُحَاذَاة نِهَايَة السَّطْرْ -muḥādhāt nihāyat al-ssaṭr ++ +inline direction -همترازی انتهای خط +الاِتِّجَاهْ السَّطْرِي -hmtrāzi aoenthāy xt +al-ittijāh al-ssaṭrī -To align a run of text to the line end. ++ -+ -+ -Text direction in a line. +line end indent -مَسَافَة بَدْئْ نِهَايَة السَّطْرْ ++ +input -masāfat bad’ nihāyat al-ssaṭr +إِدْخَالْ -تورفتگی انتهای خط +idkhāl -turftɡi aoenthāy xt +ورودی -To reserve a certain amount of space before the default position of a line end. +urudi -+ + -- line feed ++ - -inseparable characters rule -تَغْذِيَة السَّطْرْ +قَاعِدَة مَحَارِفْ لَا تَنْفَصِلْ -taghdhīat al-ssaṭr +qāʻidat maḥārif lā tanfaṣil -+ + -+ + -The distance between two adjacent lines measured by their reference points. +A line adjustment rule that prohibits inserting any space between specific + combinations of characters. ++ + -interpunct ++ - line gap ++ -فَجْوَة السَّطْرْ ++ -fajwat al-ssaṭr ++ +فاصلهٔ بین خطوط -fāslhٔ bin xtut ++ +italics -The smallest amount of space between adjacent lines. +مَائِلْ -mā’il -+ -ایتالیک -line head +āytālik -رَأْسْ السَّطْرْ ++ +ra’s al-ssaṭr -سرِ سطر ++ +itemization -sre str +وَضْعْ بُنُودْ، تَبْوِيبْ، عَنَاصِرْ -The position at which a line starts. +waḍʻ bunūd, tabwīb, ʻanāṣir -+ -+ -+ -line head alignment +To list ordered or unordered items one under the other. +مُحَاذَاة رَأْسْ السَّطْرْ -muḥādhāt ra’s al-ssaṭr ++ +justified alignment -همترازیِ سر سطر +مُحَاذَاةْ مَضْبُوطَة -hmtrāzie sr str +muḥādhāt maḍbūṭah -To align a run of text to the line head. +همترازی میزان -hmtrāzi mizān -+ -+ +line head indent -مَسَافَة بَدْئْ رَأْسْ السَّطْرْ ++ +kashida -masāfat bad’ ra’s al-ssaṭr +الْكَشِيدَة، التَّطْوِيلْ -فاصلهٔ سر سطر، تو رفتگی سر سطر +al-kashīdah, al-ttaṭwīl -fāslhٔ sr str, tu rftɡi sr str +کشیده -To reserve a certain amount of space after the default position of a line head. +kšidh -+ + -- line height ++ - -label name -اِرْتِفَاعْ الخَطْ +اِسْمْ بِطَاقَةْ العَنْوَنَة -irtifāʻ al-khaṭ +ism biṭāqat al-ʻanwanah -ارتفاع خط ++ -ārtfā’ xt ++ -+ Text following or followed by numbers for illustrations, tables, headings and running + headings. ++ + -Latin letters -line length +حُرُوف لَاتِينِيَّة -طُولُ السَطْرْ +ḥurūf lātīnīyah -ṭūlu al-saṭr +حروف لاتین -طول خط +hruf lātin -tul xt ++ +Length of a line with a pre-defined number of characters. When the line is indented at the line head or the line end, it is length of the line from the specified amount of line head indent to the specified amount of line end indent. - ++ layout -+ -نَسْقْ، تَصْمِيمْ -line spacing +nasq, taṣmīm -تَبَاعُدْ الأَسْطُرْ +قالببندی -tabāʻud al-’asṭur +qālbbndi -+ + +- + + +leading -قِيَادِي -+ -qīādī -line-end prohibition rule ++ -قَاعِدَة حَظْرْ نِهَايَة السَّطْرْ ++ -qāʻidat ḥaẓr nihāyat al-ssaṭr ++ +- + + +letter face -A line breaking rule that prohibits specific characters at a line end. +صُورَةْ الحَرْفْ -ṣūrat al-ḥarf -+ -+ -line-start prohibition rule ++ -قَاعِدَة حَظْرْ بِدَايَة السَّطْرْ +Area in which glyph is drawn. +qāʻidat ḥaẓr bidāyat al-ssaṭr -+ + +lettering -+ تَرْقِينْ، كِتَابَة -A line breaking rule that prohibits specific characters at a line head. +tarqīn, kitābah -طراحی حروف -+ -trāhi hruf -list ++ +قَائِمَة، لَائِحَة -qā’imah, lā’iḥah ++ +letterpress printing -فهرست +طِبَاعَةْ الحُرُوفْ -fhrst +ṭibāʻat al-ḥurūf -+ چاپ برجسته -čāp brjsth -+ -The traditional printing method using movable type. +long dash -شَرْطَة طَوِيلَة ++ +letterspacing -sharṭah ṭawīlah +تَبَاعُدْ الحُرُوفْ -+ tabāʻud al-ḥurūf -+ فاصلهٔ حروف -+ fāslhٔ hruf -+ + -- mabsut ++ - -ligature -مَبْسُوطْ +رَبْطْ بَيْنَ الحُرُوفْ، تَرْكِيبْ، حَرْفْ مُرَكَّبْ -mabsūṭ +rabṭ bayna al-ḥurūf, tarkīb, ḥarf murakkab -+ + -+ + -Kind of writing style that tends to rigidity and firmness with pronounced angularity. ++ ++ + -line -main text +سَطْرْ -نَصْ رَئِيسِي +saṭr -naṣ ra’īsī +خط -متن اصلی +xt -mtn aoesli ++ +a) The principal part of a book, usually preceded by the front matter, followed by the back matter. b) The principal part of an article excluding figures, tables, heading, notes, leads and so on. c) The content of a page excluding running heads and page numbers. d) The net contents of a book excluding covers, end papers, insets and so on. - ++ line adjustment -+ -مُحَاذَاةْ السَّطْرْ -margin +muḥādhāt al-ssaṭr -هَامِشْ +تنظیم خط -hāmish +tnzim xt -حاشیه +A method of aligning both edges of all lines to be the same given length by removing + or adding adjustable spaces. +hāših -+ + +line adjustment by hanging punctuation -مُحَاذَاة السَّطْرْ بِتَعْلِيقْ عَلَامَاتْ التَّرْقِيمْ -+ -muḥādhāt al-ssaṭr bitaʻlīq ʻalāmāt al-ttarqīm -measure ++ -قِيَاسْ ++ -qīās +A line breaking rule to avoid commas or full stops at a line head (which is + prohibited in Japanese typography) by taking them back to the end of the previous line + beyond the specified line length. +مقیاس، اندازه -mqiās, aoendāzh ++ +line adjustment by inter-character space expansion -+ مُحَاذَاة السَّطْرْ بِتَوسِيع الفَرَاغْ بَيْنَ المَحَارِفْ -muḥādhāt al-ssaṭr bitawsīʻ al-farāgh bayna + al-maḥārif -+ -+ -measurement ++ -قِيَاسْ +A line breaking rule that aligns both edges of a line by expanding inter-character + spaces. . +qīās -اندازهگیری ++ +line breaking rules -āndāzhɡiri +قَوَاعِد كَسْرْ السَّطْرْ -+ qawāʻid kasr al-ssaṭr -+ -+ -+ -mixed text composition +A set of rules to avoid prohibited layout in Japanese typography, such as "line-start + prohibition rule", "line-end prohibition rule", inseparable or unbreakable character + sequences and so on. +تَرْكِيبَة النَّصْ المُخْتَلِطْ -tarkībah al-nnaṣ al-mukhtaliṭ ++ +line end -+ نِهَايَة السَّطْرْ -+ nihāyat al-ssaṭr -a) To interleave Japanese text with Western text in a line (Japanese and Western mixed text composition). b) To compose text with different sizes of characters (mixed size composition). c) To compose text with different typefaces (mixed typeface composition). +انتهای خط -ānthāy xt -+ -The position at which a line ends. +mixing typefaces -خَلْطْ أنْمَاطْ الخُطُوطْ ++ +line end alignment -khalṭ anmāṭ al-khuṭūṭ +مُحَاذَاة نِهَايَة السَّطْرْ -ترکیب قلمها +muḥādhāt nihāyat al-ssaṭr -trkib qlmhā +همترازی انتهای خط -+ hmtrāzi aoenthāy xt -To align a run of text to the line end. + -- modular grid ++ - -line end indent -شَبَكَة وَحَدَاتْ، شَبَكَة مُرَكَّبَة مِنْ وَحَدَاتْ +مَسَافَة بَدْئْ نِهَايَة السَّطْرْ -shabakah waḥadāt, shabakah murakkabat min waḥadāt +masāfat bad’ nihāyat al-ssaṭr -شطرنجی مُدولی +تورفتگی انتهای خط -štrnji moduli +turftɡi aoenthāy xt -+ To reserve a certain amount of space before the default position of a line end. ++ + -line feed -multi-column format +تَغْذِيَة السَّطْرْ -تَنْسِيقْ مُتَعَدِّدْ الأَعْمِدَة +taghdhīat al-ssaṭr -tansīq mutaʻaddid al-’aʻmidah ++ -شکلبندی چندستونی ++ -šklbndi čndstuni +The distance between two adjacent lines measured by their reference points. +A format of text on a page where text is divided into two or more sections (columns) in the inline direction and each column is separated by a certain amount of space (column space). - ++ line gap -+ -فَجْوَة السَّطْرْ -multi-column grid +fajwat al-ssaṭr -شَبَكَة مُتَعَدِّدَة الأَعْمِدَة +فاصلهٔ بین خطوط -shabakah mutaʻaddidat al-’aʻmidah +fāslhٔ bin xtut -شطرنجی چندستونی +The smallest amount of space between adjacent lines. +štrnji čndstuni -+ + +line head -رَأْسْ السَّطْرْ -+ -ra’s al-ssaṭr -multivolume work +سرِ سطر -عَمَلْ مُتَعَدِّدْ الأَجْزاءْ +sre str -ʻamal mutaʻaddid al-’ajz’ +The position at which a line starts. +اثر چند جلدی -āsr čnd jldi ++ +line head alignment -A set of work published in two or more volumes, as in the complete work or the first/last half volumes. +مُحَاذَاة رَأْسْ السَّطْرْ -muḥādhāt ra’s al-ssaṭr -+ -همترازیِ سر سطر -mukawwar +hmtrāzie sr str -مُكَوَّرْ +To align a run of text to the line head. +mukawwar -+ + +line head indent -+ مَسَافَة بَدْئْ رَأْسْ السَّطْرْ -Kind of writing style, generally opposed to mabsut, that is more flexible and rounded. +masāfat bad’ ra’s al-ssaṭr -فاصلهٔ سر سطر، تو رفتگی سر سطر -+ -fāslhٔ sr str, tu rftɡi sr str -new column +To reserve a certain amount of space after the default position of a line head. +عَمُودْ جَدِيدْ -ʻamūd jadīd ++ +line height -ستون جدید +اِرْتِفَاعْ الخَطْ -stun jdid +irtifāʻ al-khaṭ -In multi-column setting, to change to new column before the end of current column. +ارتفاع خط -ārtfā’ xt -+ -+ +new recto -صَفْحَة يُمْنَى جَدِيدَة ++ +line length -ṣafḥah yumná jadīdah +طُولُ السَطْرْ -آغاز در صفحهٔ فرد +ṭūlu al-saṭr -āqāz dr sfhhٔ frd +طول خط -To start a new heading or something on a odd page. +tul xt -Length of a line with a pre-defined number of characters. When the line is indented + at the line head or the line end, it is length of the line from the specified amount of + line head indent to the specified amount of line end indent. + -- no-break text ++ - -line spacing -عَدَمْ تَفَكُّكْ النَّصْ، نَصْ دُونَ اِنْفِكَاكْ +تَبَاعُدْ الأَسْطُرْ -ʻadam tafakkuk al-nnaṣ, naṣ dūna infikāk +tabāʻud al-’asṭur -+ + -+ + -+ + ++ + -line-end prohibition rule -nonbreaking hyphen +قَاعِدَة حَظْرْ نِهَايَة السَّطْرْ -وَاصِلَة غَيْرْ قَاسِمَة +qāʻidat ḥaẓr nihāyat al-ssaṭr -wāṣilah ghayr qāsimah ++ -+ + -+ A line breaking rule that prohibits specific characters at a line end. +- + + line-start prohibition rule -+ -قَاعِدَة حَظْرْ بِدَايَة السَّطْرْ -nonbreaking word space +qāʻidat ḥaẓr bidāyat al-ssaṭr -فَضَاءْ كَلِمَة غَيْرْ قَاسِمْ ++ -faḍā’ kalimah ghayr qāsim ++ -+ A line breaking rule that prohibits specific characters at a line head. +- + + +list -قَائِمَة، لَائِحَة -+ -qā’imah, lā’iḥah -note +فهرست -مُلَاحَظَة +fhrst -mulāḥaẓah ++ +یادداشت -iāddāšt ++ +long dash -Explanatory information added to terms, figures or tables. +شَرْطَة طَوِيلَة -sharṭah ṭawīlah -+ -+ -number of characters per line ++ -عَدَدْ الأَحْرُف فِي كُلِّ سَطْرْ ++ +ʻadad al-’aḥruf fī kulli saṭr -تعداد حروف در خط ++ +mabsut -t’dād hruf dr xt +مَبْسُوطْ -Number of characters in a line to specify the length of lines. +mabsūṭ -+ -+ -+ -number of columns +Kind of writing style that tends to rigidity and firmness with pronounced + angularity. +عَدَدْ الأَعْمِدَة -ʻadad al-’aʻmidah ++ +main text -تعداد ستونها +نَصْ رَئِيسِي -t’dād stunhā +naṣ ra’īsī -Number of columns on a page. +متن اصلی -mtn aoesli -+ -a) The principal part of a book, usually preceded by the front matter, followed by + the back matter. b) The principal part of an article excluding figures, tables, heading, + notes, leads and so on. c) The content of a page excluding running heads and page + numbers. d) The net contents of a book excluding covers, end papers, insets and so + on. +numerals -الأَعْدَادْ، الأَرْقَامْ ++ +margin -al-’aʻdād, al-’arqām +هَامِشْ -اعداد +hāmish -ā’dād +حاشیه -+ hāših -+ + -- one em space ++ - -measure -مَسَافَة اِمْ وَاحِدَة +قِيَاسْ -masāfat im wāḥidah +qīās -فاصلهٔ اِم +مقیاس، اندازه -fāslhٔ em +mqiās, aoendāzh -Amount of space that is full-width size. ++ ++ + -measurement -one third em +قِيَاسْ -ثُلُثْ اِمْ +qīās -thuluth im +اندازهگیری -یکسوم اِم +āndāzhɡiri -iksum em ++ +One third of the full-width size. - ++ mixed text composition -+ -تَرْكِيبَة النَّصْ المُخْتَلِطْ -one third em space +tarkībah al-nnaṣ al-mukhtaliṭ -مَسَافَة ثُلُثْ اِمْ ++ -masāfat thuluth im ++ -فاصلهٔ یکسوم اِم +a) To interleave Japanese text with Western text in a line (Japanese and Western + mixed text composition). b) To compose text with different sizes of characters (mixed + size composition). c) To compose text with different typefaces (mixed typeface + composition). +fāslhٔ yksum em -Amount of space that is one third size of em space. ++ +mixing typefaces -خَلْطْ أنْمَاطْ الخُطُوطْ -+ -khalṭ anmāṭ al-khuṭūṭ -opening brackets +ترکیب قلمها -فَتْحْ قَوْسَيْنْ +trkib qlmhā -fatḥ qawsayn ++ +کروشه باز -kruše bāz ++ +modular grid -+ شَبَكَة وَحَدَاتْ، شَبَكَة مُرَكَّبَة مِنْ وَحَدَاتْ -shabakah waḥadāt, shabakah murakkabat min + waḥadāt -+ -شطرنجی مُدولی -optical size +štrnji moduli -حَجْمْ بَصَرِي ++ +ḥajm baṣarī -+ + +multi-column format -+ تَنْسِيقْ مُتَعَدِّدْ الأَعْمِدَة -+ tansīq mutaʻaddid al-’aʻmidah -شکلبندی چندستونی -+ -šklbndi čndstuni -optical spacing +A format of text on a page where text is divided into two or more sections (columns) + in the inline direction and each column is separated by a certain amount of space (column + space). +تَبَاعُدْ بَصَرِي -tabāʻud baṣarī ++ +multi-column grid -+ شَبَكَة مُتَعَدِّدَة الأَعْمِدَة -+ shabakah mutaʻaddidat al-’aʻmidah -+ شطرنجی چندستونی -štrnji čndstuni -+ -+ +orientation -تَوَجُّهْ ++ +multivolume work -tawajjuh +عَمَلْ مُتَعَدِّدْ الأَجْزاءْ -جهت +ʻamal mutaʻaddid al-’ajz’ -jht +اثر چند جلدی -+ āsr čnd jldi -A set of work published in two or more volumes, as in the complete work or the + first/last half volumes. + -- ornament ++ - -mukawwar -زَخْرَفَة +مُكَوَّرْ -zakhrafah +mukawwar -تزئینی ++ -tz’ini ++ -+ Kind of writing style, generally opposed to mabsut, that is more flexible and + rounded. ++ + -new column -outdent +عَمُودْ جَدِيدْ -إِلْغَاءْ التَّأخِيرْ، إِلْغَاءْ الإِزَاحَة +ʻamūd jadīd -ilghā’ al-tta’khīr, ilghā’ al-’izāḥah +ستون جدید -+ stun jdid -+ In multi-column setting, to change to new column before the end of current + column. +- + + new recto -+ -صَفْحَة يُمْنَى جَدِيدَة -overhang +ṣafḥah yumná jadīdah -عبء +آغاز در صفحهٔ فرد -ʻib’ +āqāz dr sfhhٔ frd -+ To start a new heading or something on a odd page. +- + + +no-break text -عَدَمْ تَفَكُّكْ النَّصْ، نَصْ دُونَ اِنْفِكَاكْ -+ -ʻadam tafakkuk al-nnaṣ, naṣ dūna infikāk -overrun ++ -تَجَاوُزْ، اِجْتِيَاحْ ++ -tajāwuz, ijtīāḥ ++ +- + + +nonbreaking hyphen -+ وَاصِلَة غَيْرْ قَاسِمَة -wāṣilah ghayr qāsimah -+ -+ -page ++ -صَفْحَة ++ +ṣafḥah -صفحه ++ +nonbreaking word space -sfhh +فَضَاءْ كَلِمَة غَيْرْ قَاسِمْ -A side of a sheet of paper in a written work such as a book. +faḍā’ kalimah ghayr qāsim -+ -+ -+ -page break ++ +فَاصِلْ صَفْحَة -fāṣil ṣafḥah ++ +note -+ مُلَاحَظَة -+ mulāḥaẓah -To end a page even if it is not full and to start a new page with the next paragraph, a new heading and so on. +یادداشت -iāddāšt -+ -Explanatory information added to terms, figures or tables. +page format -شَكْلْ الصَّفْحَة ++ +number of characters per line -shakl al-ṣṣafḥah +عَدَدْ الأَحْرُف فِي كُلِّ سَطْرْ -شکلبندی صفحه +ʻadad al-’aḥruf fī kulli saṭr -šklbndi sfhh +تعداد حروف در خط -The layout and presentation of a page with text, graphics and other elements for a publication such as a book. +t’dād hruf dr xt -Number of characters in a line to specify the length of lines. + -- page number ++ - -number of columns -رَقْمْ الصَّفْحَة +عَدَدْ الأَعْمِدَة -raqm al-ṣṣafḥah +ʻadad al-’aʻmidah -شمارهٔ صفحه +تعداد ستونها -šmārhٔ sfhh +t’dād stunhā -A sequential number to indicate the order of pages in a publication. +Number of columns on a page. ++ + -numerals -pagination +الأَعْدَادْ، الأَرْقَامْ -تَرْقِيمْ الصَّفَحَاتْ +al-’aʻdād, al-’arqām -tarqīm al-ṣṣafaḥāt +اعداد -صفحهشماری +ā’dād -sfhhšmāri ++ +- + + one em space -+ -مَسَافَة اِمْ وَاحِدَة -paragraph +masāfat im wāḥidah -فَقْرَة +فاصلهٔ اِم -faqrah +fāslhٔ em -پاراگراف +Amount of space that is full-width size. +pārāɡrāf -A group of sentences to be processed for line composition. A paragraph consists of one or more lines. ++ +one third em -ثُلُثْ اِمْ -+ -thuluth im -paragraph break +یکسوم اِم -اِنْقِطَاعْ الفَقْرَة، كَسْرْ الفَقْرَة +iksum em -inqiṭāʻ al-faqrah, kasr al-faqrah +One third of the full-width size. +شکستن پاراگراف -škstn pārāɡrāf ++ +one third em space -To start a new line to indicate a new paragraph. +مَسَافَة ثُلُثْ اِمْ -masāfat thuluth im -+ -فاصلهٔ یکسوم اِم -paragraph format +fāslhٔ yksum em -تَنْسِيقْ الفَقْرَة +Amount of space that is one third size of em space. +tansīq al-faqrah -شکلبندی پاراگراف ++ +opening brackets -šklbndi pārāɡrāf +فَتْحْ قَوْسَيْنْ -A format of a paragraph, as in line head indent or line end indent. +fatḥ qawsayn -کروشه باز -+ -kruše bāz -paragraph indent ++ +هَامِشْ الفَقْرَة، المَسَافَة البَادِئَة لِلْفَقْرَة -hāmish al-faqrah, al-masāfah al-bādi’ah lilfaqrah ++ +optical size -تورفتگی پاراگراف +حَجْمْ بَصَرِي -turftɡi pārāɡrāf +ḥajm baṣarī -+ + -+ -+ -+ +parenthesis -أَقْوَاسْ ++ +optical spacing -aqwās +تَبَاعُدْ بَصَرِي -پرانتز +tabāʻud baṣarī -prāntz ++ -+ + -+ + -- period ++ - -orientation -نُقْطَة +تَوَجُّهْ -nuqṭah +tawajjuh -نقطه +جهت -nqth +jht -+ + ++ + -ornament -pixel +زَخْرَفَة -بكسل، بيكسل +zakhrafah -biksl, bīksil +تزئینی -پیکسل +tz’ini -piksl ++ +- + + outdent -+ -إِلْغَاءْ التَّأخِيرْ، إِلْغَاءْ الإِزَاحَة -point +ilghā’ al-tta’khīr, ilghā’ al-’izāḥah -نُقْطَة ++ -nuqṭah ++ -نقطه ++ +nqth -A measurement unit of character size. 1 point is equal to 0.3514mm (see JIS Z 8305). There is another unit to measure character sizes called Q, where 1Q is equivalent to 0.25mm. ++ +overhang -عبء -+ -ʻib’ -polyglot ++ -مُتَعَدِّدْ اللُغَاتْ ++ -mutaʻaddid al-lughāt ++ +- + + +overrun -+ تَجَاوُزْ، اِجْتِيَاحْ -tajāwuz, ijtīāḥ -+ -+ -printing types ++ -أَنْوَاعْ الطِّبَاعَة ++ +anwāʻ al-ṭṭibāʻah -+ + +page -+ صَفْحَة -Movable type used for letterpress printing. +ṣafḥah -صفحه -+ -sfhh -proportional +A side of a sheet of paper in a written work such as a book. +مُتَنَاسِبٌ -mutanāsibun ++ +page break -+ فَاصِلْ صَفْحَة -+ fāṣil ṣafḥah -A characteristic of a font where character advance is different per glyph. ++ -+ -+ -To end a page even if it is not full and to start a new page with the next paragraph, + a new heading and so on. +proportional fonts -الخُطُوطْ المُتَنَاسِبَة ++ +page format -al-khuṭūṭ al-mutanāsibah +شَكْلْ الصَّفْحَة -+ shakl al-ṣṣafḥah -+ شکلبندی صفحه -+ šklbndi sfhh -The layout and presentation of a page with text, graphics and other elements for a + publication such as a book. + -- punctuation marks ++ - -page number -عَلَامَاتْ التَّرْقِيمْ +رَقْمْ الصَّفْحَة -ʻalāmāt al-ttarqīm +raqm al-ṣṣafḥah -+ شمارهٔ صفحه -+ šmārhٔ sfhh -A general term referring to the symbols used in text composition to help make the meaning of text clearer, as in commas, full stops, question marks, brackets, diereses and so on. +A sequential number to indicate the order of pages in a publication. ++ + -pagination -quad +تَرْقِيمْ الصَّفَحَاتْ -رُبَاعِيَّة +tarqīm al-ṣṣafaḥāt -rubāʻīyah +صفحهشماری -+ sfhhšmāri -+ + +- + + paragraph -+ -فَقْرَة -quarter em +faqrah -رُبْعْ اِمْ +پاراگراف -rubʻ im +pārāɡrāf -رُبع اِم +A group of sentences to be processed for line composition. A paragraph consists of + one or more lines. +rob’ em -Quarter size of full-width. ++ +paragraph break -اِنْقِطَاعْ الفَقْرَة، كَسْرْ الفَقْرَة -+ -inqiṭāʻ al-faqrah, kasr al-faqrah -quarter em space +شکستن پاراگراف -مَسَافَة رُبْعْ اِمْ +škstn pārāɡrāf -masāfat rubʻ im +To start a new line to indicate a new paragraph. +فاصلهٔ رُبع اِم -fāslhٔ rob’ em ++ +paragraph format -Amount of space that is a quarter of an em space in size. +تَنْسِيقْ الفَقْرَة -tansīq al-faqrah -+ -شکلبندی پاراگراف -quarter em width +šklbndi pārāɡrāf -عُرْضْ رُبْعْ اِمْ +A format of a paragraph, as in line head indent or line end indent. +ʻurḍ rubʻ im -پهنای رُبع اِم ++ +paragraph indent -phnāy rob’ em +هَامِشْ الفَقْرَة، المَسَافَة البَادِئَة لِلْفَقْرَة -Character frame which has a character advance of a quarter em. +hāmish al-faqrah, al-masāfah al-bādi’ah + lilfaqrah -تورفتگی پاراگراف -+ -turftɡi pārāɡrāf -question mark ++ +عَلَامَة اِسْتِفْهَامْ -ʻalāmat istifhām ++ +parenthesis -علامت سوال +أَقْوَاسْ -’lāmt suāl +aqwās -+ پرانتز -prāntz -+ -+ +quotation -اِقْتِبَاسْ ++ +period -iqtibās +نُقْطَة -+ nuqṭah -+ نقطه -Excerps from other published works. +nqth -+ + -- rag ++ - -pixel -خَرَقَة؟ +بكسل، بيكسل -kharaqah +biksl, bīksil -+ پیکسل -+ piksl -+ + ++ + -point -reference marks +نُقْطَة -العَلَامَاتْ المَرْجِعِيَّة +nuqṭah -al-ʻalāmāt al-marjiʻīyah +نقطه -+ nqth -+ A measurement unit of character size. 1 point is equal to 0.3514mm (see JIS Z 8305). + There is another unit to measure character sizes called Q, where 1Q is equivalent to + 0.25mm. +A symbol or short run of text attached to a specific part of text, to which notes are provided followed by the corresponding marks. - ++ polyglot -+ -مُتَعَدِّدْ اللُغَاتْ -reference number +mutaʻaddid al-lughāt -الرَّقْمْ المَرْجِعِي ++ -al-rraqm al-marjiʻī ++ -+ + +- + + +printing types -أَنْوَاعْ الطِّبَاعَة -+ -anwāʻ al-ṭṭibāʻah -reverse pagination ++ -تَرْقِيمْ الصَّفَحَاتْ عَكْسِي ++ -tarqīm al-ṣṣafaḥāt ʻaksī +Movable type used for letterpress printing. +- + + +proportional -Numbering pages of a book backwards. +مُتَنَاسِبٌ -mutanāsibun -+ -+ -reversed type ++ -نَوْعٌ عَكْسْ +A characteristic of a font where character advance is different per glyph. +nawʻun ʻaks -+ + +proportional fonts -+ الخُطُوطْ المُتَنَاسِبَة -+ al-khuṭūṭ al-mutanāsibah -+ -+ -+ -river ++ +نَهْرْ -nahr ++ +punctuation marks -+ عَلَامَاتْ التَّرْقِيمْ -+ ʻalāmāt al-ttarqīm -Optical path of white space that sometimes occurs when word spaces in successive lines of type occur immediately below each other and continue for several lines. ++ -+ -+ -A general term referring to the symbols used in text composition to help make the + meaning of text clearer, as in commas, full stops, question marks, brackets, diereses and + so on. +river of white -+ + +quad -+ رُبَاعِيَّة -+ rubāʻīyah -+ + -+ + -+ + -- Roman numerals ++ - -quarter em -الأَرْقَامْ الرُّومَانِيَّة +رُبْعْ اِمْ -al-’arqām al-rrūmānīyah +rubʻ im -اعداد رومی +رُبع اِم -ā’dād rumi +rob’ em -Numerals represented by upper case or lower case of Latin letters. +Quarter size of full-width. ++ + -quarter em space -romanization +مَسَافَة رُبْعْ اِمْ -الكِتَابَة بِالحُرُوفِ اللَاتِينِيَّة +masāfat rubʻ im -al-kitābah bilḥurūfi al-lātīnīyah +فاصلهٔ رُبع اِم -لاتیننویسی +fāslhٔ rob’ em -lātinnuysi +Amount of space that is a quarter of an em space in size. +- + + quarter em width -+ -عُرْضْ رُبْعْ اِمْ -rule +ʻurḍ rubʻ im -قَاعِدَة +پهنای رُبع اِم -qāʻidah +phnāy rob’ em -+ Character frame which has a character advance of a quarter em. +- + + +question mark -عَلَامَة اِسْتِفْهَامْ -+ -ʻalāmat istifhām -run back +علامت سوال -تشغيل مرة أخرى +’lāmt suāl -+ + +- + + +quotation -+ اِقْتِبَاسْ -iqtibās -+ -+ -title mark ++ -عَلَامَةْ عُنْوَانْ +Excerps from other published works. +ʻalāmat ʻunwān -+ + +rag -+ خَرَقَة؟ -+ kharaqah -+ -+ -+ -run down ++ +الخُطوُطْ العَرِيضَة لِلْمُحْتَوَيَاتْ -al-khuṭwuṭ al-ʻarīḍah lilmuḥtawayāt ++ +reference marks -+ العَلَامَاتْ المَرْجِعِيَّة -+ al-ʻalāmāt al-marjiʻīyah -In video production, an outline of the contents of a program, ++ -+ -+ -A symbol or short run of text attached to a specific part of text, to which notes are + provided followed by the corresponding marks. +run in -فِي نَفْسِ الخَطْ ++ +reference number -fī nafsi al-khaṭ +الرَّقْمْ المَرْجِعِي -+ al-rraqm al-marjiʻī -+ + -In typography, any copy—specifically a head—designed to be set in the same line as the text. ++ -+ + -- run-in heading ++ - -reverse pagination -عُنْوَانْ بِدُونِ اِنْقِطَاعْ +تَرْقِيمْ الصَّفَحَاتْ عَكْسِي -ʻunwān bidūni inqiṭāʻ +tarqīm al-ṣṣafaḥāt ʻaksī -+ + -+ + -A kind of heading style to continue main text just after the heading without line break. +Numbering pages of a book backwards. ++ + -reversed type -runaround +نَوْعٌ عَكْسْ -فَرَاغْ نَائِبْ عَنْ صُورَة إِيضَاحِيَّة +nawʻun ʻaks -farāgh nā’ib ʻan ṣūrah īḍāḥīyah ++ -+ + -+ + +In typography, copy typeset so that it will create a "hole" on the page to fit an illustration - ++ river -+ -نَهْرْ -running feet +nahr -عُنْوَانْ فِي الجُزْءِ السَّفْلِي مِنْ صَفَحَاتْ مُتَتَالِيَّة ++ -ʻunwān fī al-juz’i al-ssaflī min ṣafaḥāt mutatālīyah ++ -+ Optical path of white space that sometimes occurs when word spaces in successive + lines of type occur immediately below each other and continue for several lines. +- A "heading"—such as a book title, chapter title, or author—that is located at the bottom of consecutive page ++ +river of white ++ - + -+ -+ -running heads ++ +عُنْوَانْ فِي الجُزْءِ العُلْوِي مِنْ صَفَحَاتْ مُتَتَالِيَّة -ʻunwān fī al-juz’i al-ʻulwī min ṣafaḥāt mutatālīyah ++ +Roman numerals -+ الأَرْقَامْ الرُّومَانِيَّة -+ al-’arqām al-rrūmānīyah -A heading—such as a book title, chapter title, or author—that is located at the top of consecutive pages, +اعداد رومی -ā’dād rumi -+ -Numerals represented by upper case or lower case of Latin letters. +runover -تَشْغِيلْ أَكْثَرْ ++ +romanization -tashghīlakthar +الكِتَابَة بِالحُرُوفِ اللَاتِينِيَّة -+ al-kitābah bilḥurūfi al-lātīnīyah -+ لاتیننویسی -+ lātinnuysi -+ + -- scale ++ - -rule -مِقْيَاسْ، نِطَاقْ +قَاعِدَة -miqyās, niṭāq +qāʻidah -+ + -+ + -+ + ++ + -run back -script +تشغيل مرة أخرى +- النَّصْ، الكِتَابَة ++ -al-nnaṣ, al-kitābah ++ -+ + +- + + +title mark -عَلَامَةْ عُنْوَانْ -+ -ʻalāmat ʻunwān -second indenetation ++ -المَسَافَة البَادِئَة الثَّانِيَّة ++ -al-masāfah al-bādi’ah al-ththānīyah ++ +- + + +run down -+ الخُطوُطْ العَرِيضَة لِلْمُحْتَوَيَاتْ -al-khuṭwuṭ al-ʻarīḍah lilmuḥtawayāt -+ -+ -second level heading ++ -عُنْوَانْ المُسْتَوَى الثَّانِي +In video production, an outline of the contents of a program, +ʻunwān al-mustawá al-ththānī -+ + +run in -+ فِي نَفْسِ الخَطْ -Second level and middle size heading between first level heading and third level heading. +fī nafsi al-khaṭ -+ -+ -+ -semicolon +In typography, any copy—specifically a head—designed to be set in the same line as + the text. +فَاصِلَة مَنْقُوطَة -fāṣilah manqūṭah ++ +run-in heading -نقطهویرگول +عُنْوَانْ بِدُونِ اِنْقِطَاعْ -nqthuyrɡul +ʻunwān bidūni inqiṭāʻ -+ + -+ -+ -A kind of heading style to continue main text just after the heading without line + break. +sentence -جُمْلَة ++ +runaround -jumlah +فَرَاغْ نَائِبْ عَنْ صُورَة إِيضَاحِيَّة -جمله +farāgh nā’ib ʻan ṣūrah īḍāḥīyah -jmlh ++ -+ + -In typography, copy typeset so that it will create a "hole" on the page to fit an + illustration + -- shadda ++ - -running feet -شَدَّة +عُنْوَانْ فِي الجُزْءِ السَّفْلِي مِنْ صَفَحَاتْ + مُتَتَالِيَّة -shaddah +ʻunwān fī al-juz’i al-ssaflī min ṣafaḥāt + mutatālīyah -+ + -+ + -A tashkil mark indicating gemination of the base consonant. +A "heading"—such as a book title, chapter title, or author—that is located at the + bottom of consecutive page ++ + -running heads -sideheads +عُنْوَانْ فِي الجُزْءِ العُلْوِي مِنْ صَفَحَاتْ + مُتَتَالِيَّة -رُؤُوسْ الجَانِبْ +ʻunwān fī al-juz’i al-ʻulwī min ṣafaḥāt + mutatālīyah -ru’ūs al-jānib ++ -+ + -+ A heading—such as a book title, chapter title, or author—that is located at the top + of consecutive pages, +- + + runover -+ -تَشْغِيلْ أَكْثَرْ -single line alignment method +tashghīlakthar -طَرِيقَة المُحَاذَاة لِسَطْرٍ وَاحِدْ ++ -ṭarīqat al-muḥādhāt lisaṭrin wāḥid ++ -+ + +- To align a run of text that is shorter than a given line length to designated positions. ++ +scale -مِقْيَاسْ، نِطَاقْ -+ -miqyās, niṭāq -single running head method ++ -طَرِيقَة الرَأْسْ بِتَشْغِيلْ وَاحِدْ ++ -ṭarīqat al-ra’s bitashghīl wāḥid ++ +- + + +script -A method that puts running heads only on odd pages. +النَّصْ، الكِتَابَة -al-nnaṣ, al-kitābah -+ -+ -sinkage ++ -فَرَاغْ عَمُودِي إضَافِي ++ +farāgh ʻamūdī iḍāfī -+ + +second indenetation -+ المَسَافَة البَادِئَة الثَّانِيَّة -+ al-masāfah al-bādi’ah al-ththānīyah -+ -+ -+ -soft hyphen ++ +وَاصِلَة لَيِّنَة -wāṣilah layyinah ++ +second level heading -+ عُنْوَانْ المُسْتَوَى الثَّانِي -+ ʻunwān al-mustawá al-ththānī -+ + -+ -+ -Second level and middle size heading between first level heading and third level + heading. +solidus -العَلَامَة المَائِلَة ++ +semicolon -al-ʻalāmah al-mā’ilah +فَاصِلَة مَنْقُوطَة -+ fāṣilah manqūṭah -+ نقطهویرگول -+ nqthuyrɡul -+ + -- sorting ++ - -sentence -التَّرْتِيبْ +جُمْلَة -al-ttartīb +jumlah -ترتیب +جمله -trtib +jmlh -+ + ++ + -shadda -space +شَدَّة -فَرَاغْ +shaddah -farāgh ++ -فاصله ++ -fāslh +A tashkil mark indicating gemination of the base consonant. +Amount of space between adjacent characters or lines. It also refers to the blank area between the edges of a hanmen or an illustration and text or other hanmen elements. - ++ sideheads -+ -رُؤُوسْ الجَانِبْ -spacing +ru’ūs al-jānib -التَّبَاعُدْ ++ -al-ttabāʻud ++ -فاصلهگذاری ++ +fāslhɡzāri -+ + +single line alignment method -طَرِيقَة المُحَاذَاة لِسَطْرٍ وَاحِدْ -+ -ṭarīqat al-muḥādhāt lisaṭrin wāḥid -spine ++ -العَمُودْ ++ -al-ʻamūd +To align a run of text that is shorter than a given line length to designated + positions. +- + + +single running head method -+ طَرِيقَة الرَأْسْ بِتَشْغِيلْ وَاحِدْ -ṭarīqat al-ra’s bitashghīl wāḥid -+ -+ -spread ++ -اِنْتِشَارْ +A method that puts running heads only on odd pages. +- + + +sinkage -+ فَرَاغْ عَمُودِي إضَافِي -Any two facing pages when opening a book and the like. +farāgh ʻamūdī iḍāfī -+ -+ -+ -stem ++ +جذع -+ + +soft hyphen -+ وَاصِلَة لَيِّنَة -+ wāṣilah layyinah -+ + -+ -+ -+ +style -أسلوب، النمط ++ +solidus -intishār +العَلَامَة المَائِلَة -شیوه +al-ʻalāmah al-mā’ilah -šivh ++ -+ + -+ + -- style guide ++ - -sorting -دَلِيلْ النَّمَطْ +التَّرْتِيبْ -dalīl al-nnamaṭ +al-ttartīb -شیوهنامه +ترتیب -šivhnāmh +trtib -+ + ++ + -space -subheads +فَرَاغْ -العَنَاوِينْ الفَرْعِيَّة +farāgh -al-ʻanāwīn al-farʻīyah +فاصله -+ fāslh -+ Amount of space between adjacent characters or lines. It also refers to the blank + area between the edges of a hanmen or an illustration and text or other hanmen + elements. +- + + spacing -+ -التَّبَاعُدْ -subscript (inferior) +al-ttabāʻud -نَصْ مُنْخَفِضْ (أَسْفَلْ) +فاصلهگذاری -naṣṣ munkhafiḍ (’asfal) +fāslhɡzāri -+ + +- Smaller face of characters, attached to the lower right or the lower left of a normal size character. ++ +spine -العَمُودْ -+ -al-ʻamūd -subtitle ++ -عُنْوَانْ فَرْعِي ++ -ʻunwān farʻī ++ +زیرنویس -zirnuys ++ +spread -Secondary title for headings, subtile. +اِنْتِشَارْ +- + -+ -+ -sukun +Any two facing pages when opening a book and the like. +سُكُونْ -sukūn ++ +stem -+ جذع +- + + -A tashkil mark indicating the lack of a vowel after the consonant to which it is attached. ++ -+ + -- superior numeral ++ - -style -الرَّقْمْ العُلْوِي +أسلوب، النمط -al-rraqm al-ʻulwī +intishār -+ شیوه -+ šivh -+ + ++ + -style guide -superscript (superior) +دَلِيلْ النَّمَطْ -نَصْ مُرْتَفِعْ (أَعْلَى) +dalīl al-nnamaṭ -naṣṣ murtafiʻ (’aʻlá) +شیوهنامه -+ šivhnāmh -+ + +Smaller face of characters, attached to the upper right or the upper left of a normal size character. - ++ subheads -+ -العَنَاوِينْ الفَرْعِيَّة -symbol +al-ʻanāwīn al-farʻīyah -رَمْزْ ++ -ramz ++ -+ + +- + + +subscript (inferior) -نَصْ مُنْخَفِضْ (أَسْفَلْ) -+ -naṣṣ munkhafiḍ (’asfal) -tab ++ -عَلَامَة التَّبْوِيبْ ++ -ʻalāmat al-ttabwīb +Smaller face of characters, attached to the lower right or the lower left of a normal + size character. +- + + +subtitle -+ عُنْوَانْ فَرْعِي -ʻunwān farʻī -+ -زیرنویس -tab setting +zirnuys -وَضْعْ عَلَامَة التَّبْوِيبْ +Secondary title for headings, subtile. +waḍʻ ʻalāmat al-ttabwīb -+ + +sukun -+ سُكُونْ -A method of line composition to align one or more runs of text to designated positions on a line. +sukūn -+ -+ -+ -table +A tashkil mark indicating the lack of a vowel after the consonant to which it is + attached. +جَدْوَلْ -jadwal ++ +superior numeral -جدول +الرَّقْمْ العُلْوِي -jdul +al-rraqm al-ʻulwī -Formatted data consisting of characters or numbers, arranged in cells and sometimes divided by lines, in order to present the data in a way that is easier to understand. ++ -+ -+ -+ +table of contents -جَدْوَلْ المُحْتَوَيَاتْ، الفِهْرِسْ ++ +superscript (superior) -jadwal al-muḥtawayāt, al-fihris +نَصْ مُرْتَفِعْ (أَعْلَى) -فهرست مطالب +naṣṣ murtafiʻ (’aʻlá) -fhrst mtālb ++ -A list of headings of contents of a book in page order or arranged by subjects, with page numbers on which each section begins. ++ -Smaller face of characters, attached to the upper right or the upper left of a normal + size character. + -- tail margin ++ - -symbol -الهاَمِشْ الأَسْفَلْ +رَمْزْ -al-hamish al-’asfal +ramz -+ + -+ + -+ + ++ + -tab -tanwin +عَلَامَة التَّبْوِيبْ -تَنْوِينْ +ʻalāmat al-ttabwīb -tanwīn ++ -+ + -+ + +(Derived from Noon). Tashkil marks indicating postnasalized or long vowels at the end of a word, and indicated by doubling the sign of one of the harakat diacritics. - ++ tab setting -+ -وَضْعْ عَلَامَة التَّبْوِيبْ -tashkil +waḍʻ ʻalāmat al-ttabwīb -تَشْكِيلْ ++ -tashkīl ++ -+ A method of line composition to align one or more runs of text to designated + positions on a line. +- Marks that are added to letters to indicate vocalisation of text or to correct pronunciation. In Unicode these are all combining characters applied to a base character. ++ +table -جَدْوَلْ -+ -jadwal -text +جدول -نَصْ +jdul -naṣṣ +Formatted data consisting of characters or numbers, arranged in cells and sometimes + divided by lines, in order to present the data in a way that is easier to + understand. +متن -+ + +table of contents -+ جَدْوَلْ المُحْتَوَيَاتْ، الفِهْرِسْ -jadwal al-muḥtawayāt, al-fihris -+ -فهرست مطالب -text direction +fhrst mtālb -اِتِّجَاهْ النَّصْ +A list of headings of contents of a book in page order or arranged by subjects, with + page numbers on which each section begins. +ittijāh al-nnaṣ -جهت متن ++ +tail margin -jht mtn +الهاَمِشْ الأَسْفَلْ -Horizontal setting or vertical setting. +al-hamish al-’asfal -+ -+ -+ -thin space ++ +فَرَاغْ رَقِيقْ -farāgh raqīq ++ +tanwin -+ تَنْوِينْ -+ tanwīn -+ + -+ -+ -(Derived from Noon). Tashkil marks indicating postnasalized or long vowels at the end + of a word, and indicated by doubling the sign of one of the harakat diacritics. +third level heading -عُنْوَانْ المُسْتَوَى الثَّالِثْ ++ +tashkil -ʻunwān al-mustawá al-ththālith +تَشْكِيلْ -+ tashkīl -+ + -Headings for smallest or minimum unit of main text in books. ++ -Marks that are added to letters to indicate vocalisation of text or to correct + pronunciation. In Unicode these are all combining characters applied to a base + character. + -- top level heading ++ - -text -عُنْوَانْ المُسْتَوَى الأَعْلَى +نَصْ -ʻunwān al-mustawá al-’aʻlá +naṣṣ -+ متن -+ + -Headings for largest or muximum unit of main text in books. ++ ++ + -text direction -tracking +اِتِّجَاهْ النَّصْ -ضَبْطْ تَبَاعُدْ الحُرُوفْ +ittijāh al-nnaṣ -ḍabṭ tabāʻud al-ḥurūf +جهت متن -+ jht mtn -+ Horizontal setting or vertical setting. +- + + thin space -+ -فَرَاغْ رَقِيقْ -transliteration +farāgh raqīq -التَّرْجَمَة الصَّوْتِيَّة ++ -al-ttarjamah al-ṣṣawtīyah ++ -حرفنویسی ++ +hrfnuysi -+ + +third level heading -عُنْوَانْ المُسْتَوَى الثَّالِثْ -+ -ʻunwān al-mustawá al-ththālith -trim size ++ -حَجْمْ التَّقْلِيمْ، حَجْمْ القَصْ ++ -ḥajm al-ttaqlīm, ḥajm al-qaṣṣi +Headings for smallest or minimum unit of main text in books. +- + + +top level heading -Dimensions of a full page in a publication, including margins. +عُنْوَانْ المُسْتَوَى الأَعْلَى -ʻunwān al-mustawá al-’aʻlá -+ -+ -type page ++ -جُزْءُ الصَّفْحَة الخَاصْ بِالكِتَابَة +Headings for largest or muximum unit of main text in books. +juz’u al-ṣṣafḥah al-khāṣ bilkitābah -+ + +tracking -+ ضَبْطْ تَبَاعُدْ الحُرُوفْ -The portion of a page within the prescribed margins where type, graphics, and other page elements can be added +ḍabṭ tabāʻud al-ḥurūf -+ -+ -+ -type size ++ +حَجْمْ الحَرْفْ بِالنُّقْطَة -ḥajm al-ḥarf bilnnuqṭahu ++ +transliteration -+ التَّرْجَمَة الصَّوْتِيَّة -+ al-ttarjamah al-ṣṣawtīyah -+ حرفنویسی -hrfnuysi -+ -+ +type styles -أنماط الكتابة ++ +trim size -+ حَجْمْ التَّقْلِيمْ، حَجْمْ القَصْ -+ ḥajm al-ttaqlīm, ḥajm al-qaṣṣi -+ + -The measure of the height of the characters of a font, measured in points. ++ -Dimensions of a full page in a publication, including margins. + -- type-picking ++ - -type page -نوع قطف +جُزْءُ الصَّفْحَة الخَاصْ بِالكِتَابَة -+ juz’u al-ṣṣafḥah al-khāṣ bilkitābah -انتخاب فونت ++ -āntxāb funt ++ -To select metal type for characters needed to print a manuscript. (Metal type is stored in a type case, but because the number of Japanese characters is very large, an extra operation was invented that involves collecting type in a so-called 'bunsen box' before typesetting a manuscript using a composing stick.) +The portion of a page within the prescribed margins where type, graphics, and other + page elements can be added ++ + -type size -typeface +حَجْمْ الحَرْفْ بِالنُّقْطَة -مِحْرَفْ +ḥajm al-ḥarf bilnnuqṭahu -miḥraf ++ -فونت، قلم ++ -funt, qlm ++ +A set of letters or symbols, which are designed to have coherent patterns to be used for printing or rendering to a computer screen. - ++ type styles -+ -أنماط الكتابة +- typesetting ++ -تَنْضِيدْ، تَنْضِيدْ الحُرُوفْ الْمَطْبَعِيَّة ++ -tanḍīd, tanḍīd al-ḥurūf al-maṭbaʻīyah +The measure of the height of the characters of a font, measured in points. +حروفچینی -hrufčini ++ +type-picking -+ نوع قطف +- انتخاب فونت -+ -āntxāb funt -typography +To select metal type for characters needed to print a manuscript. (Metal type is + stored in a type case, but because the number of Japanese characters is very large, an + extra operation was invented that involves collecting type in a so-called 'bunsen box' + before typesetting a manuscript using a composing stick.) +طِبَاعَة الحُرُوفْ، أُسْلُوبْ الطِّبَاعَة -ṭibāʻat al-ḥurūf,uslūb al-ṭṭibāʻah ++ +typeface -تایپوگرافی +مِحْرَفْ -tāypuɡrāfi +miḥraf -+ فونت، قلم -funt, qlm -+ -A set of letters or symbols, which are designed to have coherent patterns to be used + for printing or rendering to a computer screen. +unbreakable characters rule -قَاعِدَة أَحْرُفْ غَيْرْ قَابِلَة لِلْكسْرْ ++ +typesetting -qāʻidat aḥruf ghayr qābilah lilksr +تَنْضِيدْ، تَنْضِيدْ الحُرُوفْ الْمَطْبَعِيَّة -+ tanḍīd, tanḍīd al-ḥurūf al-maṭbaʻīyah -+ حروفچینی -A line breaking rule that prohibits breaking a line between consecutive dashes or leaders, or between other specific combinations of characters. +hrufčini -+ + -- underline ++ - -typography -تَسْطِيرْ مِنْ تَحْتْ +طِبَاعَة الحُرُوفْ، أُسْلُوبْ الطِّبَاعَة -tasṭīr min taḥt +ṭibāʻat al-ḥurūf,uslūb al-ṭṭibāʻah -+ تایپوگرافی -+ tāypuɡrāfi -A line drawn under a character or a run of text in horizontal writing mode. ++ ++ + -unbreakable characters rule -unicameral +قَاعِدَة أَحْرُفْ غَيْرْ قَابِلَة لِلْكسْرْ -أُحَادِى المَجْلِسْ +qāʻidat aḥruf ghayr qābilah lilksr -uḥādī al-majlis ++ -+ + -+ A line breaking rule that prohibits breaking a line between consecutive dashes or + leaders, or between other specific combinations of characters. +- + + underline -+ -تَسْطِيرْ مِنْ تَحْتْ -Unicode +tasṭīr min taḥt -يُونِيكُودْ ++ -yūnīkūd ++ -یونیکُد +A line drawn under a character or a run of text in horizontal writing mode. +ivnikod -+ + +unicameral -أُحَادِى المَجْلِسْ -+ -uḥādī al-majlis -vertical writing mode ++ -وَضْعْ الكِتَابَة العَمُودِي ++ -waḍʻ al-kitābah al-ʻamūdī ++ +حالت نوشتار عمودی -hālt nuštār amudi ++ +Unicode -The process or the result of arranging characters on a line from top to bottom, of lines on a page from right to left, and/or of columns on a page from top to bottom. +يُونِيكُودْ -yūnīkūd -+ -یونیکُد -volume +ivnikod -حَجْمْ ++ +ḥajm -جلد ++ +vertical writing mode -jld +وَضْعْ الكِتَابَة العَمُودِي -+ waḍʻ al-kitābah al-ʻamūdī -حالت نوشتار عمودی -+ -hālt nuštār amudi -weight +The process or the result of arranging characters on a line from top to bottom, of + lines on a page from right to left, and/or of columns on a page from top to bottom. +ثِقَلْ -thiqal ++ +volume -+ حَجْمْ -+ ḥajm -A measurement of the thickness of fonts. +جلد -jld -+ -+ +Western alphabet -الأَبَجَدِيَّة الغَرْبِيَّة ++ +weight -al-’abajadīyah al-gharbīyah +ثِقَلْ -+ thiqal -+ + -+ + -A measurement of the thickness of fonts. + -- Western languages ++ - -Western alphabet -اللُغَاتْ الغَرْبِيَّة +الأَبَجَدِيَّة الغَرْبِيَّة -al-lughāt al-gharbīyah +al-’abajadīyah al-gharbīyah -+ + -+ + -+ + ++ + -Western languages -widow +اللُغَاتْ الغَرْبِيَّة -أَرْمَلَة +al-lughāt al-gharbīyah -armalah ++ -+ + -+ + +The term in Western text layout to describe that the last line of a paragraph with only a few words appears at the top of a new page or a column. - ++ widow -+ -أَرْمَلَة -widow adjustment +armalah -تَعْدِيلْ أَرْمَلَة ++ -taʻdīl armalah ++ -+ The term in Western text layout to describe that the last line of a paragraph with + only a few words appears at the top of a new page or a column. +- A method of line composition to adjust lines in a paragraph so that the last line consists of more than a given number of characters. ++ +widow adjustment -تَعْدِيلْ أَرْمَلَة -+ -taʻdīl armalah -word division ++ -قِسْمْ كَلِمَة ++ -qism kalimah +A method of line composition to adjust lines in a paragraph so that the last line + consists of more than a given number of characters. +- + + +word division -+ قِسْمْ كَلِمَة -qism kalimah -+ -+ -word space ++ -فَرَاغْ بَيْنَ الكَلِمَاتْ ++ +farāgh bayna al-kalimāt -+ + +word space -+ فَرَاغْ بَيْنَ الكَلِمَاتْ -+ farāgh bayna al-kalimāt -+ -+ -+ -x-height ++ +اِرْتِفَاعْ الحَرْفْ إِكْسْ -irtifāʻ al-ḥarf iks ++ +x-height -+ اِرْتِفَاعْ الحَرْفْ إِكْسْ -+ irtifāʻ al-ḥarf iks -+ + -+ - ++ + +